Category: Banking

  • MIL-OSI: Check Point Software Reports 2025 First Quarter Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TEL AVIV, Israel, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Check Point® Software Technologies Ltd. (NASDAQ: CHKP), today announced its financial results for the quarter ended March 31st, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights:

    • Cash Flow from Operations: $421 million, a 17 percent increase year over year
    • Calculated Billings* reached $553 million, a 7 percent increase year over year
    • Remaining Performance Obligation (RPO)**: $2.4 billion, an 11 percent increase year over year
    • Total Revenues: $638 million, a 7 percent increase year over year
    • Products & Licenses Revenues: $114 million, a 14 percent increase year over year
    • Security Subscriptions Revenues: $291 million, a 10 percent increase year over year
    • GAAP Operating Income: $196 million, representing 31 percent of total revenues
    • Non-GAAP Operating Income: $259 million, representing 41 percent of total revenues
    • GAAP EPS: $1.71, a 7 percent increase year over year
    • Non-GAAP EPS: $2.21, a 9 percent increase year over year

    “The first quarter results have provided a solid foundation to expand upon as we progress through the year.  Strong demand for our Quantum Force appliances, fueled by refresh cycles and new projects delivered double-digit year-over-year growth in products and licenses revenues,” stated CEO Nadav Zafrir. “The AI-driven Infinity Platform, featuring a Hybrid Mesh Architecture, continues to resonate with customers and delivered another quarter of impressive double-digit year-over-year growth.”

    For information regarding the non-GAAP financial measures discussed in this release, as well as a reconciliation of such non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, please see below “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information” and “Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Information.”

    Conference Call & Video Cast Information
    Check Point will host a conference call with the investment community on April 23, 2025, at 8:30 AM ET/5:30 AM PT. To listen to the live videocast or replay, please visit the website www.checkpoint.com/ir.

    Second Quarter 2025 Investor Conference Participation Schedule

    • Barclays Americas Select Franchise Conference 2025
      May 6, 2025, London, UK – Fireside Chat & 1×1’s
    • J.P. Morgan 53rd Annual Technology, Media, and Telecom Conference
      May 13-15, 2025, Boston, MA – Fireside Chat & 1×1’s
    • Oppenheimer 26th Annual Israeli Conference
      May 18, 2025, Tel Aviv, Israel – Fireside Chat & 1×1’s
    • TD Cowen 53rd Annual TMT Conference
      May 28, 2025, NY, NY – Fireside Chat & 1×1’s
    • Jefferies Software Summit
      May 29, 2025, Newport Coast, CA – Fireside Chat &1×1’s
    • Stifel 2025 Cross Sector 1×1 Conference
      June 3, 2025, Boston, MA – 1×1’s
    • Baird 2025 Global Consumer, Technology & Services Conference
      June 4, 2025, SF, CA – 1×1’s
    • Bank of America Merrill Lynch 2025 Global Technology Conference
      June 5, 2025, SF, CA – Fireside Chat & 1×1’s
    • TD Cowen 2nd Annual Corporate Access Day
      June 17, 2025, Toronto, Canada – 1×1’s

    Members of Check Point’s management team are expected to present at these conferences and discuss the latest company strategies and initiatives. Check Point’s conference presentations are expected to be available via webcast on the company’s web site. To hear these presentations and access the most updated information please visit the company’s web site at www.checkpoint.com/ir. The schedule is subject to change.

    Follow Check Point via:
    Twitter: http://www.twitter.com/checkpointsw
    Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/checkpointsoftware
    Blog: http://blog.checkpoint.com
    YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/user/CPGlobal
    LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/check-point-software-technologies

    About Check Point Software Technologies Ltd.
    Check Point Software Technologies Ltd. (http://www.checkpoint.com) is a leading AI-powered, cloud-delivered cyber security platform provider protecting over 100,000 organizations worldwide. Check Point leverages the power of AI everywhere to enhance cyber security efficiency and accuracy through its Infinity Platform, with industry-leading catch rates enabling proactive threat anticipation and smarter, faster response times. The comprehensive platform includes cloud-delivered technologies consisting of Check Point Harmony to secure the workspace, Check Point CloudGuard to secure the cloud, Check Point Quantum to secure the network, and Check Point Infinity Core Services for collaborative security operations and services.

    Legal Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
    This press release contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. Forward-looking statements in this press release include, but are not limited to, expectations regarding our products and solutions, and our participation in investor conferences and other events during the second quarter of 2025. Our expectations and beliefs regarding these matters may not materialize, and actual results or events in the future are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those projected. These risks include our ability to continue to develop platform capabilities and solutions; customer acceptance and purchase of our existing solutions and new solutions; the market for IT security continuing to develop; competition from other products and services; appointments and departures of our executive officers; and general market, political, economic, and business conditions, including acts of terrorism or war. The forward-looking statements contained in this press release are also subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those more fully described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 17, 2025. The forward-looking statements in this press release are based on information available to Check Point as of the date hereof, and Check Point disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, except as required by law.

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information
    In addition to reporting financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, Check Point uses non-GAAP measures of operating income, net income and earnings per diluted share, which are adjustments from results based on GAAP to exclude, as applicable, stock-based compensation expenses, amortization of intangible assets and acquisition related expenses and the related tax affects. Check Point’s management believes the non-GAAP financial information provided in this release is useful to investors’ understanding and assessment of Check Point’s ongoing core operations and prospects for the future. Historically, Check Point has also publicly presented these supplemental non-GAAP financial measures to assist the investment community to see the company “through the eyes of management,” and thereby enhance understanding of its operating performance. The presentation of this non-GAAP financial information is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for results prepared in accordance with GAAP. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures discussed in this press release to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures is included with the financial statements contained in this press release. Management uses both GAAP and non-GAAP information in evaluating and operating business internally and as such has determined that it is important to provide this information to investors.

    * Calculated Billings is a measure that we defined as total revenues recognized in accordance with GAAP plus the change in Total Deferred Revenues during the period.

    ** Remaining Performance Obligation (RPO) is a measure that represents the total value of non-cancellable contracted products and/or services that are yet to be recognized as Revenue as of March 31, 2025.

    CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
     
    (Unaudited, in millions, except per share amounts)
     
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,
      2025   2024
    Revenues:      
    Products and licenses $ 114.1   $ 100.3
    Security subscriptions   290.6     263.4
    Total revenues from products and security subscriptions   404.7     363.7
    Software updates, maintenance and services   233.1     235.1
    Total revenues   637.8     598.8
           
    Operating expenses:      
    Cost of products and licenses   23.0     19.9
    Cost of security subscriptions   21.4     16.5
    Total cost of products and security subscriptions   44.4     36.4
    Cost of Software updates and maintenance   32.1     28.7
    Amortization of technology   7.6     5.8
    Total cost of revenues   84.1     70.9
           
    Research and development   102.1     99.2
    Selling and marketing   225.4     206.2
    General and administrative   30.7     28.6
    Total operating expenses   442.3     404.9
           
    Operating income   195.5     193.9
    Financial income, net   27.3     22.6
    Income before taxes on income   222.8     216.5
    Taxes on income   31.9     32.6
    Net income $ 190.9   $ 183.9
    Basic earnings per share $ 1.77   $ 1.64
    Number of shares used in computing basic earnings per share   107.9     112.3
    Diluted earnings per share $ 1.71   $ 1.60
    Number of shares used in computing diluted earnings per share   111.4     115.2
    CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
    SELECTED FINANCIAL METRICS
     
    (Unaudited, in millions, except per share amounts)
     
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
        2025   2024
             
    Revenues   $ 637.8   $ 598.8
    Non-GAAP operating income     258.6     252.0
    Non-GAAP net income     246.2     234.5
    Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share   $ 2.21   $ 2.04
    Number of shares used in computing diluted Non-GAAP earnings per share     111.4     115.2
    CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
    RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION
     
    (Unaudited, in millions, except per share amounts)
     
        Three Months Ended
        March 31,
          2025       2024  
             
    GAAP operating income   $ 195.5     $ 193.9  
    Stock-based compensation (1)     41.2       41.6  
    Amortization of intangible assets and acquisition related expenses (2) (*)     21.9       16.5  
    Non-GAAP operating income   $ 258.6     $ 252.0  
             
    GAAP net income   $ 190.9     $ 183.9  
    Stock-based compensation (1)     41.2       41.6  
    Amortization of intangible assets and acquisition related expenses (2) (*)     21.9       16.5  
    Taxes on the above items (3)     (7.8 )     (7.5 )
    Non-GAAP net income   $ 246.2     $ 234.5  
             
    GAAP diluted earnings per share   $ 1.71     $ 1.60  
    Stock-based compensation (1)     0.37       0.36  
    Amortization of intangible assets and acquisition related expenses (2) (*)     0.2       0.15  
    Taxes on the above items (3)     (0.07 )     (0.07 )
    Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share   $ 2.21     $ 2.04  
             
    Number of shares used in computing diluted Non-GAAP earnings per share     111.4       115.2  
             
    (1) Stock-based compensation:        
    Cost of products and licenses   $ 0.1     $ 0.1  
    Cost of software updates and maintenance     2.1       2.2  
    Research and development     14.7       14.7  
    Selling and marketing     14.6       15.9  
    General and administrative     9.7       8.7  
          41.2       41.6  
             
    (2) Amortization of intangible assets and acquisition related expenses (*):        
    Amortization of technology-cost of revenues     7.6       5.8  
    Research and development     1.5       1.6  
    Selling and marketing     12.8       9.1  
          21.9       16.5  

    (3) Taxes on the above items

        (7.8 )     (7.5 )
    Total, net   $ 55.3     $ 50.6  
     

    (*) While amortization of acquired intangible assets is excluded from the measures, the revenue of the acquired companies is reflected in the measures and the acquired assets contribute to revenue generation.

    CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA

    (In millions)

    ASSETS

     
          March 31,   December 31,
          2025
    (Unaudited)
      2024
    (Audited)
    Current assets:          
    Cash and cash equivalents     $ 450.2   $ 506.2
    Marketable securities and short-term deposits       1,012.0     865.7
    Trade receivables, net       399.7     728.8
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets       94.5     92.7
    Total current assets       1,956.4     2,193.4
               
    Long-term assets:          
    Marketable securities       1,469.8     1,411.9
    Property and equipment, net       83.0     80.8
    Deferred tax asset, net       80.6     74.7
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net       1,877.9     1,897.1
    Other assets       90.2     96.6
    Total long-term assets       3,601.5     3,561.1
               
    Total assets     $ 5,557.9   $ 5,754.5
    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
     
    Current liabilities:          
    Deferred revenues     $ 1,389.8     $ 1,471.3  
    Trade payables and other accrued liabilities       394.8       472.9  
    Total current liabilities       1,784.6       1,944.2  
               
    Long-term liabilities:          
    Long-term deferred revenues       525.6       529.0  
    Income tax accrual       467.4       459.6  
    Other long-term liabilities       31.8       32.3  
    Total long-term liabilities       1,024.8       1,020.9  
               
    Total liabilities       2,809.4       2,965.1  
               
    Shareholders’ equity:          
    Share capital       0.8       0.8  
    Additional paid-in capital       3,125.5       3,049.5  
    Treasury shares at cost       (14,579.6 )     (14,264.4 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive gain       (2.9 )     (10.3 )
    Retained earnings       14,204.7       14,013.8  
    Total shareholders’ equity       2,748.5       2,789.4  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity     $ 5,557.9     $ 5,754.5  
    Total cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and short-term deposits     $ 2,932.0     $ 2,783.8  
    CHECK POINT SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW DATA
     
    (Unaudited, in millions)
     
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Cash flow from operating activities:      
    Net income $ 190.9     $ 183.9  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation of property and equipment   5.2       7.3  
    Amortization of intangible assets   19.2       13.5  
    Stock-based compensation   41.2       41.6  
    Realized loss on marketable securities   0.1        
    Decrease in trade and other receivables, net   329.4       265.4  
    Decrease in deferred revenues, trade payables and other accrued liabilities   (142.1 )     (140.6 )
    Deferred income taxes, net   (22.8 )     (10.1 )
    Net cash provided by operating activities   421.1       361.0  
           
    Cash flow from investing activities:      
    Investment in property and equipment   (7.4 )     (6.5 )
    Net cash used in investing activities   (7.4 )     (6.5 )
           
    Cash flow from financing activities:      
    Proceeds from issuance of shares upon exercise of options   46.0       45.6  
    Purchase of treasury shares   (325.0 )     (325.0 )
    Payments related to shares withheld for taxes   (1.5 )     (1.1 )
    Net cash used in financing activities   (280.5 )     (280.5 )
           
    Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net   15.0       1.6  
           
    Increase in cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and short-term deposits   148.2       75.6  
           
    Cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and short-term deposits at the beginning of the period   2,783.8       2,959.7  
           
    Cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and short-term deposits at the end of the period $ 2,932.0     $ 3,035.3  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Form 8.5 (EPT/RI)-Anexo Group plc

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FORM 8.5 (EPT/RI)

    PUBLIC DEALING DISCLOSURE BY AN EXEMPT PRINCIPAL TRADER WITH RECOGNISED INTERMEDIARY STATUS DEALING IN A CLIENT-SERVING CAPACITY
    Rule 8.5 of the Takeover Code (the “Code”)

    1.        KEY INFORMATION

    (a)        Name of exempt principal trader:         Investec Bank plc
    (b)        Name of offeror/offeree in relation to whose relevant securities this form relates:
            Use a separate form for each offeror/offeree
    Anexo Group plc
    (c)        Name of the party to the offer with which exempt principal trader is connected: Investec is Financial Adviser to DBAY
    (d)        Date dealing undertaken: 22nd April 2025
    (e)        In addition to the company in 1(b) above, is the exempt principal trader making disclosures in respect of any other party to this offer?
            If it is a cash offer or possible cash offer, state “N/A”
    N/A

    2.        DEALINGS BY THE EXEMPT PRINCIPAL TRADER

    Where there have been dealings in more than one class of relevant securities of the offeror or offeree named in 1(b), copy table 2(a), (b), (c) or (d) (as appropriate) for each additional class of relevant security dealt in.

    The currency of all prices and other monetary amounts should be stated.

    (a)        Purchases and sales

    Class of relevant security Purchases/ sales Total number of securities Highest price per unit paid/received Lowest price per unit paid/received

    Ordinary shares

    Sales

    13,879 59 51.5

    (b)        Cash-settled derivative transactions

    Class of relevant security Product description
    e.g. CFD
    Nature of dealing
    e.g. opening/closing a long/short position, increasing/reducing a long/short position
    Number of reference securities Price per unit
    N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

    (c)        Stock-settled derivative transactions (including options)

    (i)        Writing, selling, purchasing or varying

    Class of relevant security Product description e.g. call option Writing, purchasing, selling, varying etc. Number of securities to which option relates Exercise price per unit Type
    e.g. American, European etc.
    Expiry date Option money paid/ received per unit
    N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

    (ii)        Exercise

    Class of relevant security Product description
    e.g. call option
    Exercising/ exercised against Number of securities Exercise price per unit
    N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

    (d)        Other dealings (including subscribing for new securities)

    Class of relevant security Nature of dealing
    e.g. subscription, conversion
    Details Price per unit (if applicable)
    N/A N/A N/A N/A

    3.        OTHER INFORMATION

    (a)        Indemnity and other dealing arrangements

    Details of any indemnity or option arrangement, or any agreement or understanding, formal or informal, relating to relevant securities which may be an inducement to deal or refrain from dealing entered into by the exempt principal trader making the disclosure and any party to the offer or any person acting in concert with a party to the offer:
    Irrevocable commitments and letters of intent should not be included. If there are no such agreements, arrangements or understandings, state “none”

    None

    (b)        Agreements, arrangements or understandings relating to options or derivatives

    Details of any agreement, arrangement or understanding, formal or informal, between the exempt principal trader making the disclosure and any other person relating to:
    (i)        the voting rights of any relevant securities under any option; or
    (ii)        the voting rights or future acquisition or disposal of any relevant securities to which any derivative is referenced:
    If there are no such agreements, arrangements or understandings, state “none”
    None
    Date of disclosure: 23rdApril 2025
    Contact name: Priyali Bhattacharjee
    Telephone number: +91 9768034903

    Public disclosures under Rule 8 of the Code must be made to a Regulatory Information Service.

    The Panel’s Market Surveillance Unit is available for consultation in relation to the Code’s dealing disclosure requirements on +44 (0)20 7638 0129.

    The Code can be viewed on the Panel’s website at www.thetakeoverpanel.org.uk.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Europe: New data release: ECB wage tracker continues to indicate that negotiated wage pressures will ease over the course of the year

    Source: European Central Bank

    23 April 2025

    • ECB wage tracker updated with agreements signed up to first week of April 2025
    • Forward-looking information suggests negotiated wage pressures will ease overall in 2025, consistent with data published following March Governing Council meeting

    The European Central Bank wage tracker, which covers active collective bargaining agreements, indicates negotiated wage growth with smoothed one-off payments of 4.8% in 2024 (based on an average coverage of 48.8% of employees in participating countries), and 3.1% in 2025 (based on an average coverage of 46.5%). The ECB wage tracker with unsmoothed one-off payments indicates average negotiated wage growth level of 4.9% in 2024 and 2.8% in 2025. The steeply downward trend of the forward-looking wage tracker in 2025 partly reflects the mechanical impact of large one-off payments (that were paid in 2024 but drop out in 2025) and the frontloaded nature of wage increases in some sectors in 2024. The wage tracker excluding one-off payments indicates growth of 4.2% in 2024 and 3.8% in 2025. See Chart 1 and Table 1 for further details.

    The ECB wage tracker may be subject to revisions, and the forward-looking part should not be interpreted as a forecast as it only captures information in active collective bargaining agreements. For a more comprehensive assessment of wage developments in the euro area, please refer to the March 2025 ECB staff macroeconomic projections for the euro area, which indicate a yearly growth rate of compensation per employee in the euro area of 4.6% in 2024 and 3.4% in 2025, with a quarterly profile for 2025 of 3.8% in the first quarter, 3.7% in the second quarter, 3.4% in the third quarter and 2.8% in the fourth quarter.

    The ECB publishes four wage tracker indicators for the aggregate of seven participating euro area countries via the ECB Data Portal.

    Chart 1

    ECB wage tracker: forward-looking signals for negotiated wages and revisions to previous data release

    2023-25

    Revisions to previous data release

    (left-hand scale: yearly growth rates, percentages; right-hand scale: percentage share of employees)

    (percentage points)

    Sources: ECB calculations based on data on collective bargaining agreements signed up to the first week of April 2025 provided by the Deutsche Bundesbank, the Bank of Greece, the Banco de España, the Banque de France, the Banca d’Italia, the Oesterreichische Nationalbank, the Dutch employers’ association AWVN and Eurostat. The indicator of negotiated wage growth is calculated using data from the Deutsche Bundesbank, the Ministerio de Empleo y Seguridad Social, the Centraal Bureau voor de Statistiek, Statistik Austria, the Istituto Nazionale di Statistica (ISTAT), the Banque de France and Haver Analytics.

    Notes: Dashed lines denote forward-looking information up to December 2025.

    What do the four different indicators show?

    • The headline ECB wage tracker shows negotiated wage growth that includes collectively agreed one-off payments, such as those related to inflation compensation, bonuses or back-dated pay, which are smoothed over 12 months.
    • The ECB wage tracker excluding one-off payments reflects the extent of structural (or permanent) negotiated wage increases.
    • The ECB wage tracker with unsmoothed one-off payments is constructed using a methodology that, both in terms of data sources and statistical methodology, is conceptually similar to, but not necessarily the same as, the one used for the ECB indicator of negotiated wage growth.
    • The share of employees covered is the percentage of employees across the participating countries that are directly covered by ECB wage tracker data. This indicator provides information on the representativeness of the underlying (negotiated) wage growth signals obtained from the set of wage tracker indicators for the aggregate of participating countries. Employee coverage differs across countries and within each country over time (more details are provided in Table 2).

    Table 1

    ECB wage tracker summary

    (percentages)

    ECB wage tracker

    Coverage

    Headline indicator

    Excluding one-off payments

    With unsmoothed one-off payments

    Share of employees

    2013-2023

    2.0

    1.9

    2.0

    49.1

    2024

    4.8

    4.2

    4.9

    48.8

    2025

    3.1

    3.8

    2.8

    46.5

    2024 Q1

    4.1

    3.8

    5.2

    49.0

    2024 Q2

    4.4

    3.9

    3.4

    49.0

    2024 Q3

    5.2

    4.5

    6.8

    48.7

    2024 Q4

    5.3

    4.7

    4.3

    48.3

    Jan 2025

    4.9

    4.3

    3.0

    49.4

    Feb 2025

    5.0

    4.7

    3.2

    49.5

    Mar 2025

    4.0

    4.3

    1.4

    49.5

    Apr 2025

    4.1

    4.4

    4.2

    49.3

    May 2025

    3.8

    4.1

    3.9

    49.2

    Jun 2025

    3.8

    4.0

    3.8

    46.9

    2025 Q3

    2.1

    3.4

    1.9

    45.1

    2025 Q4

    1.6

    3.0

    2.9

    42.9

    Sources: ECB calculations based on data provided by the Deutsche Bundesbank, the Bank of Greece, the Banco de España, the Banque de France, the Banca d’Italia, the Oesterreichische Nationalbank, AWVN and Eurostat.

    Notes: See the technical details at the end of this press release. ECB wage tracker indicators reflect yearly growth in negotiated wages. Coverage is defined as the share of employees in participating countries. Rows with values in italics and bold refer to the forward-looking aspect of the respective indicators.

    Table 2

    Employee coverage by country

    (share of employees in each country, percentages)

    Germany

    Greece

    Spain

    France

    Italy

    Netherlands

    Austria

    Euro area

    2013-2023

    42.0

    10.0

    61.0

    51.7

    48.7

    64.2

    56.7

    49.1

    2024 Q1

    43.7

    16.0

    56.8

    48.3

    48.2

    62.7

    78.6

    49.0

    2024 Q2

    44.1

    15.9

    56.1

    48.2

    48.1

    62.4

    77.8

    49.0

    2024 Q3

    44.3

    15.8

    54.5

    48.1

    47.9

    62.1

    77.8

    48.7

    2024 Q4

    43.8

    15.7

    53.4

    48.2

    47.8

    61.9

    77.8

    48.3

    2025 Q1

    44.0

    19.5

    53.1

    52.9

    47.8

    61.3

    75.9

    49.4

    2025 Q2

    45.0

    16.3

    52.0

    52.4

    43.4

    60.2

    72.2

    48.5

    2025 Q3

    43.8

    8.7

    49.4

    48.3

    35.8

    57.6

    70.2

    45.1

    2025 Q4

    42.1

    8.3

    49.0

    43.4

    35.6

    53.3

    65.3

    42.9

    Sources: ECB, the Deutsche Bundesbank, the Bank of Greece, the Banco de España, the Banque de France, the Banca d’Italia, the Oesterreichische Nationalbank, AWVN and Eurostat.
    Notes: The euro area aggregate comprises the seven participating wage tracker countries. The coverage shows the relative strength of wage signals for each country and the euro area. The historical average is calculated from January 2016 to December 2023 for Greece and from February 2020 to December 2023 for Austria. For the other countries, it is calculated from January 2013 to December 2023. Rows with values in italics and bold refer to the forward-looking aspect of the respective indicators.

    For media queries, please contact Benoit Deeg, tel.: +491721683704

    Notes:

    • The ECB wage tracker is the result of a Eurosystem partnership currently comprising the ECB and seven euro area national central banks: the Deutsche Bundesbank, the Bank of Greece, the Banco de España, the Banque de France, the Banca d’Italia, De Nederlandsche Bank, and the Oesterreichische Nationalbank. It is based on a highly granular database of active collective bargaining agreements for Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, the Netherlands and Austria. The wage tracker is one of many sources that can help assess wage pressures in the euro area.
    • The wage tracker methodology uses a double aggregation approach. First, it aggregates the highly granular information on collective bargaining agreements and constructs the wage tracker indicators at the country-level using information on the employee coverage for each country. Second, it uses this information to construct the aggregate for the euro area using time-varying weights based on the total compensation of employees among the participating countries.
    • Given that the forward-looking nature of the tracker is dependent on the underlying collective bargaining agreements database, the wage signals should always be considered conditional on the information available at any given point in time and thus subject to revisions.
    • The results in this press release do not represent the views of the ECB’s decision-making bodies.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI: BE Semiconductor Industries N.V. Announces Q1-25 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Q1-25 Revenue of € 144.1 Million and Net Income of € 31.5 Million
    Orders of € 131.9 Million Up 8.2% vs. Q4-24

    DUIVEN, The Netherlands, April 23, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — BE Semiconductor Industries N.V. (the “Company” or “Besi”) (Euronext Amsterdam: BESI; OTC markets: BESIY), a leading manufacturer of assembly equipment for the semiconductor industry, today announced its results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Key Highlights

    • Revenue of € 144.1 million, down 6.1% vs. Q4-24 due primarily to lower shipments for high-end mobile applications. Vs. Q1-24, down 1.5% due to lower shipments for mobile and automotive applications partially offset by strong growth in hybrid bonding and other AI related computing applications
    • Orders of € 131.9 million up 8.2% vs. Q4-24 primarily due to increased bookings by Asian subcontractors for AI related data center applications. Up 3.3% vs. Q1-24 due to higher bookings for hybrid bonding and other advanced computing applications  
    • Gross margin of 63.6% decreased by 0.4 points vs. Q4-24 and 3.6 points vs. Q1-24 due primarily to a less favorable product mix and, to a lesser extent, adverse net forex influences
    • Net income of € 31.5 million decreased 46.9% vs. Q4-24 primarily due to the absence of an € 18.2 million net tax benefit recognized in Q4-24, lower revenue and higher consulting costs. Down 7.4% vs. Q1-24 primarily due to lower revenue and gross margins partially offset by an 8.9% decrease in operating expenses. Similarly, Besi’s net margin declined to 21.9% vs. 38.6% in Q4-24 and 23.2% in Q1-24
    • Ex share-based incentive compensation and tax benefits, Besi’s adjusted net income (net margin) was € 35.9 million (24.9%) in Q1-25 vs. € 43.2 million (28.2%) in Q4-24 and € 49.5 million (33.8%) in Q1-24
    • Net cash of € 159.4 million increased € 15.6 million, or 10.8%, vs. Q4-24

    Outlook   

    • Revenue expected to be flat (plus or minus 10%) vs. € 144.1 million reported in Q1-25
    • Gross margin expected to range between 62-64% vs. 63.6% realized in Q1-25
    • Operating expenses expected to decrease 0-10% vs. € 52.5 million in Q1-25
    (€ millions, except EPS) Q1-2025 Q4-2024 Δ Q1-2024 Δ
    Revenue 144.1 153.4 -6.1% 146.3 -1.5%
    Orders 131.9 121.9 +8.2% 127.7 +3.3%
    Gross Margin 63.6% 64.0% -0.4 67.2% -3.6
    Operating Income 39.3 50.6 -22.3% 40.7 -3.4%
    EBITDA 46.6 58.0 -19.7% 47.5 -1.9%
    Net Income* 31.5 59.3 -46.9% 34.0 -7.4%
    Net Margin* 21.9 38.6% -16.7 23.2% -1.3
    EPS (basic) 0.40 0.75 -46.7% 0.44 -9.1%
    EPS (diluted) 0.40 0.74 -45.9% 0.44 -9.1%
    Net Cash and Deposits 159.4 143.8 +10.8% 180.9 -11.9%

    * Excluding share-based compensation expense and an € 18.2 million net tax benefit recognized in Q4-24, Besi’s adjusted net income (net margin) would have been € 35.9 million (24.9%), € 43.2 million (28.2%) and € 49.5 million (33.8%) in Q1-25, Q4-24 and Q1-24, respectively.

    Richard W. Blickman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Besi, commented:
    “Besi reported solid first quarter results and important new advanced packaging orders in a challenging market environment. Revenue of € 144.1 million was down 1.5% versus Q1-24 due to ongoing weakness in mobile and automotive end user markets partially offset by strong revenue growth from hybrid bonding and other AI related computing applications. In contrast, orders increased 3.3% versus Q1-24 and 8.2% versus Q4-24 due primarily to increased bookings by Asian subcontractors for AI related data center applications which more than offset weakness in mobile, automotive and Chinese end user markets.

    Of note, significant progress was made on Besi’s wafer level assembly agenda this quarter as we received hybrid bonding orders from two leading memory producers for HBM 4 applications as well as follow-on orders from a leading Asian foundry for logic applications. Further, important announcements were made by two leading semiconductor producers with respect to future hybrid bonding applications such as ASICs and co packaged optics. In addition, a leading US logic manufacturer successfully began production of AI related logic devices utilizing Besi’s hybrid bonders in integrated production lines.

    Besi’s profitability in Q1-25 remained at attractive levels despite ongoing weakness in mainstream assembly markets and expanded R&D investment in next generation assembly solutions for AI applications. Net income of € 31.5 million decreased 7.4% vs. Q1-24 primarily due to lower revenue and gross margins realized partially offset by an 8.9% decrease in operating expenses. Our gross margin has trended toward the lower end of our target range over the past three quarters due primarily to a less favorable product mix, particularly with respect to high-end smartphones, and net forex headwinds beginning in the second half of 2024 from adverse movements in some of our principal transaction currencies versus the euro. In addition, cash flow generation remains very positive with net cash at quarter end increasing 10.8% vs. Q4-24 to reach € 159.4 million.

    On April 14, Applied Materials announced a 9% ownership position in Besi. Besi and Applied Materials have been successfully collaborating since 2020 to co-develop the industry’s first fully integrated equipment solution for die-based hybrid bonding. The collaboration brings together Applied’s expertise in front-end wafer and chip processing with Besi’s leadership position in bonding accuracy and speed. We view their shareholding as a strategic, long-term investment and a further validation of our wafer level assembly technology and strategy.

    Our business development this year reflects the contrasting growth trends seen in the assembly equipment market between AI and mainstream applications. The timing and trajectory of a mainstream assembly upturn is more difficult to predict now given new tariff uncertainties. However, demand for advanced packaging for AI applications remains strong given upcoming new device introductions and use cases planned in the 2026-2028 time period. We continue to assess the potential impact of tariffs on Besi’s customers, supply chain and end user markets. For Q2-25, we forecast that revenue will be flat plus or minus 10% versus Q1-25 with gross margins in a range of 62%-64%. In addition, aggregate operating expenses are forecast to decrease 0-10% versus Q1-25 primarily due to a reduction in strategic consulting costs.”

    Share Repurchase Activity
    During the quarter, Besi repurchased approximately 187,000 of its ordinary shares at an average price of € 117.95 per share for a total of € 22.1 million. Cumulatively, as of March 31, 2025, a total of € 51.4 million has been purchased under the current € 100 million share repurchase plan at an average price of € 114.64 per share. As of March 31, 2025, Besi held approximately 2.0 million shares in treasury equal to 2.5% of its shares outstanding.

    Investor and media conference call
    A conference call and webcast for investors and media will be held today at 4:00 pm CET (10:00 am EDT). To register for the conference call and/or to access the audio webcast and webinar slides, please visit www.besi.com.
    Important Dates  
    •  Annual General Meeting of Shareholders April 23, 2025
    •  Investor Day/Amsterdam June 12, 2025
    •  Publication Q2/semi-annual results July 24, 2025
    •  Publication Q3/nine-month results October 23, 2025
    •  Publication Q4/full year results February 2026
       
    Dividend Information*  
    •  Proposed ex-dividend date April 25, 2025
    •  Proposed record date April 28, 2025
    •  Proposed payment of 2024 dividend Starting May 2, 2025
       

    * Subject to approval at Besi’s AGM on April 23, 2025

    Basis of Presentation
    The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union. Reference is made to the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements as included in our 2024 Annual Report, which is available on www.besi.com.

    Contacts:
    Richard W. Blickman, President & CEO
    Andrea Kopp-Battaglia, Senior Vice President Finance      
    Claudia Vissers, Executive Secretary/IR coordinator
    Edmond Franco, VP Corporate Development/US IR coordinator
    Michael Sullivan, Investor Relations
    Tel. (31) 26 319 4500
    investor.relations@besi.com

    About Besi
    Besi is a leading manufacturer of assembly equipment supplying a broad portfolio of advanced packaging solutions to the semiconductor and electronics industries. We offer customers high levels of accuracy, reliability and throughput at a lower cost of ownership with a principal focus on wafer level and substrate assembly solutions. Customers are primarily leading semiconductor manufacturers, foundries, assembly subcontractors and electronics and industrial companies. Besi’s ordinary shares are listed on Euronext Amsterdam (symbol: BESI). Its Level 1 ADRs are listed on the OTC markets (symbol: BESIY) and its headquarters are located in Duiven, the Netherlands. For more information, please visit our website at www.besi.com.

    Caution Concerning Forward Looking Statements
    This press release contains statements about management’s future expectations, plans and prospects of our business that constitute forward-looking statements, which are found in various places throughout the press release, including, but not limited to, statements relating to expectations of orders, net sales, product shipments, expenses, timing of purchases of assembly equipment by customers, gross margins, operating results and capital expenditures. The use of words such as “anticipate”, “estimate”, “expect”, “can”, “intend”, “believes”, “may”, “plan”, “predict”, “project”, “forecast”, “will”, “would”, and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. The financial guidance set forth under the heading “Outlook” contains such forward-looking statements. While these forward-looking statements represent our judgments and expectations concerning the development of our business, a number of risks, uncertainties and other important factors could cause actual developments and results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements, including any inability to maintain continued demand for our products; failure of anticipated orders to materialize or postponement or cancellation of orders, generally without charges; the volatility in the demand for semiconductors and our products and services; the extent and duration of the COVID-19 and other global pandemics and the associated adverse impacts on the global economy, financial markets, global supply chains and our operations as well as those of our customers and suppliers; failure to develop new and enhanced products and introduce them at competitive price levels; failure to adequately decrease costs and expenses as revenues decline; loss of significant customers, including through industry consolidation or the emergence of industry alliances; lengthening of the sales cycle; acts of terrorism and violence; disruption or failure of our information technology systems; consolidation activity and industry alliances in the semiconductor industry that may result in further increased customer concentration, inability to forecast demand and inventory levels for our products; the integrity of product pricing and protection of our intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions; risks, such as changes in trade regulations, conflict minerals regulations, currency fluctuations, political instability and war, associated with substantial foreign customers, suppliers and foreign manufacturing operations, particularly to the extent occurring in the Asia Pacific region where we have a substantial portion of our production facilities; potential instability in foreign capital markets; the risk of failure to successfully manage our diverse operations; any inability to attract and retain skilled personnel, including as a result of restrictions on immigration, travel or the availability of visas for skilled technology workers.

    In addition, the United States and other countries have recently levied tariffs and taxes on certain goods and could significantly increase or impose new tariffs on a broad array of goods. They have imposed, and may continue to impose, new trade restrictions and export regulations. Increased or new tariffs and additional taxes, including any retaliatory measures, trade restrictions and export regulations, could negatively impact end-user demand and customer investment in semiconductor equipment, increase Besi’s supply chain complexity and manufacturing costs, decrease margins, reduce the competitiveness of our products or restrict our ability to sell products, provide services or purchase necessary equipment and supplies. Any or all of the foregoing factor could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, investors should consider those additional risk factors set forth in Besi’s annual report for the year ended December 31, 2024 and other key factors that could adversely affect our businesses and financial performance contained in our filings and reports, including our statutory consolidated statements. We expressly disclaim any obligation to update or alter our forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    Consolidated Statements of Operations
     
    (€ thousands, except share and per share data) Three Months Ended
    March 31,
    (unaudited)
      2025 2024
         
    Revenue 144,145 146,314
    Cost of sales 52,423 48,043
         
    Gross profit 91,722 98,271
         
    Selling, general and administrative expenses 32,958 39,641
    Research and development expenses 19,502 17,919
         
    Total operating expenses 52,460 57,560
         
    Operating income 39,262 40,711
         
    Financial expense, net 2,959 589
         
    Income before taxes 36,303 40,122
         
    Income tax expense 4,797 6,143
         
    Net income 31,506 33,979
         
    Net income per share – basic 0.40 0.44
    Net income per share – diluted 0.40 0.44
         
    Number of shares used in computing per share amounts:    
    – basic 79,228,071 77,181,326
    – diluted 1 81,522,177 82,106,146

    _____________________________
    1) The calculation of diluted income per share assumes the exercise of equity settled share based payments and the conversion of all Convertible Notes outstanding

    Consolidated Balance Sheets
     
    (€ thousands) March
    31, 2025
    (unaudited)
    December
    31, 2024
    (audited)
    ASSETS    
         
    Cash and cash equivalents 405,736 342,319
    Deposits 280,000 330,000
    Trade receivables 170,440 181,862
    Inventories 103,836 103,285
    Other current assets 46,099 40,927
         
    Total current assets 1,006,111 998,393
         
    Property, plant and equipment 42,868 44,773
    Right of use assets 15,161 15,726
    Goodwill 45,610 46,010
    Other intangible assets 98,622 96,677
    Deferred tax assets 29,240 31,567
    Other non-current assets 1,347 1,330
         
    Total non-current assets 232,848 236,083
         
    Total assets 1,238,959 1,234,476
         
         
         
    Bank overdraft 840 776
    Current portion of long-term debt 2,042
    Trade payables 46,598 52,630
    Other current liabilities 111,170 111,531
         
    Total current liabilities 158,608 166,979
         
    Long-term debt 525,493 525,653
    Lease liabilities 11,770 12,350
    Deferred tax liabilities 10,416 10,320
    Other non-current liabilities 19,328 17,910
         
    Total non-current liabilities 567,007 566,233
         
    Total equity 513,344 501,264
         
    Total liabilities and equity 1,238,959 1,234,476
    Consolidated Cash Flow Statements
     
    (€ thousands) Three Months Ended March 31,
    (unaudited)
     
      2025   2024  
         
    Cash flows from operating activities:    
         
    Income before income tax 36,303   40,122  
         
    Depreciation and amortization 7,307   6,813  
    Share based payment expense 4,441   16,900  
    Financial expense, net 2,959   589  
         
    Changes in working capital (2,113 ) (3,251 )
    Interest (paid) received (2,887 ) 1,169  
    Income tax (paid) received (1,575 ) (2,089 )
         
    Net cash provided by operating activities 44,435   60,253  
         
    Cash flows from investing activities:    
    Capital expenditures (1,733 ) (5,650 )
    Capitalized development expenses (6,737 ) (4,663 )
    Repayments of (investments in) deposits 50,000   10,000  
         
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 41,530   (313 )
         
    Cash flows from financing activities:    
    Proceeds from bank lines of credit 64    
    Payments of lease liabilities (1,114 ) (1,043 )
    Purchase of treasury shares (22,064 ) (14,779 )
         
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (23,114 ) (15,822 )
         
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 62,851   44,118  
    Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 566   (542 )
    Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period 342,319   188,477  
         
    Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period 405,736   232,053  
    Supplemental Information (unaudited)
    (€ millions, unless stated otherwise)
     
    REVENUE Q1-2025 Q4-2024 Q3-2024 Q2-2024 Q1-2024
                         
    Per geography:                    
    China 40.5   28 % 42.8   28 % 45.5   29 % 57.5   38 % 58.5   40 %
    Asia Pacific (excl. China) 56.3   39 % 53.5   35 % 51.6   33 % 54.1   36 % 43.6   30 %
    EU / USA / Other 47.3   33 % 57.1   37 % 59.5   38 % 39.6   26 % 44.2   30 %
                         
    Total 144.1   100 % 153.4   100 % 156.6   100 % 151.2   100 % 146.3   100 %
                         
    ORDERS Q1-2025 Q4-2024 Q3-2024 Q2-2024 Q1-2024
                         
    Per geography:                    
    China 39.7   30 % 40.4   33 % 45.4   30 % 43.3   23 % 51.1   40 %
    Asia Pacific (excl. China) 51.7   39 % 38.8   32 % 69.3   46 % 72.0   39 % 45.0   35 %
    EU / USA / Other 40.5   31 % 42.7   35 % 37.1   24 % 69.9   38 % 31.6   25 %
                         
    Total 131.9   100 % 121.9   100 % 151.8   100 % 185.2   100 % 127.7   100 %
                         
    Per customer type:                    
    IDM 48.1   36 % 61.2   50 % 84.5   56 % 122.4   66 % 53.5   42 %
    Foundries/Subcontractors 83.8   64 % 60.7   50 % 67.3   44 % 62.8   34 % 74.2   58 %
                         
    Total 131.9   100 % 121.9   100 % 151.8   100 % 185.2   100 % 127.7   100 %
                         
    HEADCOUNT Mar 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024
                         
    Fixed staff (FTE) 1,820   88 % 1,812   93 % 1,807   87 % 1,783   86 % 1,760   88 %
    Temporary staff (FTE) 251   12 % 134   7 % 271   13 % 279   14 % 236   12 %
                         
    Total 2,071   100 % 1,946   100 % 2,078   100 % 2,062   100 % 1,996   100 %
                         
    OTHER FINANCIAL DATA Q1-2025 Q4-2024 Q3-2024 Q2-2024 Q1-2024
                         
    Gross profit 91.7   63.6 % 98.2   64.0 % 101.2   64.7 % 98.3   65.0 % 98.3   67.2 %
                         
                         
    Selling, general and admin expenses:                    
    As reported 33.0   22.9 % 28.6   18.6 % 27.3   17.4 % 30.5   20.2 % 39.6   27.1 %
    Share-based compensation expense (4.4 ) -3.1 % (2.9 ) -1.8 % (3.4 ) -2.1 % (6.9 ) -4.6 % (16.9 ) -11.6 %
                         
    SG&A expenses as adjusted 28.6   19.8 % 25.7   16.8 % 23.9   15.3 % 23.6   15.6 % 22.7   15.5 %
                         
                         
    Research and development expenses:                    
    As reported 19.5   13.5 % 19.0   12.4 % 18.9   12.1 % 18.5   12.2 % 17.9   12.2 %
    Capitalization of R&D charges 6.7   4.6 % 5.4   3.5 % 4.4   2.8 % 4.9   3.2 % 4.7   3.2 %
    Amortization of intangibles (3.7 ) -2.5 % (3.9 ) -2.5 % (3.9 ) -2.5 % (3.6 ) -2.3 % (3.6 ) -2.4 %
                         
    R&D expenses as adjusted 22.5   15.6 % 20.5   13.4 % 19.4   12.4 % 19.8   13.1 % 19.0   13.0 %
                         
                         
    Financial expense (income), net:                    
    Interest income (5.0 )   (5.1 )   (5.2 )   (3.0 )   (4.0 )  
    Interest expense 6.3     6.1     5.7     2.1     2.8    
    Net cost of hedging 1.8     2.0     1.9     1.4     1.6    
    Foreign exchange effects, net (0.1 )   0.9     (0.8 )   0.5     0.2    
                         
    Total 3.0     3.9     1.6     1.0     0.6    
                         
                         
    Operating income (as % of net sales) 39.3   27.2 % 50.6   33.0 % 55.1   35.2 % 49.3   32.6 % 40.7   27.8 %
                         
    EBITDA (as % of net sales) 46.6   32.3 % 58.0   37.8 % 62.4   39.8 % 56.2   37.2 % 47.5   32.5 %
                         
    Net income (as % of net sales) 31.5   21.9 % 59.3   38.6 % 46.8   29.9 % 41.9   27.7 % 34.0   23.2 %
                         
    Effective tax rate 13.2 %   -27.0 %   12.6 %   13.0 %   15.3 %  
                         
                         
    Income per share                    
    Basic 0.40     0.75     0.59     0.53     0.44    
    Diluted 0.40     0.74     0.59     0.53     0.44    
                         
    Average shares outstanding (basic) 79,228,071   79,402,192   79,630,787   79,281,533   77,181,326  
                         
    Shares repurchased                    
    Amount 22.1     22.4     27.8     14.8     14.8    
    Number of shares 186,869   198,450   230,807   105,042   101,049  
                         
                         
    Gross cash 685.7     672.3     637.4     257.2     447.1    
                         
    Net cash 159.4     143.8     110.7     74.4     180.9    
                         

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Banking Ombudsman Scheme backs banks’ stronger consumer protections from scams

    Source: Banking Ombudsman Scheme

    23 April 2025 – The Banking Ombudsman Scheme has welcomed today’s announcement by banks that they will crack down on scams.
    Banking Ombudsman Nicola Sladden said the scheme had been calling for stronger consumer protections from scams for some time.
    “We see first-hand the emotional and financial cost of scams. Beyond the monetary impact, victims endure the distress of being deceived, leading to a loss of confidence to operate online.
    “Consumers are doing more and more online, making it increasingly vital they have a safe digital environment in which to make payments and transfer money.
    “We’re pleased the confirmation of payee system is now in place. It’s an obvious way to fight back against scammers.”
    Ms Sladden also welcomed other initiatives such as greater sharing of intelligence, improved fraud detection systems and warnings for high-risk transactions.
    “These initiatives will all help in the fight against the scourge of scams. However, for scam prevention measures to be truly successful, more cross-sector collaboration is needed.
    “New Zealand will not be able to defeat scammers unless all relevant government and non-government organisations work in concert. Scammers will continue to exploit vulnerabilities in the eco-system, so any counter-measures must be equally broad in scope.”
    She said the Government, relevant agencies such as the police and the National Cyber Security Centre, banks, telecommunications companies and digital platforms must work together to make scam prevention stronger at every level.
    “We also welcome the updated Code of Banking Practice. It is a step forward. The updated Code now provides a basis for banks to compensate customers for scam losses for both authorised and unauthorised payment scams.”
    Ms Sladden said the scheme believed the introduction of comprehensive, mandatory codes of practice for banks, telecommunication companies and digital platforms governing their responsibilities in preventing scams and the scope of their liability in the event of scam losses was long overdue.
    “Enforceable standards will help lift the bar on preventing scams. Such standards will provide clarity for consumers and industry, which will help deliver effective resolution.
    “We look forward to increased collaboration with banks, consumer groups, regulators and government agencies to prevent scams.”
    The scheme received 949 scam cases in the 2023-24 financial year. The average loss for escalated scam cases (disputes) was $80,000 – up from $57,000 the previous year.
    About the scheme
    The Banking Ombudsman Scheme is a free and independent dispute resolution service. We look into complaints by customers about their banks. Sometimes we make formal decisions, but often we facilitate outcomes agreeable to the customer and the bank before that. We also help in other ways, such as offering information and guidance on banking matters. We put the customer at the heart of what we do.

    MIL OSI New Zealand News

  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Employment – Authenticity over Authority – 63% of professionals admit to leaving a previous employer because they didn’t resonate with leadership

    Source: Robert Walters

    Two thirds of professionals (63%) have admitted that one of the leading reasons for leaving a previous employer is because they did not have a ‘connection’ with their management or leadership team.  

    A further 68% stated that their exit was due to ’empty promises’ from management – with professionals feeling that leaders who fail to act on commitments erode trust.

    The findings come from a new report from global talent solutions business – Robert Walters – which highlights ‘Human-centric Leadership’ as a key trend that will be required of any business that wants to be successful in 2025 and beyond.  (ref. https://www.robertwalters.co.uk/insights/hiring-advice/e-guide/top-talent-trends-in-recruitment.html )

    Gerrit Bouckaert – CEO of Robert Walters Recruitment – comments:  

    “In today’s rapidly evolving workplace, leadership success will be easier to achieve when leaders put people first – more so now than ever as professionals fear the role of AI and whether it will be considered as a job replacement.  

    “We will always need people in the workplace. And much like you would invest in your technology with R&D and improvements, the same goes for your people.  

    “Business leaders that foster psychological safety, flexibility, and continuous learning will build stronger, more engaged teams – and ultimately, a more successful business.”

    Transactional Relationships  

    The report highlights the downfall of when a leader lacks genuine interest – with 62% stating that they feel disengaged when leaders only communicate when they need something.

    71% of employees say they can tell when leaders are being insincere in their optimism, with many reporting this as ‘forced enthusiasm.’

    Gerrit adds: “Leaders who fail to engage personally with their teams not only risk losing loyalty, but also some valuable insight on the company and ideas for improvement or future growth.”  

    Inauthentic Leadership  

    When asked what the common traits were for poor or inauthentic leadership, professionals responded with:

    Lack of Transparency (72%) – Employees lose faith in leaders who withhold information or fail to explain decisions.

    Inconsistency (66%) – Leaders who say one thing but do another struggle to earn long-term respect.

    Avoiding Accountability (44%) – A failure to admit mistakes or take responsibility leads to a culture of blame.

    Ignoring Employee Wellbeing (30%) – Leaders who prioritise profit over people create a toxic work environment.

    Micromanagement (28%) – A lack of trust in employees’ abilities can stifle innovation and motivation.  

    Playing Favourites (22%) – Unequal treatment of team members fosters resentment and disengagement.

    Route to Success

    Findings from the Robert Walters Talent Trends 2025 report include that companies are 1.5x more likely to retain high performers when leaders display a human-centric organisational focus.

    In fact, companies are 2.6x more likely to meet objectives as a ‘people-first’ organisation. Gerrit outlines top tips on how organisations (and its leaders) can become more human-centric:  

    Offer coaching and development: Leaders should receive coaching on the principles of human-centric leadership—including empathy, emotional intelligence, leading with authenticity, active listening, and inclusivity. If you don’t have this expertise in-house, consider outsourcing coaching and development programs.

    Deliver clear communication: Open, transparent and regular communication is key in a human-centric approach. Companies should build an environment where ideas are freely shared and valued, and where constructive feedback is encouraged. Simple things such as open Q&A’s to the office floor or having an open-door policy for questions – be it in-person or via email.  

    Don’t forget about culture: Shifting to a human-centric approach may require a significant change in company culture. This may involve redefining company values, rethinking performance metrics and revamping reward systems to align with human-centric principles.

    Engage your employees: Organisations should focus on understanding the needs of their employees to develop strategies to increase employee engagement. This could involve creating more opportunities for collaboration, promoting work-life balance and implementing recognition and reward systems.

    About Robert Walters  

    With more than 3,200 people in 31 countries, Robert Walters Group delivers recruitment consultancy, staffing, recruitment process outsourcing and managed services across the globe. From traditional recruitment and staffing to end-to-end talent management, our consultants are experts at matching highly skilled people to permanent, contract and interim roles across all professional disciplines, including: Accountancy & Finance, Banking & Financial Services, Engineering, Human Resources, Information Technology, Legal, Sales & Marketing, Secretarial & Support, Supply Chain & Procurement. www.robertwaltersgroup.com  

    MIL OSI New Zealand News

  • MIL-OSI: Nykredit extends the offer period concerning the recommended, voluntary public tender offer for Spar Nord Bank A/S until 20 May 2025 – Nykredit Realkredit A/S

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    THIS ANNOUNCEMENT IS PUBLISHED PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 9(3)-(5) AND SECTION 21(3) OF EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 636 OF 15 MAY 2020

    NOT FOR RELEASE, PUBLICATION OR DISTRIBUTION, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN OR TO ANY JURISDICTION WHERE DOING SO WOULD CONSTITUTE A VIOLATION OF THE RELEVANT LAWS OR REGULATIONS OF SUCH JURISDICTION

    Publication of supplement concerning extension of offer period for Nykredit’s recommended, voluntary public tender offer for Spar Nord Bank A/S until 20 May 2025

    23 April 2025

    Nykredit extends the offer period concerning the recommended, voluntary public tender offer for Spar Nord Bank A/S until 20 May 2025

    In accordance with section 4(1) of the Danish Takeover Order1, Nykredit Realkredit A/S (“Nykredit”) announced on 10 December 2024 that Nykredit intended to submit a voluntary public tender offer (the “Offer”) to acquire all shares in Spar Nord Bank A/S (“Spar Nord Bank”), with the exception of Spar Nord Bank’s treasury shares, for a cash price of DKK 210 per share, valuing the aggregated issued share capital of Spar Nord Bank at DKK 24.7 billion. As stated in the supplement dated April 2, 2025, the offer price has subsequently been increased to DKK 210.50 per share.

    On 8 January 2025, Nykredit published the offer document regarding the Offer (the “Offer Document”), as approved by the Danish FSA in accordance with section 11 of the Danish Takeover Order. In the Offer Document, the offer period was set to expire on 19 February 2025 at 23:59 (CET) (the “Initial Offer Period”). The Initial Offer Period was subsequently extended in supplements dated 18 February, 19 March and, most recently, 2 April 2025, where the offer period was extended to 24 April 2025 at 23:59 (CEST).

    Today, Nykredit published a supplement (the “Supplement”) to the Offer Document, which further extends the offer period for the Offer. The Supplement has been approved by the Danish FSA on 23 April 2025 in accordance with section 9(3)-(5) of the Danish Takeover Order. The Supplement should be read in conjunction with the Offer Document and the previous supplements.

    With this Supplement, Nykredit further extends the offer period, such that the Offer will expire on 20 May 2025 at 23:59 (CEST). Subsequently, any reference to the “Offer Period” in the Offer Document or other documents relating to the Offer will refer to the period commencing on the day of publication of the Offer Document on 8 January 2025 and ending on 20 May 2025 at 23:59 (CEST) (the “Extended Offer Period”).

    Nykredit has been informed by the Danish Competition and Consumer Authority that Nykredit’s merger notification regarding the Nykredit’s acquisition of sole control over Spar Nord Bank is considered complete as of 31 March 2025. Nykredit awaits the Danish Competition and Consumer Authority’s decision.

    The purpose of the extension is to provide Nykredit with time to obtain the approval from the Danish Competition and Consumer Authority required to complete the Offer. If the approval from the Danish Competition and Consumer Authority has not been granted by the expiry of the Extended Offer Period, Nykredit expects to extend the offer period further.

    The extension of the offer period entails that the expected completion of the Offer and settlement of the offer price to the Spar Nord Bank shareholders who have accepted the Offer will be extended correspondingly. Completion is subsequently expected to take place on 28 May 2025 (provided that the offer period is not extended further).

    At the time of this announcement, Nykredit holds 32.79 per cent of the shares in Spar Nord Bank.

    In the supplement dated 19 March 2025 to the Offer Document, Nykredit announced that a preliminary compilation of the acceptances that Nykredit had information about showed that, including the irrevocable undertakings, acceptances corresponding to more than 46 per cent of the share capital of Spar Nord Bank had been submitted, and that Nykredit’s ownership interest in Spar Nord Bank, together with the irrevocable undertakings and the binding acceptances submitted that Nykredit had information about, totalled more than 80 per cent of the total share capital (excluding treasury shares) of Spar Nord Bank, indicating that the 67 per cent acceptance limit stated in the Offer has been reached. The final result of the Offer will be determined on expiry of the offer period and published in accordance with section 21(3) of the Danish Takeover Order.

    Nykredit intends to delist Spar Nord Bank from trading on Nasdaq Copenhagen and complete a compulsory acquisition of the remaining Spar Nord Bank shareholders, provided that Nykredit has obtained the necessary ownership interest, and the Offer has been completed. Spar Nord Bank shareholders who have opted not to accept the Offer, should expect that Nykredit, provided that the Offer is completed, will take steps to combine Nykredit Bank A/S and Spar Nord Bank, which will result in a further increase in Nykredit’s ownership interest in Spar Nord Bank. Not later than in continuation of the combination, Nykredit thus expects to hold a sufficient ownership interest to be able to delist Spar Nord Bank from trading on Nasdaq Copenhagen and complete a compulsory acquisition of the remaining Spar Nord Bank shareholders.

    The full terms and conditions of the Offer are contained in the Offer Document as amended by the Supplement. The Offer Document and the Supplement are published in the Danish FSA’s OAM database: https://oam.finanstilsynet.dk/ and can also, with certain restrictions, be accessed at https://www.nykredit.com/kobstilbud-spar-nord/ and https://www.sparnord.dk/investor-relations/overtagelsestilbud.

    About Spar Nord Bank

    Spar Nord Bank was founded in 1824 and is now a nationwide bank with 58 branches. Spar Nord Bank offers all types of financial services, consultancy and products, focusing its business on retail customers and primarily small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in the local areas in which the bank is represented. The bank is also focused on leasing operations and large corporate customers, which are both business areas handled by the head offices.

    Spar Nord Bank has historically been rooted in northern Jutland and continues to be a market leader in this region. However, in the period from 2002 to 2024, Spar Nord Bank has established and acquired branches outside northern Jutland. Over the course of the years, the bank has adjusted its branch network in an ongoing process and now has a nationwide distribution network comprising 58 branches. These 58 branches are distributed on 32 banking areas, each of which is headed by a manager reporting directly to the bank’s executive board.

    The Spar Nord Bank Group consists of two earnings entities: Spar Nord Bank’s branches and the Trading Division. As an entity, the Trading Division serves customers from Spar Nord Bank’s branches as well as large retail customers and institutional clients in the field of equities, bonds, fixed income and forex products, asset management and international transactions. Finally, under the concept Sparxpres, the bank offers consumer loans to personal customers through Sparxpres’ platform as well as debt consolidation loans and consumer financing via retail stores and gift voucher solutions via shopping centres and city associations.

    About Nykredit

    Nykredit Realkredit A/S (“Nykredit”) is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Denmark, company reg. (CVR) no. 12 71 92 80, having its registered office at Sundkrogsgade 25, 2150 Nordhavn, Denmark. Nykredit is a mortgage credit institution and, together with its wholly-owned subsidiary Totalkredit A/S, is a market leader of the Danish mortgage credit market with a market share of some 45.2 per cent. Nykredit offers mortgage financing for private individuals and businesses.

    Nykredit is part of the Nykredit Group, which historically dates back to 1851. In addition to carrying on mortgage credit business, the Group carries on banking business through Nykredit Bank – including banking and wealth management operations – and has a total of around 4,000 employees in Denmark.

    Nykredit is owned by an association of the Nykredit Group’s customers, Forenet Kredit. Forenet Kredit owns close to 80 per cent of Nykredit’s shares. Other major shareholders are five Danish pension funds: Akademikernes Pension AP Pension, PensionDanmark, PFA and PKA.

    Nykredit is known for the advantages offered through the association. Forenet Kredit makes capital contributions to the Nykredit Group when times are good, and Nykredit has decided to pass these on to its customers.

    Since, 2017, Forenet Kredit has paid over DKK 8 billion in capital contributions to the Nykredit Group, and in the period to 2027, Forenet Kredit has provided a further DKK 7 billion.

    Questions and further information

    Any questions concerning the Offer may be directed to:

    Nykredit Bank A/S

    Company reg. (CVR) no.: 10 51 96 08

    Sundkrogsgade 25

    2150 Nordhavn
    Denmark

    Telephone: +45 7010 9000

    and

    Carnegie Investment Bank

    Filial af Carnegie Investment Bank AB (publ), Sverige

    Company reg. (CVR) no. 35 52 12 67

    Overgaden Neden Vandet 9B

    1414 Copenhagen K
    Denmark

    E-mail: annette.hansen@carnegie.dk

    For further information about the Offer, please see: https://www.nykredit.com/kobstilbud-spar-nord/.

    This announcement and the Offer Document (with supplements) are not directed at shareholders of Spar Nord Bank A/S whose participation in the Offer would require the issuance of an offer document, registration or activities other than what is required under Danish law (and, in the case of shareholders in the United States of America, Section 14(e) of, and applicable provisions of Regulation 14E promulgated under, the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). The Offer is not made and will not be made, directly or indirectly, to shareholders resident in any jurisdiction in which the submission of the Offer or acceptance thereof would be in contravention of the laws of such jurisdiction. Any person coming into possession of this announcement, the Offer Document or any other document containing a reference to the Offer is expected and assumed to independently obtain all necessary information about any applicable restrictions and to observe these.

    This announcement does not constitute an offer or an invitation to purchase securities or a solicitation of an offer to purchase securities in accordance with the Offer or otherwise. The Offer will be submitted only in the form of the Offer Document (with supplements) approved by the FSA, which sets out the full terms and conditions of the Offer, including information on how to accept the Offer. The shareholders of Spar Nord Bank are advised to read the Offer Document and any related documents as they contain important information.

    Restricted jurisdictions

    The Offer is not made, and acceptance of the Offer to tender Spar Nord Bank shares is not accepted, neither directly nor indirectly, in or from any jurisdiction in which the making or acceptance of the Offer would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction or would require any registration, approval or any other measures with any regulatory authority not expressly contemplated by the Offer Document (the “Restricted Jurisdictions”). Neither the United States nor the United Kingdom is a Restricted Jurisdiction.

    Restricted Jurisdictions include, but are not limited to: Australia, Canada, Hong Kong, Japan, New Zealand and South Africa.

    Persons obtaining documents or information relating to the Offer (including custodians, account holding institutions, nominees, trustees, representatives, fiduciaries or other intermediaries) should not distribute, communicate, transfer or send these in or into a Restricted Jurisdiction or use mail or any other means of communication in or into a Restricted Jurisdiction in connection with the Offer. Persons (including, but not limited to, custodians, custodian banks, nominees, trustees, representatives, fiduciaries or other intermediaries) intending to communicate this announcement, the Supplement, the Offer Document or any related document to any jurisdiction outside Denmark or the United States should inform themselves about these restrictions before taking any action. Any failure to comply with these restrictions may constitute a violation of the laws of such jurisdiction, including securities laws. It is the responsibility of all Persons obtaining this announcement, the Supplement, the Offer Document, earlier supplements, an acceptance form and/or other documents relating to the Offer, or into whose possession such documents otherwise come, to inform themselves about and observe all such restrictions.

    Nykredit is not responsible for ensuring that the distribution, dissemination or communication of this announcement, the Supplement or the Offer Document to shareholders outside Denmark, the United States and the United Kingdom is consistent with applicable law in any jurisdiction other than Denmark, the United States and the United Kingdom.

    Important Information for Shareholders in the United States

    The Offer concerns the shares in Spar Nord Bank, a public limited liability company incorporated and admitted to trading on a regulated market in Denmark, and is subject to the disclosure and procedural requirements of Danish law, including the Danish capital markets act and the Danish takeover order.

    The Offer is being made to shareholders in Spar Nord Bank in the United States in compliance with the applicable US tender offer rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “U.S. Exchange Act”), including Regulation 14E promulgated thereunder, subject to the relief available for a “Tier II” tender offer, and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Danish law and practice

    Accordingly, US Spar Nord Bank shareholders should be aware that this announcement and any other documents regarding the Offer have been prepared in accordance with, and will be subject to, the disclosure and other procedural requirements, including with respect to withdrawal rights, the Offer timetable, settlement procedures and timing of payments of Danish law and practice, which may differ materially from those applicable under US domestic tender offer law and practice. In addition, the financial information contained in this announcement or the Offer Document has not been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or derived therefrom, and may therefore differ from, or not be comparable with, financial information of US companies.

    In accordance with the laws of, and practice in, Denmark and to the extent permitted by applicable law, including Rule 14e-5 under the U.S. Exchange Act, Nykredit, Nykredit’s affiliates or any nominees or brokers of the foregoing (acting as agents, or in a similar capacity, for Nykredit or any of its affiliates, as applicable) may from time to time, and other than pursuant to the Offer, directly or indirectly, purchase, or arrange to purchase, outside of the United States, shares in Spar Nord Bank or any securities that are convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for such shares in Spar Nord Bank before or during the period in which the Offer remains open for acceptance. These purchases may occur either in the open market at prevailing prices or in private transactions at negotiated prices. Any information about such purchases will be announced via Nasdaq Copenhagen and relevant electronic media if, and to the extent, such announcement is required under applicable law. To the extent information about such purchases or arrangements to purchase is made public in Denmark, such information will be disclosed by means of a press release or other means reasonably calculated to inform US shareholders of Spar Nord Bank of such information.

    In addition, subject to the applicable laws of Denmark and US securities laws, including Rule 14e-5 under the U.S. Exchange Act, the financial advisers to Nykredit or their respective affiliates may also engage in ordinary course trading activities in securities of Spar Nord Bank, which may include purchases or arrangements to purchase such securities.

    It may not be possible for US shareholders to effect service of process within the United States upon Spar Nord Bank, Nykredit or any of their respective affiliates, or their respective officers or directors, some or all of which may reside outside the United States, or to enforce against any of them judgments of the United States courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or other US law. It may not be possible to bring an action against Nykredit, Spar Nord Bank and/or their respective officers or directors (as applicable) in a non-US court for violations of US laws. Further, it may not be possible to compel Nykredit and Spar Nord Bank or their respective affiliates, as applicable, to subject themselves to the judgment of a US court. In addition, it may be difficult to enforce in Denmark original actions, or actions for the enforcement of judgments of US courts, based on the civil liability provisions of the US federal securities laws.

    The Offer, if completed, may have consequences under US federal income tax and under applicable US state and local, as well as non-US, tax laws. Each shareholder of Spar Nord Bank is urged to consult its independent professional adviser immediately regarding the tax consequences of the Offer.

    NEITHER THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY IN ANY STATE OF THE U.S. HAS APPROVED OR DECLINED TO APPROVE THE OFFER OR THIS ANNOUNCEMENT, PASSED UPON THE FAIRNESS OR MERITS OF THE OFFER OR PROVIDED AN OPINION AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THIS ANNOUNCEMENT OR ANY OFFER DOCUMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENCE IN THE UNITED STATES.


    1 Executive Order no. 636 of 15 May 2020

    Attachments

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Danmarks Nationalbank has moved krone payments to the pan-european payment system

    Source: Danmarks Nationalbank

    23 April 2025

    This Easter, Danmarks Nationalbank successfully moved payments in Danish kroner from the Danish payment system Kronos2 to the pan-European system, TARGET Services.

    By joining TARGET Services, Danmarks Nationalbank is united with the central banks of the Eurosystem in protecting payment processing against persistent cyber threats.

    “We strengthen security by working together with other European central banks in the payments area. This is especially important at a time when the cyber threat is high and increasing,” says Governor Ulrik Nødgaard.

    Danes will not experience any changes on a day-to-day basis, but going forward their payments will be handled via a more robust and future-proof platform. Over time, the vision is that citizens will more directly experience benefits such as easier and cheaper access to instant payments across currencies.

    “Economically it’s also advantageous to share payments infrastructure across countries. The economies of scale in a centralised system will provide savings on the ongoing costs of operation, maintenance and further development,” says Ulrik Nødgaard.

    The Danish krone will be the first currency outside the euro to handle both payments and securities transactions on TARGET Services. Over time, more currencies are expected to join.

    Danmarks Nationalbank has been working towards the migration since 2020. The schedule has been met and the total costs, shared between Danmarks Nationalbank and the banking sector, are lower than originally anticipated.

    “The project has been realised in close collaboration with the Danish banking sector, the European Central Bank and other relevant parties. Throughout the process, the collaboration has been positive and purposeful, with a common focus and clear goals. The good dialogue and the sector’s support have helped ensure that the project has been completed within the agreed framework – in terms of both cost and time. I would like to thank everyone for that,” says Ulrik Nødgaard.

    The press can contact Communications and Press Officer Teis Hald Jensen on tel. +45 3363 6066 or

    FACTS:

    Since 2018, Danish securities transactions in Danish kroner have taken place in the European system for securities transactions. The system is called T2S and it is also part of TARGET Services.

    With the migration of the Danish krone to T2 and TIPS, the execution of payments and securities transactions in Danish kroner has been centralised on TARGET Services. Denmark is the first non-euro country to use T2, TIPS and T2S.

    Sveriges Riksbank is already on the instant payments system, TIPS, and decided in June 2024 to begin the process with the European Central Bank, ECB, for participation in the T2 liquidity management and payments system and the T2S securities transactions system.

    Norges Bank signed an agreement with the ECB in November 2024 to participate in TIPS and is also in discussions with the ECB about possible participation in T2.

    In September 2024, the Central Bank of Iceland announced that it has initiated an assessment of whether the Icelandic krona should join TARGET Services.

    Danish monetary policy will not be affected by the migration to TARGET Services. The existing monetary policy instruments used in the exercise of monetary policy by Danmarks Nationalbank are supported in the new infrastructure. These instruments are handled by Danmarks Nationalbank’s own system for monetary policy instruments and collateral.

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI China: Announcement on Open Market Operations No.77 [2025]

    Source: Peoples Bank of China

    Announcement on Open Market Operations No.77 [2025]

    (Open Market Operations Office, April 23, 2025)

    The People’s Bank of China conducted reverse repo operations in the amount of RMB108 billion through quantity bidding at a fixed interest rate on April 23, 2025.

    Details of the Reverse Repo Operations

    Maturity

    Rate

    Bidding Volume

    Winning Bid Volume

    7 days

    1.50%

    RMB108 billion

    RMB108 billion

    Date of last update Nov. 29 2018

    2025年04月23日

    MIL OSI China News

  • MIL-OSI: Philipp Rüede appointed CEO SCOR L&H and Member of SCOR’s Executive Committee

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Press release
    23 April 2025 – N° 08

    Philipp Rüede appointed CEO SCOR L&H 
    and Member of SCOR’s Executive Committee

    We are pleased to announce Philipp Rüede as the new CEO SCOR Life & Health and a Member of the Executive Committee. Philipp is replacing Frieder Knüpling who stepped down in July 2024. Philipp’s immediate priorities will be to drive the L&H new business strategy, to protect and deliver the in-force value, and to improve the cash profile of the L&H business, in line with the updated L&H strategy unveiled at our Investor Day in December 2024.

    Philipp Rüede, a dual Swiss and German citizen, is a graduate of the Ecole Polytechnique in Paris and holds a Master’s degree in Engineering from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH Zürich). He has more than 20 years of experience in Banking and Reinsurance. Philipp began his career in 1999, in the Equity Derivatives Structuring and Trading department at Bank Vontobel in Zurich. From 2000 to 2010, he was Global Co-Head of Equity Derivatives Structuring at CS First Boston, splitting his time between the Zurich and Hong Kong offices. In 2010, he became a Partner at the Swiss electronic trading company Arbillon Capital AG. Moving into the reinsurance industry in 2013, he joined Swiss Re in Zurich as Head of Reinsurance Capital Management, overseeing the optimization of capital efficiency within the Group. From 2015 to 2019, he led a dedicated team of more than 75 professionals as Global Head of P&C Structured Solutions. In 2019, he was appointed Head of the newly formed Alternative Capital Partners team, collaborating across P&C and L&H (re)insurance lines to proactively manage risk limits and enhance the company’s flexible capital structure.

    Philipp will take up his position on 1 June 2025.

    Thierry Léger, Chief Executive Officer of SCOR, comments: “Philipp will bring very valuable and complementary skills to SCOR. With his extensive experience and wide-ranging expertise, Philipp has all the qualities required to continue the transformation of our L&H business, restore its profitability, and improve its cash profile. The whole Executive Committee joins me in welcoming Philipp and wishing him every success in his new responsibilities.”

    *

    *        *

    SCOR, a leading global reinsurer

    As a leading global reinsurer, SCOR offers its clients a diversified and innovative range of reinsurance and insurance solutions and services to control and manage risk. Applying “The Art & Science of Risk,” SCOR uses its industry-recognized expertise and cutting-edge financial solutions to serve its clients and contribute to the welfare and resilience of society.

    The Group generated premiums of EUR 20.1 billion in 2024 and serves clients in more than 150 countries from its 37 offices worldwide.

    For more information, visit: www.scor.com

    Media Relations
    Alexandre Garcia
    media@scor.com

    Investor Relations
    Thomas Fossard
    InvestorRelations@scor.com

    Follow us on LinkedIn

     

    All content published by the SCOR group since January 1, 2024, is certified with Wiztrust. You can check the authenticity of this content at wiztrust.com.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Danish krone now available in all TARGET Services

    Source: European Central Bank

    23 April 2025

    • Danish krone available for settlement in T2 and TIPS
    • TARGET Services provide safe and efficient financial market infrastructures for Danish financial markets
    • All TARGET Services now multi-currency

    As of 22 April 2025, Danish market participants are able to settle wholesale and retail payments in Danish krone instantly in the Eurosystem’s T2 and TARGET Instant Payment Settlement (TIPS) services. Following a successful migration, Danmarks Nationalbank has become the first non-euro area central bank to participate in all three TARGET Services with its currency. Settlement in Danish krone has already been available in TARGET2-Securities since 2018.

    By using T2 and TIPS, Danish financial markets will benefit from common standards with the euro area, optimised liquidity management and strengthened IT security, allowing efficient and secure real-time settlement of wholesale and retail payments.

    This achievement is a result of the close collaboration between Danmarks Nationalbank and the Eurosystem since the decision to join T2 and TIPS was taken in 2020. Danish market participants have been conducting testing campaigns and migration rehearsals since September 2023 to ensure full readiness for onboarding to the two systems.

    With the inclusion of Danish krone, T2 activated its multi-currency function for the first time. TIPS now supports three currencies: the euro, the Swedish krona, which was onboarded in 2024, and the Danish krone. Including other currencies in TARGET Services strengthens European integration and enhances financial market efficiency beyond the euro area. Sweden has expressed an interest in joining additional TARGET Services, while other non-euro area countries, such as Norway and Iceland, have also expressed an interest in joining TARGET Services with their respective national currencies. An added benefit of multi-currency infrastructures is the potential for safe and efficient cross-currency settlement. Danmarks Nationalbank, Sveriges Riksbank and the ECB are collaborating on the implementation of such cross-currency capabilities in TIPS.

    Danmarks Nationalbank applied to join T2 and TIPS in 2020, and the currency participation agreement was signed in 2024. TARGET Services are developed and operated by the Eurosystem and provide safe and efficient financial market infrastructure services in central bank money, which supports financial integration and the capital markets union. Including branches and subsidiaries, more than 40,000 banks worldwide and all their customers can be reached via T2, which every six days processes a value close to the entire euro area GDP. TIPS settles instant retail payments at any time of day and on any day of the year.

    For media queries, please contact Benoit Deeg tel.: +49 172 1683704.

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Result of the Daily Variable Rate Repo (VRR) auction held on April 23, 2025

    Source: Reserve Bank of India

    Tenor 1-day
    Notified Amount (in ₹ crore) 1,00,000
    Total amount of bids received (in ₹ crore) 18,872
    Amount allotted (in ₹ crore) 18,872
    Cut off Rate (%) 6.01
    Weighted Average Rate (%) 6.01
    Partial Allotment Percentage of bids received at cut off rate (%) NA

    Ajit Prasad          
    Deputy General Manager
    (Communications)    

    Press Release: 2025-2026/160

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Money Market Operations as on April 22, 2025

    Source: Reserve Bank of India


    (Amount in ₹ crore, Rate in Per cent)

      Volume
    (One Leg)
    Weighted
    Average Rate
    Range
    A. Overnight Segment (I+II+III+IV) 6,25,055.90 5.90 3.50-6.95
         I. Call Money 16,344.62 5.87 5.00-6.15
         II. Triparty Repo 4,28,406.90 5.86 5.65-5.99
         III. Market Repo 1,78,167.38 5.98 3.50-6.20
         IV. Repo in Corporate Bond 2,137.00 6.23 6.00-6.95
    B. Term Segment      
         I. Notice Money** 69.00 5.83 5.50-5.90
         II. Term Money@@ 880.00 5.85-6.60
         III. Triparty Repo 261.25 6.00 5.85-6.05
         IV. Market Repo 472.66 6.18 6.15-6.20
         V. Repo in Corporate Bond 0.00
      Auction Date Tenor (Days) Maturity Date Amount Current Rate /
    Cut off Rate
    C. Liquidity Adjustment Facility (LAF), Marginal Standing Facility (MSF) & Standing Deposit Facility (SDF)
    I. Today’s Operations
    1. Fixed Rate          
    2. Variable Rate&          
      (I) Main Operation          
         (a) Repo          
         (b) Reverse Repo          
      (II) Fine Tuning Operations          
         (a) Repo Tue, 22/04/2025 1 Wed, 23/04/2025 17,892.00 6.01
         (b) Reverse Repo          
      (III) Long Term Operations^          
         (a) Repo          
         (b) Reverse Repo          
    3. MSF# Tue, 22/04/2025 1 Wed, 23/04/2025 413.00 6.25
    4. SDFΔ# Tue, 22/04/2025 1 Wed, 23/04/2025 91,222.00 5.75
    5. Net liquidity injected from today’s operations [injection (+)/absorption (-)]*       -72,917.00  
    II. Outstanding Operations
    1. Fixed Rate          
    2. Variable Rate&          
      (I) Main Operation          
         (a) Repo          
         (b) Reverse Repo          
      (II) Fine Tuning Operations          
         (a) Repo          
         (b) Reverse Repo          
      (III) Long Term Operations^          
         (a) Repo Thu, 17/04/2025 43 Fri, 30/05/2025 25,731.00 6.01
         (b) Reverse Repo          
    3. MSF#          
    4. SDFΔ#          
    D. Standing Liquidity Facility (SLF) Availed from RBI$       8,942.38  
    E. Net liquidity injected from outstanding operations [injection (+)/absorption (-)]*     34,673.38  
    F. Net liquidity injected (outstanding including today’s operations) [injection (+)/absorption (-)]*     -38,243.62  
    G. Cash Reserves Position of Scheduled Commercial Banks
         (i) Cash balances with RBI as on April 22, 2025 9,82,528.42  
         (ii) Average daily cash reserve requirement for the fortnight ending May 02, 2025 9,51,938.00  
    H. Government of India Surplus Cash Balance Reckoned for Auction as on¥ April 22, 2025 17,892.00  
    I. Net durable liquidity [surplus (+)/deficit (-)] as on April 04, 2025 2,36,088.00  
    @ Based on Reserve Bank of India (RBI) / Clearing Corporation of India Limited (CCIL).
    – Not Applicable / No Transaction.
    ** Relates to uncollateralized transactions of 2 to 14 days tenor.
    @@ Relates to uncollateralized transactions of 15 days to one year tenor.
    $ Includes refinance facilities extended by RBI.
    & As per the Press Release No. 2019-2020/1900 dated February 06, 2020.
    Δ As per the Press Release No. 2022-2023/41 dated April 08, 2022.
    * Net liquidity is calculated as Repo+MSF+SLF-Reverse Repo-SDF.
    ¥ As per the Press Release No. 2014-2015/1971 dated March 19, 2015.
    # As per the Press Release No. 2023-2024/1548 dated December 27, 2023.
    ^ As per the Press Release No. 2025-2026/91 dated April 11, 2025.
    Ajit Prasad          
    Deputy General Manager
    (Communications)    
    Press Release: 2025-2026/159

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-Evening Report: After stunning comeback, centre-left Liberals likely to win majority of seats at Canadian election

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Adrian Beaumont, Election Analyst (Psephologist) at The Conversation; and Honorary Associate, School of Mathematics and Statistics, The University of Melbourne

    In Canada, the governing centre-left Liberals had trailed the Conservatives by more than 20 points in January, but now lead by five points and are likely to win a majority of seats at next Monday’s election. Meanwhile, United States President Donald Trump’s ratings in US national polls have dropped to a -5 net approval.

    The Canadian election will be held next Monday, with the large majority of polls closing at 11:30am AEST Tuesday. The 343 MPs are elected by first past the post, with 172 seats needed for a majority.

    The Liberals had looked doomed to a massive loss for a long time. In early January, the CBC Poll Tracker had given the Conservatives 44% of the vote, the Liberals 20%, the left-wing New Democratic Party (NDP) 19%, the separatist left-wing Quebec Bloc (BQ) 9%, the Greens 4% and the far-right People’s 2%. With these vote shares, the Conservatives would have won a landslide with well over 200 seats.

    At the September 2021 election, the Liberals won 160 of the then 338 seats on 32.6% of votes, the Conservatives 119 seats on 33.7%, the BQ 32 seats on 7.6%, the NDP 25 seats on 17.8%, the Greens two seats on 2.3% and the People’s zero seats on 4.9%. he Liberals were short of the 170 seats needed for a majority.

    The Liberal vote was more efficiently distributed than the Conservative vote owing to the Conservatives winning safe rural seats by huge margins. The BQ benefited from vote concentration, with all its national vote coming in Quebec, where it won 32.1%.

    On January 6, Justin Trudeau, who had been Liberal leader and PM since winning the October 2015 election, announced he would resign these positions once a new Liberal leader was elected. Mark Carney, former governor of the Bank of Canada and Bank of England, was overwhelmingly elected Liberal leader on March 9 and replaced Trudeau as PM on March 14.

    With the Liberals short of a parliamentary majority, parliament was prorogued for the Liberal leadership election and was due to resume on March 24. Carney is not yet an MP (he will contest Nepean at the election). Possibly owing to these factors, Carney called the election on March 23.

    In Tuesday’s update to the CBC Poll Tracker, the Liberals had 43.1% of the vote, the Conservatives 38.4%, the NDP 8.3%, the BQ 5.8% (25.4% in Quebec), the Greens 2.2% and the People’s 1.4%. The Liberals have surged from 24 points behind in early January to their current 4.7-point lead.

    Seat point estimates were 191 Liberals (over the 172 needed for a majority), 123 Conservatives, 23 BQ, five NDP and one Green. The tracker gives the Liberals an 80% chance to win a majority of seats and a 15% chance to win the most seats but not a majority.

    The Liberal lead over the Conservatives peaked on April 8, when they led by 7.1 points. There has been slight movement back to the Conservatives since, with the French and English leaders’ debates last Wednesday and Thursday possibly assisting the Conservatives.

    But the Liberals still lead by nearly five points in the polls five days before the election. With the Liberals’ vote more efficiently distributed, they are the clear favourites to win an election they looked certain to lose by a landslide margin in January.

    Carney’s replacement of Trudeau has benefited the Liberals, but I believe the most important reason for the Liberals’ poll surge is Trump. Trump’s tariffs against Canada and his talk of making Canada the 51st US state have greatly alienated Canadians and made it more difficult for the more pro-Trump Conservatives.

    In an early April YouGov Canadian poll, by 64–25, respondents said the US was unfriendly or an enemy rather than friendly or an ally (50–33 in February). By 84–11, they did not want Canada to become part of the US. If Canadians had been able to vote in the 2024 US presidential election, Kamala Harris would have defeated Donald Trump by 57–18 in this poll.

    Trump’s US ratings have fallen well below net zero

    In Nate Silver’s aggregate of US national polls, Trump currently has a net approval of -5.4, with 50.8% disapproving and 45.4% approving. At the start of his term, Trump’s net approval was +12, but went negative in mid-March. His ratings fell to their current level soon after Trump announced his “Liberation Day” tariffs on April 2.

    Silver has presidential approval poll data for previous presidents since Harry Truman (president from 1945–53). Trump’s current net approval is worse than for any other president at this point in their tenure except for Trump’s first term (2017–2021).

    Silver also has a net favourability aggregate for Elon Musk that currently gives Musk a net favourable rating of -13.6 (53.0% unfavourable, 39.3% favourable). Musk’s ratings began to drop from about net zero before Trump’s second term commenced on January 20.

    G. Elliott Morris used to manage the US poll aggregate site FiveThirtyEight before it was axed. He wrote last Friday that Trump’s net approval on the economy (at -5.8) is worse than at any point in his first term. During his first term, Trump’s net approval on the economy was mostly positive, helping to support his overall ratings.

    Adrian Beaumont does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. After stunning comeback, centre-left Liberals likely to win majority of seats at Canadian election – https://theconversation.com/after-stunning-comeback-centre-left-liberals-likely-to-win-majority-of-seats-at-canadian-election-254926

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-OSI China: China’s zero-carbon industrial parks light way to greener future

    Source: China State Council Information Office 2

    This photo shows a charging station powered by the solar array at an industrial park in Liyang, a county-level city under Changzhou in east China’s Jiangsu Province, April 17, 2025. [Photo/Xinhua]
    Along a nearly-500-meter asphalt road shaded by a glimmering canopy of photovoltaic panels, new energy vehicles travel back and forth. Some pull over at the roadside charging station powered by the solar array.
    This eco-friendly scene, especially fitting on Tuesday, the 56th Earth Day, is part of a broader zero-carbon initiative at a 100-hectare industrial park in Liyang, a county-level city under Changzhou in east China’s Jiangsu Province.
    Since beginning operations in June last year, the park has installed around 77,000 square meters of photovoltaic panels, generating 5.2 million kilowatt-hours of green electricity annually. To achieve net-zero carbon emissions, the park is diversifying its clean energy sources to include wind and hydro power, according to Li Jie, general manager of State Grid Liyang Electric Vehicle Service Company, one of the park’s key developers.
    Carbon-free industrial parks aim to achieve zero carbon emissions by integrating clean energy, green architecture, smart management systems and circular economy practices. China’s Central Economic Work Conference, which outlined the national priorities for 2025, called for ramped-up efforts to promote a green transition across all sectors, including the establishment of a group of zero-carbon industrial parks.
    According to Wu Wei, an associate professor at the China Institute for Studies in Energy Policy at Xiamen University, such parks not only drive low-carbon development but also enhance enterprises’ innovation capability, energy efficiency and informatization level, serving as a key engine for China’s high-quality economic growth.
    Zero-carbon practices power ahead
    According to the city’s action plan, Changzhou aims to build more than 10 near-zero-carbon parks and more than 15 near-zero-carbon factories from 2024 to 2026.
    Among the pioneers in this plan is Nari-Relays Electric (NR Electric), a local power electronics company. By leveraging AI and cloud computing to monitor and optimize energy use in real time — from water and electricity consumption to photovoltaic output and environmental conditions — the company has cut over 21,000 tonnes of carbon dioxide emissions and saved nearly 7,300 tonnes of standard coal since 2023.
    Thanks to these efforts, the cost reduction and efficiency improvement have saved NR Electric nearly 20 million yuan (about 2.77 million U.S. dollars), according to the company.
    As microgrids are a cornerstone of zero-carbon parks’ operation, Changzhou has completed 39 microgrid projects with a total investment of 1.18 billion yuan and plans to construct more such projects in the coming years.
    Beyond Changzhou, moves to go carbon-free are gaining momentum across China. In 2022, Shanghai released an action plan for a zero-carbon demonstration park in its Minhang District. In 2024, a plan was unveiled to build a zero-carbon park in Beijing’s Daxing District. Provinces and regions like Guangxi, Yunnan and Fujian have included zero-carbon park construction in their 2025 government work reports.
    China has pledged to peak carbon emissions by 2030 and reach carbon neutrality by 2060. With the advancement of the dual carbon goals, it is expected to see a surge in zero-carbon parks in 2025, said Ding Hong, vice president of Jiangsu’s provincial society of the urban economy.
    “Advances in distributed solar photovoltaics, energy storage and smart energy management platforms will significantly lower costs of zero-carbon parks’ construction and operation, and profoundly change China’s energy utilization mode,” Ding said.
    Low-carbon innovations go global
    In Jiangsu’s Suzhou Industrial Park, a joint China-Singapore zero-energy building fitted with rooftop photovoltaic panels, small wind turbines and an AI-controlled lighting and climate system showcases the possibilities of future urban architecture.
    Built using sustainable materials, the structure is part of the China-Singapore Green Digital Hub, a 6.7-billion-yuan project launched last November to boost green industries and emerging services.
    According to Li Wenjie, deputy director of the institute of urban development at Suzhou Industrial Park, the zero-energy building has been certified by standards organizations in both the United States and Singapore. “This highlights that China’s carbon reduction technologies have gained worldwide recognition,” he noted.
    China’s green technologies are now reaching global markets. NR Electric, for example, has provided energy storage solutions to over 30 countries, including Britain, Japan and Saudi Arabia. At Britain’s Richborough Energy Park, its technology has helped reduce carbon emissions by over 10,000 tonnes — the greatest reduction among all battery energy-storage projects in the country in 2024.
    Currently, China is collaborating on green energy projects with over 100 countries and regions. According to the International Renewable Energy Agency, the average global cost per megawatt-hour for wind power has plummeted over the last decade by over 60 percent, and by 80 percent for solar power.
    China has made remarkable progress in its green transition and technologies, said Erik Berglof, chief economist at the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank, during this year’s Boao Forum for Asia held in late March. He noted that its journey offers a blueprint for sustainable development that other countries can follow. 

    MIL OSI China News

  • MIL-OSI Russia: Global Financial Stability Report Press Briefing

    Source: IMF – News in Russian

    April 22, 2025

    GFSR PRESS BRIEFING

    Speakers:

    Tobias Adrian, Financial Counsellor and Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF
    Jason Wu, Assistant Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF
    Caio Ferreira, Deputy Division Chief, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF

    Moderator: Meera Louis, Communications Officer, IMF

    Ms. LOUIS: Good morning, everyone, and welcome to the GFSR press conference. And thank you for joining us today. I am Meera Louis with the Communications Department at the IMF.

    Joining us here today is Tobias Adrian, Financial Counsellor of the Monetary and Capital Markets Department. Also with us is Jason Wu, Assistant Director, and Caio Ferreira, Deputy Division Chief of the Monetary and Capital Markets Department.

    So, Tobias, before we turn the floor over for questions, I wanted to start by asking you, what were some of the challenges you and your team faced in preparing for this report? We are in uncharted territory now. So how did you come up with a strategy to shape this report?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thank you so much, Meera. And welcome, everybody, to the International Monetary Fund.

    We are launching the Global Financial Stability Report, and let me give you a couple of headline messages from the report.

    Our baseline assessment for global financial stability is that risks have been increasing, and there are really two main factors here: One is that the overall level of policy uncertainty has increased; and the second factor is that the forecast of economic activity going forward is slightly lower, as Pierre‑Olivier presented at the World Economic Outlook press conference just now. So, it’s a combination of a lower baseline and larger downside risks. Having said that, we do see both downside and upside risks, and we will certainly explain more about the two sides of uncertainty throughout the press conference.

    So let me highlight three vulnerabilities that are driving our assessment.

    The first one is the level of risky asset values. We have certainly seen some adjustment in risky asset values. It’s important to see that in the broader context of where we are coming from. And, in recent years, we saw quite a bit of appreciation—particularly in equity markets and in some sectors, such as technology. So valuations were quite stretched and credit spreads were very tight by historical standards. And we have certainly seen some decline in valuations; but by historical standards, price-earnings ratios in equity markets, for example, continue to be fairly elevated and credit spreads and sovereign spreads have widened to some degree, but they are still fairly contained by historical standards. The stretching of asset valuations continues to be a vulnerability we are watching closely.

    The second vulnerability is about leverage and maturity transformation in the financial system, particularly in the nonbank sector, where we are looking closely at how leverage is evolving. As market volatility has increased, we have seen some degree of deleveraging, but market functioning has been sound so far. With higher volatility, we would expect asset prices to come down, but the functioning of how those asset prices adjusted has been very orderly to date.

    The third vulnerability that we are watching is the overall level of debt globally. In the past decade, and particularly since the pandemic in 2020, sovereign debt levels have been increasing around the world. It’s the backdrop of higher debt that can interact with financial stability and that’s particularly true for emerging markets and frontier economies, where we have certainly seen some widening of sovereign spreads. Issuance year to date has been strong, but, of course, the tightening of financial conditions that we observed in the past three weeks has an outsized impact on those more vulnerable countries.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And now I will open up the floor to questions. If you could please identify yourself and your outlet. You also have the report online, if need be. And you can also join us online via the Webex link. Thank you.

    So, the lady here in the front.

    QUESTION: Hi. My name is Ray. I am with 21st Century Business Herald, Guangdong, China.

    So, my question is that, you’ve highlighted a series of vulnerabilities and risks. So how does the IMF assess the risk of these tensions triggering broader macro‑financial instability, especially in emerging markets with weaker buffers?

    My second question is that during times of global uncertainty, safe haven assets, such as gold and US treasuries, have been very volatile recently. So how does the IMF assess the volatility affecting currency stability? Thank you so much.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Tobias?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    So, starting with the second part of your question. We have seen a strong rally in gold prices, which is the sort of usual relationship we see in safe haven flows. When there is a high level of uncertainty, risky assets are selling off, oftentimes gold is viewed as a hedge asset and it has been appreciating.

    Of course, US treasuries remain the baseline reserve asset globally. It’s the largest and most liquid sovereign market. And  we have seen yields move. They have been increasing in the past two weeks, which is somewhat similar to the episode in 2020, when longer‑duration assets had yields increasing, as well. What is somewhat unusual is that the dollar has been falling, to some degree, but it’s important to keep that in the context of the strong dollar rally previously.

    Concerning the emerging markets and frontier economies, yes, the tightening of global financial conditions has an outsized the impact on weaker economies. We have seen a number of weaker emerging markets and frontier economies with high levels of debt. We have seen issuance throughout last year and earlier this year, but tighter financial conditions certainly adversely impact the financing conditions for those countries.

    Mr. WU: Maybe just to quickly add on emerging markets.

    I think it’s important to distinguish the major larger emerging markets versus the frontiers, as Tobias has mentioned. I think so far, we have seen currencies and capital flows being relatively muted in this episode. And I think this speaks to the ongoing theme that we have mentioned for several rounds now, that there’s resilienc among the emerging market economies for a whole host of reasons.

    However, as Tobias has pointed out, the external environment is not favorable and financial conditions are tightening globally. At this time, we need to worry about, countries where they are seeing sovereign spreads increasing, with large debt maturities forthcoming. Policy can be proactive to head off these risks by, for example, making sure that fiscal sustainability is being sent the right message.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Jason. The gentleman in the first row, at that end.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Rotus Oddiri with Arise News.

    So theoretically, if the dollar is weakening, isn’t that, to some degree, relatively good for countries with dollar debts?

    And secondly, how are you seeing fund flows to cash? If there’s a lot of volatility, are you seeing more movements to cash? And are there implications there in terms of [M&A] activity and so on and so forth?

    Mr. ADRIAN: So let me take this in three parts.

    The first question is about sort of like the strength of the dollar and the impact for emerging markets. When we look at exchange rates relative to emerging markets, there’s some heterogeneity. The dollar has appreciated against some emerging markets and depreciated against others. But it’s not the only impact on those financing conditions. We certainly have seen a notable widening of financing spreads. And that is probably the more important determinant for external financing conditions in emerging markets.

    Now, having said that, in some of the larger emerging markets with developed local government bond markets, we have seen some inflows into those local markets, but it’s very country‑specific.

    Turning to the question of investment decisions. We think that the first‑order impact here is the overall level of uncertainty. So, generally, investment decisions are easier in an environment with certainty. Given that some uncertainty remains about how policies are going to play out going forward, that can be a temporary headwind to investments or merger activity.

    Mr. WU: Just to quickly respond to your question about cash. I think during periods where markets are volatile, it’s reasonable that market participants and investors demand more liquidity, thereby moving in cash. We have not seen this happening en masse so far during this episode. So, we have seen bank deposits increase a little bit in the United States, but I think the magnitude is significantly smaller compared to previous episodes of stress.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason. So, the lady here in the second row, with the glasses.

    QUESTION: Hi. Szu Chan from the Telegraph.

    Do you see any parallels between recent moves in the bond market, particularly in US treasuries, with what happened in the wake of the Liz Truss mini budget? And do you think any lasting damage has been done?

    Mr. ADRIAN:

    Just for everybody’s recollection, in October 2022, there was some turbulence in UK gilt markets when the budget announcements were larger than expected and the Bank of England intervened to stabilize markets at that time. Clearly, we haven’t seen interventions by central banks, and the market conditions have been very orderly in recent weeks. There’s a repricing relative to the higher level of uncertainty but as I said at the beginning, there is both upside and downside risk. And we could certainly see upside risk if uncertainty is reduced going forward.

    And market conditions have been quite orderly. The moves are notable in treasuries, in equities, in exchange rates, but they are within movements we have seen in recent years and really reflect the higher level of volatility.

    Mr. Ferreira: I don’t think I have much to add to this, Tobias.

    I think that what we are seeing is some moves that have not been historically deserved in this kind of situation. But these mostly respond to these higher uncertainties and a repricing to the new macro scenario.

    Ms. LOUIS: So, before I go back to the floor, we do have a question on Webex, Pedro da Costa from Market News International. Pedro?

    QUESTION: Thank you so much, Meera. Thank you, guys, for doing this.

    My question is, given the market concerns about the threat to central bank independence, if the threat were exercised in a greater way, what would be the financial stability implications of a potential firing of either the Fed Chair or Fed Governors?

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Pedro. Are there any other questions on central bank independence? I don’t see any in the room. So over to you, Tobias 

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    So, the International Monetary Fund has been advising central banks for many decades. Helping central banks in terms of governance and monetary policy frameworks is really one of the core missions of the IMF. And we have seen time and time again that central bank independence is an important foundation for central banks to achieve their goals, which are primarily price stability and financial stability. We do advise our membership to, have a degree of independence that is aimed at achieving those overarching goals for monetary policy and financial stability policies.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. The gentleman in the first row.

    QUESTION: Thank you so much. My name is Simon Ateba. I am with Today News Africa in Washington, DC.

    I want to ask you about AI. It seems that is the big thing now. First, are you worried about AI? And what type of safeguards is the IMF putting in place to make sure that advanced countries—that AI doesn’t increase risk?

    And maybe, finally, on tariffs. We know that President Trump is imposing tariffs today, removing them tomorrow. China is retaliating. How much will that affect the financial stability of the world? Thank you. 

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much. Let me start with the question on artificial intelligence, and Jason can complement me.

    We have done quite a bit of work on that. In October, we actually had a chapter specifically focused on the impact of artificial intelligence on capital market activity, but, of course, the impact of AI is broader. And in our view, there are both risks and opportunities. I think the main opportunity is that it’s actually potentially quite inclusive, right?

    Everybody that has access to the internet via a smartphone or a computer or a tablet, in principle, can use those very powerful artificial intelligence tools. And we have seen examples in emerging markets and lower‑income economies where entrepreneurs are actually using these new tools to innovate. That can boost productivity around the world.

    In financial markets, we do quite a bit of outreach to market participants. And financial institutions—including banks and capital market institutions—are very actively exploring avenues to use artificial intelligence productively. There’s a lot of innovation going on. At the moment, we see a lot of that concentrated in back‑office kind of applications, so keeping your house in order in terms of getting processes done. But in trading and in credit decisions, these are also quite promising.

    In terms of risks, our primary concerns are cybersecurity risks. Many financial institutions are already under cyber attack., AI can be used to make defenses more efficient, but it can also be used for malicious purposes and making attacks more powerful. So, there’s really a bit of a power game on both sides. And we certainly advise many of our members to help them get to a more resilient financial system, relative to those cyber threats.

    Mr. WU: Maybe just quickly, to complement.

    I would encourage everybody to read Chapter 3 of the October 2024 GFSR, which addresses the issue of artificial intelligence in financial markets. Tobias is right, that there are benefits and risks on both sides.

    In addition to cybersecurity, I just wanted to highlight a couple more things, which is that, many of the financial institutions that we spoke to are still at their infancy in terms of deploying AI to make decisions—meaning, for trading or for investment allocation, they are at very early stages. But suppose that this trend rapidly gains? What would happen to risks?

    I think I will highlight two. One is concentration. Will it be a situation where the largest firms with the best models tend to win out and, therefore, dominate the marketplace? And then what are the implications for this? The second is that the speed of adjustment in financial markets might be much quicker if everything is based on high‑powered, artificial intelligence-type algorithms.

    With regard to these two risks, I think there’s great scope for supervisors to gather more information and understand who the key players are and what they are doing. International collaboration obviously is a crucial aspect of this. Market conduct needs to be taken into account, the future possibility that markets will be very much faster and more volatile, perhaps.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. The gentleman in the second row, please, in the middle here. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Good morning. I am [Fabrice Nodé‑Langlois] from the French newspaper Le Figaro.

    I have a question on the US public debt. There is a widespread opinion that whatever the level of the public debt—because of the significant role of the dollar, because of the might of the American military and economic power—it’s not a big concern. But under what circumstances, under what financial conditions would the US public debt become a concern for you?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much for the question. We are certainly watching sovereign debt around the world, including in the US. I do want to point out that there will be a briefing for the Western Hemisphere region that will specifically focus on the Americas, including the United States.

    When you look at our last Article IV for the United States, we certainly find that the debt situation is sustainable. You know, The U.S. has many ways to adjust its expenditures and revenues. And we think that this makes the debt levels manageable.

    Having said that, as I explained at the beginning, we have seen broadly around the world an increase in debt‑to‑GDP levels, particularly since the start of the pandemic in 2020. And it is an important backdrop in terms of pricing and financial stability. So, we are watching the nexus between sovereign debt and financial intermediaries very carefully.

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe one issue related with that— I think that we flagged it in the GFSR—is that I think there is an anticipation that—not only in the US but in several countries—there will be a lot of issuance of new debt going forward. Particularly in a moment where several central banks are doing some quantitative tightening, this might bring some challenges in terms of the function of the financial sector.

    Everything that we are seeing now seems to be working very well, even when we have this kind of shock. This is not a major concern. But going forward, we feel that it’s important to continue monitoring market liquidity. There are some flags that have been raised, particularly in terms of broker‑dealers’ capacity to continue intermediating and providing liquidity to public debt. It’s important to keep monitoring this, as central banks keep going in the direction of quantitative tightening.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Caio.

    And just to add to Tobias’s point, we will have a lot of regional pressers this week. And the Western Hemisphere presser will be on Friday if you have any US‑specific questions. Thank you.

    The lady here in the front row.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Thank you for taking my question. My name is Nume Ekeghe from This Day newspaper, Nigeria.

    The report mentions Nigeria’s return to Eurobond markets. And we know it was received positively by investors. So how does Nigeria’s return to Eurobond markets signal renewed investor confidence? And what specific macroeconomic reforms or improvements contributed to the shift in sentiments? Thank you.

    Mr. WU: Thank you for that question. Let me make some remarks about Nigeria and then sub‑Saharan Africa, in general.

    In the case of Nigeria, macroeconomic performance has held up,  GDP growth has been fairly consistent, and inflation has been coming down. Earlier this year, we have seen Nigeria’s sovereign credit spreads lowering. I think the reforms that the authorities have done, including the liberalization of exchange rates, has helped in that regard.

    That said, I think I want to go back to the theme that Tobias has mentioned, which is that during a time where global financial markets are volatile and risk appetite, in particular, is wavering, this is when we might see increases in sovereign spreads that will challenge the external picture for Nigeria, as well as other frontier economies. So, for example, Nigeria’s sovereign spread has increased in recent weeks, as stock markets globally have declined.

    The other challenge, of course, is for large commodity exporters, like Nigeria. If trade tensions are going to lead to lower global demand for commodities, this will obviously weigh on the revenue that they will receive. So, I think both of those developments would counsel that authorities remain quite vigilant to these developments and take appropriate policies to counter them.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason.

    And just before I come back to the floor, we have another question online, from Lu Kang, Sina Finance. The question is, in light of the IMF’s recent GFSR warning about rising debt, volatile capital flows, and diverging monetary policy paths, how should countries, especially emerging markets, balance financial stability with the imperative to finance climate transitions and digital infrastructure?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    We do a lot of work on debt management with countries. We are providing technical assistance and we are doing a lot of policy work on debt market developments. I think the two main takeaways are, No. 1, the plumbing matters. Putting into place mechanisms such as primary dealers and clearing systems, and pricing mechanisms in government bond markets. It is important all over the world. That includes the most advanced economies, as well as emerging markets. And we have seen tremendous progress in many countries, particularly the major emerging markets in terms of developing those bond markets.

    The second key aspect, of course, is fiscal sustainability. Here again, we engage very actively with our membership to make sure that fiscal frameworks are in place that keep debt trajectories on a path that is commensurate with the economic prospects of the countries.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. A question here in the front row, please.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Kemi Osukoya with The Africa Bazaar magazine.

    I wanted to follow up on the question that my colleague from Nigeria mentioned, regarding sovereign debts. As you know, African nations, after a period of pause, are just right now returning back to the Eurobond. But at the same time, there is unsustainable high borrowing costs that many of these countries face. So, in your recommendation, what can governments do regarding their bond to use it strategically, as well as to make it sustainable?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much for this question. And you know, we are working very closely with many sub‑Saharan African countries to support the countries either via programs or via policy advice and technical assistance to have a macro environment that is conducive for growth. So let me mention three things.

    I think the first one is to recognize that we have been through a period of extraordinarily adverse shocks. Particularly in sub‑Saharan Africa, the pandemic had an outsized impact on many countries. The inflation that ensued was very costly for many countries, particularly for those that are importing commodities. So, the adverse economic shocks have been extraordinary. And I would just note that we have engaged more actively in programs with sub‑Saharan Africa in the past five years than we ever did previously.

    The second point is about the financing costs. And, of course, there are two main components. One is the overall level of financial conditions globally. All countries in the world are part of the global capital markets. And that really depends on overall financing conditions. But more specifically, of course, there are country‑specific conditions—the macroeconomic performance of each country, the buffers in the countries—and the mandate of the Fund is very much focused on macro‑financial stability. So, getting back to a place with buffers, which then can lead to lower financing costs is the main goal. Our work with those countries is very much focused on the kind of catalytic role of the Fund, where we are trying to get growth back and stability back. Let me stop here.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. And a question here in the front row, please. And then I will come back to the middle.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. My name is [Shuichiro Takaoka]. I am working for Jiji Press.

    Just I would like to make clear the risk of a depreciation of the US dollar. And what are the implications of the recent depreciation of US dollar, especially regarding the global financial stability viewpoint?

    Mr. ADRIAN: As I mentioned earlier, we had seen quite a bit of an appreciation of the dollar earlier in the year and late [next] year. And now we have seen a depreciation that is roughly of commensurate magnitude. The volatility in the exchange rates is reflecting the broader volatility. There are some indications that the exchange rate movements are related to flows to investor reallocations, but the magnitudes of those flows are relatively small, relative to the run‑up of inflows into US assets in recent years. The cumulative inflows into bonds and stocks from around the world have been quite pronounced. So, to what extent these movements in the exchange rate and the associated flows are just a temporary or a more permanent impact remains to be seen. It really depends on how the current uncertainty is going to be resolved. As I said at the beginning, there are various scenarios. For the moment, it’s highly uncertain. As I said earlier, it is notable that the dollar declined, but I would not jump to conclusions in terms of how permanent that move may be.

    Mr. WU: Just to complement. I think when exchange rates are very volatile, one of the key channels for financial stability could be pressures in various funding markets. And this includes in cross currency markets, as well as in repo markets and other secure financing markets. I think this is something that we will be watching very closely. So far, we have not seen any major disruptions in those markets, despite the very volatile exchange rates.

    Mr. ADRIAN: So as a comparison, you can think of last August when there was a risk‑off moment. That was very short, but that did lead to dislocations in those cross‑currency funding markets. And we haven’t really seen that in recent weeks.

    Ms. LOUIS: So just on that line, I think you may have captured it, but I just wanted to get in this question that came in online from Greg Robb from MarketWatch. And it’s, have treasuries and the dollar lost their safe haven status? If not, what accounts for their recent performance?

    Mr. ADRIAN: So, again, it is somewhat unusual to see the dollar decline in the recent two weeks, really, when equity prices traded down with a negative tone and when longer‑term yields increased. But how lasting that is, is really too early to tell.

    US capital markets remain the largest and most liquid capital markets in the world. When you look at US dollars as a reserve asset, that remains over 60 percent among reserve managers. Global stock market capitalizations increased to 55 percent most recently, up from 30 percent in 2010. So, we have seen price movements that are notable; but in the big picture, the depth and size of the markets remain where they have been.

    Ms. LOUIS: And just on the same line, of capital markets. We have another question that came in online, [Anthony Rowley] from the South China Morning Post. And he says, both the EU and ASEAN are seeking more actively to promote capital market integration. Do you see this as reducing global dependence on US capital markets to any significant extent in the short to the medium term?

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are generally of the view that deep capital markets are beneficial everywhere. So, we are helping countries around the world to get to solid regulations and market mechanisms in sovereign bond markets but also, more broadly, in capital markets. And, for emerging markets and advanced economies, deepening capital markets has been a key priority.

    We have seen many firms from around the world come to US markets to issue stocks and bonds. And we think that’s related to the depth of the market and the sophistication of the financial sector in the US markets. So, it does provide a service to corporations and financial institutions around the world. But there are certainly many other markets that are deep, that are developing, and that are providing opportunities for both corporations and governments to issue. So, we have seen that trend continue.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Caio?

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe just more broadly on the development of capital markets, as Tobias was saying, I think that it’s an important goal. And this has come hand‑in‑hand with the growth of non‑banking financial institutions that we are seeing across the globe. We see this as a potential positive development. You diversify the sources of funding and the credit to the real economy, diversify the risks across a broader set of institutions, this is good for the economy and financial stability.

    There are risks that need to be mitigated. We discuss some of them in the GFSR—leverage, interconnectedness between different kinds of institutions. But overall, there are policies created by the standard setters that, if implemented, can mitigate these risks.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Caio and Tobias. 

    Going back to the room. There’s a lady in the second row.

    QUESTION: Hi. Riley Callanan from GZERO Media.

    The IMF downgraded the US, the most of all advanced economies. And I was wondering, is this a short‑term hit that in a year could lead to greater growth and investment in the US? Or is this a long‑term downgrade? Or is it too soon to tell, as you said, with capital markets?

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are really looking more at the financial stability aspects. And I would just note that there has been a readjustment in expectations. Where the US and other economies are going to end up remains to be seen. But I think what is notable is that with the sharp adjustment in asset prices, the increase in uncertainty has been absorbed well in capital markets. And as Caio alluded to, it is the policy framework around the banking system and the non‑banks that is so important to create resilient and deep financial markets that are then facilitating adjustments, relative to new policy developments. And from that vantage point, I think even though we have seen the level of uncertainty increase, markets have been very orderly. And we think that the regulatory and policy framework is key for that achievement.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And if you would like to flesh out any more details on the growth ramifications, we have a conference on Friday. And I can send you the details.

    Another question here, in the second row. I will come back to you.

    QUESTION: Hi. Gabriela Viana from Galapagos Capital in Brazil.

    So, in Brazil, commodities prices play an important role for currency [and] international capital inflows, especially in the stock market. Do you see commodities prices as a main important constraint for markets or the economic policy’s uncertainties or maybe the monetary tightening? Thank you.

    Mr. WU: All these factors are related to each other, obviously. So, I think the commodity prices, if the WEO forecast were to play out, the global economy is going to be slowing. It’s certainly an impact on the revenue side.

    I think for many emerging markets, the silver lining here is that they do have policy room. Many of them do have monetary policy room. Some of them have fiscal room, although only a few of them. So, it seems like this is going to be a challenging period, and uncertainty [and] commodity channels are both going to weigh on economies for emerging markets.

    We have seen broad‑based resilience among emerging markets over the last few years compared to, let’s say, five years before the pandemic. So, I think this speaks to the institutional quality having improved in emerging markets. And hopefully this would continue to buffer emerging markets from these external shocks.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason.

    And the lady in the middle. And then I will come back to Agence France‑Presse.

    QUESTION: Hi. Thank you for taking my question. I am Stephanie Stacey from the Financial Times.

    I wanted to expand on the previous questions about the dollar and treasuries. And I know you mentioned it’s hard to assess at this point how lasting the impact will be. But I wanted to ask what risks and future factors you think could drive a real shift in their safe haven status.

    Ms. LOUIS: Before we continue, are there any other questions on the dollar and the safe haven status? Yes. There is a question here.

    QUESTION: Hi. Mehreen Khan from The Times. I’m sorry. I will stand up.

    You mentioned the importance of swap lines and central banks cooperating at times of market stress. I mean, how much are we taking this type of cooperation for granted? And how much is the idea of the Fed providing swap lines to other central banks now in question, given the nature of the scrutiny that the institution is under from the Trump administration?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Let me start with the swap lines.

    In previous episodes of distress, such as the COVID-19 shock in 2020 or the global financial crisis in 2008, we have seen that swap lines from the major central banks—including Bank of England, ECB, Bank of Japan, and the Federal Reserve—have played an important role in terms of stabilizing market liquidity. The way to think about that is that the central banks are providing funding to partner central banks in the currency of the foreign assets that those institutions own. So, it’s an important underpinning to provide market functioning and resilience to your own assets in the hands of foreign financial institutions.

    As we mentioned earlier central banks have not intervened for liquidity purposes in recent weeks. And, despite a heightened market volatility, the VIX, for example, went from below 20 to between 40 and 50, which is fairly elevated. We have seen a very, very smooth market functioning across the board.

    Concerning the role of treasuries we are looking at the pricing of longer duration treasuries very carefully. We particularly look at supply factors, demand factors, and technical factors. We have seen volatility in the price moves, but we think that those are within reasonable historical norms.

    Mr. WU: Just to complement, I think in the treasury market, we have seen market functioning held up—meaning that buyers can find sellers and transactions are going through. I think that’s a very important sign.

    One thing that I wanted to mention also is that a year ago in our report, we pointed out that there are leveraged trades in the treasury market. These are trades that have not very much to do with economic fundamentals in the US or elsewhere but, rather, are using leverage to capture arbitrage opportunities in markets. When these trades are unwound, there will be impact in the treasury market. And this is something that we have pointed out before. These include the so‑called treasury cash‑futures basis trade, as well as a swap spread trade, which we have documented before. And I think during this episode, given the very heightened volatility, we have seen evidence of some of these positions being unwound, potentially having an impact on treasury yields as well. So, I just wanted to put this into context. This is not about capital outflows, but it’s about unwinding these trades having amplified the recent price movements in treasury markets.

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are seeing some indication that there’s some lowering in terms of the leverage in these trades, but we haven’t heard of disorderly deleveraging at this point. So, of course, with market volatility increasing, financial institutions naturally reduce their leverage. But we haven’t seen the kind of adverse feedback loop that was common, say, in 2008 or even as recent as the COVID-19 shock initially.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And there’s a question from Agence France‑Presse, in the middle. And then I will come back to you, and you. We are running out of time. So, we will take very, very few questions left.

    QUESTION: Thanks for taking my question. Just a quick question. In your report, you talk about geopolitical risk, including the risk of military conflicts. I just wonder how seriously you think people should take that and where you rate that when it comes to the global financial stability risks you have discussed already.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. And I have just been told we are running out of time. So, we will just clump those questions, if you could be very quick. The gentleman over there and the lady there. And then we will wrap it up. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Hi. [Rafia] from Nigeria. I work on [Arise TV].

    The IMF keeps talking about building resilience to face the global challenge of the state of the economy of the world. How do you build resilience in a world economic climate when one man’s decision can tip the scale? Just one man. He could wake up tomorrow and all our projections falter. One man.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. And then the last question.

    QUESTION: Laura Noonan, Bloomberg News. Thanks for taking the question. It’s actually a related question.

    You spoke in the report about the need for policymakers to try to do what they can to guard against these future financial shocks. Do you have any practical suggestions on what those measures could be? And also, are you expecting people to take measures to make the financial system safer when the overall political mood, as you have seen, has very much been about trying to liberalize things, trying to deregulate, and trying to simplify? Thank you.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Tobias?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Let me address the three sets of questions and then turn to my colleagues as well.

    On geopolitical risk, we do have a chapter that was released last week that is looking at capital market performance relative to geopolitical risks. And the good news is that, generally, when adverse risks realize, there is an asset price adjustment. But on average, relative to recent decades, those risks are absorbed well by the financial system in general. Now, of course, when conflicts directly impact countries, that can have a pronounced impact on their financial systems, and it’s something that we are discussing in more detail in the chapter.

    Secondly, in terms of the exposure of countries to physical risk, we have certainly seen in some countries around the world, a heightened incidence of drought and floods, even those can be macro‑critical. To the extent that these developments impact macro stability, we are certainly there to support countries and help them, either via programs or policy frameworks.

    Thirdly, in terms of the regulation of financial institutions and financial markets. You know, I think the last couple of weeks are very good illustrations for the importance of resilience of financial institutions. I mean, we have seen a tremendous increase in the level of volatility, which reflects the higher level of uncertainty. Last October, our overarching message in the GFSR was that there was this wedge between policy uncertainty and financial market volatility, which at the time was very low. And we have seen financial market volatility catch up with the high level of policy uncertainty. But that has been orderly, and financial institutions have been resilient. That is really the main objective of financial sector regulation—to get to a place where the financial system can do its job in terms of adjusting to unexpected developments. And when you have resilience in banks and in non‑banks, these adjustments are smooth. And that is the point of finance, right? It’s a kind of an insurance mechanism for the global economy and for individual country macro economies. Good regulation leads to good stability. And we have a lot of detail on that in the GFSR.

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe I could add a little bit on this about how to build resilience.

    I think that as Tobias was saying, trying to anticipate shocks is very hard. And it is very hard to do it. So, I think the way to build the resilience is focusing on vulnerabilities. In the GFSR, we have mentioned some vulnerabilities that we feel are important at this time. So, the valuations issues that makes the risk of repricing more likely, leveraging in some segments of the financial sector and in the interconnectedness with the banks, and also, of course, rising and high debt in several countries.

    How do you build the resilience in the face of these vulnerabilities? We do feel that banks in most countries are actually the cornerstone of the financial sector and so ensuring that they have appropriate levels of capital and liquidity is key. And the international standards do provide the basis for doing that. To address some of the other vulnerabilities, like leveraging an interconnection between different types of institutions, excessive [transformations], maybe.

    Finally, I think that on the issue of rising debt, one common theme that we have been talking about is about the need to credibly rebuild fiscal buffers.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you very much. I know we have covered a lot of ground, and I apologize that we could not get to everybody. If you do have any follow‑ups or any questions, please feel free to reach out to me. You can find the report online, and we can also send it to you bilaterally.

    Again, thank you very much for coming and thank you for your time. Take care.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Meera Louis

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    https://www.imf.org/en/News/Articles/2025/04/22/tr-04222024-gfsr-press-briefing

    MIL OSI

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI: HR Ratings Expands U.S. Operations with Strategic Growth Plan and Senior Leadership Appointment

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MIAMI, April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — HR Ratings, leading credit rating agency with nearly two decades of experience and more than 14,000 ratings issued worldwide, announces the expansion of its U.S. operations, reinforcing its long-term commitment to the U.S. market. As part of this effort, HR Ratings welcomes Gregory Root as Business Development Executive Director, adding depth to its leadership team and accelerating its growth in key sectors.

    Gregory Root has nearly 40 years of experience in credit ratings, investment banking, and capital markets. He has held senior leadership roles at Kroll Bond Ratings, DBRS, and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods. As President of Thomson BankWatch, he led the agency’s growth into the world’s largest bank rating firm at the time, overseeing teams across 60 countries.

    “Greg brings a deep understanding of the U.S. market and will play a critical role in supporting HR Ratings´ growth and establishment in this market.” said Veronica Cordero, Head of Business Development of HR Ratings.

    HR Ratings is registered as a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (NRSRO) by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for corporates, public finance, and financial institutions, certified by the European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA), and the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). HR Ratings is also approved by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) as credit rating providers (CRP). In addition, the rating agency is certified by the Climate Bonds Initiative (CBI) as approved verifiers for green bonds.

    With a local team based in Coral Gables, Florida, HR Ratings offers a full range of credit evaluation services. The agency has already issued over 2,300 credit ratings historically in the U.S. and evaluated more than 300 U.S.-based entities, serving a market that increasingly seeks agile, transparent, and rigorous credit analysis.

    “This marks an important step forward as we scale our presence in the U.S.,” said Alberto Ramos, Chairman of the Board of HR Ratings. “Our model is built on transparency, accessibility, highest quality service, and analytical rigor—qualities that matter to U.S. issuers and investors looking for real alternatives in a concentrated ratings market.”

    About HR Ratings

    HR Ratings, LLC (HR Ratings), is a Credit Rating Agency registered by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (NRSRO) for the assets of public finance, corporates and financial institutions as described in section 3 (a) (62) (A) and (B) subsection (i), (iii) and (v) of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

    The following information can be found on our website at www.hrratings.com: (i) The internal procedures for the monitoring and surveillance of our ratings and the periodicity with which they are formally updated, (ii) the criteria used by HR Ratings for the withdrawal or suspension of the maintenance of a rating, (iii) the procedure and process of voting on our Analysis Committee, and (iv) the rating scales and their definitions.

    The ratings and/or opinions of HR Ratings are opinions regarding the credit quality and/or the asset management capacity, or relative to the performance of the tasks aimed at the fulfillment of the corporate purpose, by issuing companies and other entities or sectors, and are based on exclusively in the characteristics of the entity, issue and/or operation, regardless of any business activity between HR Ratings and the entity or issuer. The ratings and/or opinions granted are issued on behalf of HR Ratings and not of its management or technical personnel and do not constitute recommendations to buy, sell or maintain any instrument, or to carry out any type of business, investment or operation, and may be subject to updates at any time, in accordance with the rating methodologies of HR Ratings.

    HR Ratings bases its ratings and/or opinions on information obtained from sources that are believed to be accurate and reliable. HR Ratings, however, does not validate, guarantee or certify the accuracy, correctness or completeness of any information and is not responsible for any errors or omissions or for results obtained from the use of such information. Most issuers of debt securities rated by HR Ratings have paid a fee for the credit rating based on the amount and type of debt issued. The degree of creditworthiness of an issue or issuer, opinions regarding asset manager quality or ratings related to an entity’s performance of its business purpose are subject to change, which can produce a rating upgrade or downgrade, without implying any responsibility for HR Ratings. The ratings issued by HR Ratings are assigned in an ethical manner, in accordance with healthy market practices and in compliance with applicable regulations found on the www.hrratings.com rating agency webpage. HR Ratings’ Code of Conduct, rating methodologies, rating criteria and current ratings can also be found on the website.

    Ratings and/or opinions assigned by HR Ratings are based on an analysis of the creditworthiness of an entity, issue or issuer, and do not necessarily imply a statistical likelihood of default, HR Ratings defines as the inability or unwillingness to satisfy the contractually stipulated payment terms of an obligation, such that creditors and/or bondholders are forced to take action in order to recover their investment or to restructure the debt due to a situation of stress faced by the debtor. Without disregard to the afore mentioned point, in order to validate our ratings, our methodologies consider stress scenarios as a complement to the analysis derived from a base case scenario. The fees HR Ratings receives from issuers generally range from US$1,000 to $1,000,000 (one million dollars, legal tender in the United States of America) (or the equivalent in another currency) per offering. In some cases, HR Ratings will rate all or some of a particular issuer’s offerings for an annual fee. Annual fees are estimated to vary between $5,000 and US$2,000,000 (five thousand to two million dollars, legal tender in the United States of America) (or the equivalent in another currency).

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Global Financial Stability Report Press Briefing

    Source: International Monetary Fund

    April 22, 2025

    GFSR PRESS BRIEFING

    Speakers:

    Tobias Adrian, Financial Counsellor and Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF
    Jason Wu, Assistant Director, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF
    Caio Ferreira, Deputy Division Chief, Monetary and Capital Markets Department, IMF

    Moderator: Meera Louis, Communications Officer, IMF

    Ms. LOUIS: Good morning, everyone, and welcome to the GFSR press conference. And thank you for joining us today. I am Meera Louis with the Communications Department at the IMF.

    Joining us here today is Tobias Adrian, Financial Counsellor of the Monetary and Capital Markets Department. Also with us is Jason Wu, Assistant Director, and Caio Ferreira, Deputy Division Chief of the Monetary and Capital Markets Department.

    So, Tobias, before we turn the floor over for questions, I wanted to start by asking you, what were some of the challenges you and your team faced in preparing for this report? We are in uncharted territory now. So how did you come up with a strategy to shape this report?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thank you so much, Meera. And welcome, everybody, to the International Monetary Fund.

    We are launching the Global Financial Stability Report, and let me give you a couple of headline messages from the report.

    Our baseline assessment for global financial stability is that risks have been increasing, and there are really two main factors here: One is that the overall level of policy uncertainty has increased; and the second factor is that the forecast of economic activity going forward is slightly lower, as Pierre‑Olivier presented at the World Economic Outlook press conference just now. So, it’s a combination of a lower baseline and larger downside risks. Having said that, we do see both downside and upside risks, and we will certainly explain more about the two sides of uncertainty throughout the press conference.

    So let me highlight three vulnerabilities that are driving our assessment.

    The first one is the level of risky asset values. We have certainly seen some adjustment in risky asset values. It’s important to see that in the broader context of where we are coming from. And, in recent years, we saw quite a bit of appreciation—particularly in equity markets and in some sectors, such as technology. So valuations were quite stretched and credit spreads were very tight by historical standards. And we have certainly seen some decline in valuations; but by historical standards, price-earnings ratios in equity markets, for example, continue to be fairly elevated and credit spreads and sovereign spreads have widened to some degree, but they are still fairly contained by historical standards. The stretching of asset valuations continues to be a vulnerability we are watching closely.

    The second vulnerability is about leverage and maturity transformation in the financial system, particularly in the nonbank sector, where we are looking closely at how leverage is evolving. As market volatility has increased, we have seen some degree of deleveraging, but market functioning has been sound so far. With higher volatility, we would expect asset prices to come down, but the functioning of how those asset prices adjusted has been very orderly to date.

    The third vulnerability that we are watching is the overall level of debt globally. In the past decade, and particularly since the pandemic in 2020, sovereign debt levels have been increasing around the world. It’s the backdrop of higher debt that can interact with financial stability and that’s particularly true for emerging markets and frontier economies, where we have certainly seen some widening of sovereign spreads. Issuance year to date has been strong, but, of course, the tightening of financial conditions that we observed in the past three weeks has an outsized impact on those more vulnerable countries.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And now I will open up the floor to questions. If you could please identify yourself and your outlet. You also have the report online, if need be. And you can also join us online via the Webex link. Thank you.

    So, the lady here in the front.

    QUESTION: Hi. My name is Ray. I am with 21st Century Business Herald, Guangdong, China.

    So, my question is that, you’ve highlighted a series of vulnerabilities and risks. So how does the IMF assess the risk of these tensions triggering broader macro‑financial instability, especially in emerging markets with weaker buffers?

    My second question is that during times of global uncertainty, safe haven assets, such as gold and US treasuries, have been very volatile recently. So how does the IMF assess the volatility affecting currency stability? Thank you so much.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Tobias?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    So, starting with the second part of your question. We have seen a strong rally in gold prices, which is the sort of usual relationship we see in safe haven flows. When there is a high level of uncertainty, risky assets are selling off, oftentimes gold is viewed as a hedge asset and it has been appreciating.

    Of course, US treasuries remain the baseline reserve asset globally. It’s the largest and most liquid sovereign market. And  we have seen yields move. They have been increasing in the past two weeks, which is somewhat similar to the episode in 2020, when longer‑duration assets had yields increasing, as well. What is somewhat unusual is that the dollar has been falling, to some degree, but it’s important to keep that in the context of the strong dollar rally previously.

    Concerning the emerging markets and frontier economies, yes, the tightening of global financial conditions has an outsized the impact on weaker economies. We have seen a number of weaker emerging markets and frontier economies with high levels of debt. We have seen issuance throughout last year and earlier this year, but tighter financial conditions certainly adversely impact the financing conditions for those countries.

    Mr. WU: Maybe just to quickly add on emerging markets.

    I think it’s important to distinguish the major larger emerging markets versus the frontiers, as Tobias has mentioned. I think so far, we have seen currencies and capital flows being relatively muted in this episode. And I think this speaks to the ongoing theme that we have mentioned for several rounds now, that there’s resilienc among the emerging market economies for a whole host of reasons.

    However, as Tobias has pointed out, the external environment is not favorable and financial conditions are tightening globally. At this time, we need to worry about, countries where they are seeing sovereign spreads increasing, with large debt maturities forthcoming. Policy can be proactive to head off these risks by, for example, making sure that fiscal sustainability is being sent the right message.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Jason. The gentleman in the first row, at that end.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Rotus Oddiri with Arise News.

    So theoretically, if the dollar is weakening, isn’t that, to some degree, relatively good for countries with dollar debts?

    And secondly, how are you seeing fund flows to cash? If there’s a lot of volatility, are you seeing more movements to cash? And are there implications there in terms of [M&A] activity and so on and so forth?

    Mr. ADRIAN: So let me take this in three parts.

    The first question is about sort of like the strength of the dollar and the impact for emerging markets. When we look at exchange rates relative to emerging markets, there’s some heterogeneity. The dollar has appreciated against some emerging markets and depreciated against others. But it’s not the only impact on those financing conditions. We certainly have seen a notable widening of financing spreads. And that is probably the more important determinant for external financing conditions in emerging markets.

    Now, having said that, in some of the larger emerging markets with developed local government bond markets, we have seen some inflows into those local markets, but it’s very country‑specific.

    Turning to the question of investment decisions. We think that the first‑order impact here is the overall level of uncertainty. So, generally, investment decisions are easier in an environment with certainty. Given that some uncertainty remains about how policies are going to play out going forward, that can be a temporary headwind to investments or merger activity.

    Mr. WU: Just to quickly respond to your question about cash. I think during periods where markets are volatile, it’s reasonable that market participants and investors demand more liquidity, thereby moving in cash. We have not seen this happening en masse so far during this episode. So, we have seen bank deposits increase a little bit in the United States, but I think the magnitude is significantly smaller compared to previous episodes of stress.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason. So, the lady here in the second row, with the glasses.

    QUESTION: Hi. Szu Chan from the Telegraph.

    Do you see any parallels between recent moves in the bond market, particularly in US treasuries, with what happened in the wake of the Liz Truss mini budget? And do you think any lasting damage has been done?

    Mr. ADRIAN:

    Just for everybody’s recollection, in October 2022, there was some turbulence in UK gilt markets when the budget announcements were larger than expected and the Bank of England intervened to stabilize markets at that time. Clearly, we haven’t seen interventions by central banks, and the market conditions have been very orderly in recent weeks. There’s a repricing relative to the higher level of uncertainty but as I said at the beginning, there is both upside and downside risk. And we could certainly see upside risk if uncertainty is reduced going forward.

    And market conditions have been quite orderly. The moves are notable in treasuries, in equities, in exchange rates, but they are within movements we have seen in recent years and really reflect the higher level of volatility.

    Mr. Ferreira: I don’t think I have much to add to this, Tobias.

    I think that what we are seeing is some moves that have not been historically deserved in this kind of situation. But these mostly respond to these higher uncertainties and a repricing to the new macro scenario.

    Ms. LOUIS: So, before I go back to the floor, we do have a question on Webex, Pedro da Costa from Market News International. Pedro?

    QUESTION: Thank you so much, Meera. Thank you, guys, for doing this.

    My question is, given the market concerns about the threat to central bank independence, if the threat were exercised in a greater way, what would be the financial stability implications of a potential firing of either the Fed Chair or Fed Governors?

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Pedro. Are there any other questions on central bank independence? I don’t see any in the room. So over to you, Tobias 

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    So, the International Monetary Fund has been advising central banks for many decades. Helping central banks in terms of governance and monetary policy frameworks is really one of the core missions of the IMF. And we have seen time and time again that central bank independence is an important foundation for central banks to achieve their goals, which are primarily price stability and financial stability. We do advise our membership to, have a degree of independence that is aimed at achieving those overarching goals for monetary policy and financial stability policies.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. The gentleman in the first row.

    QUESTION: Thank you so much. My name is Simon Ateba. I am with Today News Africa in Washington, DC.

    I want to ask you about AI. It seems that is the big thing now. First, are you worried about AI? And what type of safeguards is the IMF putting in place to make sure that advanced countries—that AI doesn’t increase risk?

    And maybe, finally, on tariffs. We know that President Trump is imposing tariffs today, removing them tomorrow. China is retaliating. How much will that affect the financial stability of the world? Thank you. 

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much. Let me start with the question on artificial intelligence, and Jason can complement me.

    We have done quite a bit of work on that. In October, we actually had a chapter specifically focused on the impact of artificial intelligence on capital market activity, but, of course, the impact of AI is broader. And in our view, there are both risks and opportunities. I think the main opportunity is that it’s actually potentially quite inclusive, right?

    Everybody that has access to the internet via a smartphone or a computer or a tablet, in principle, can use those very powerful artificial intelligence tools. And we have seen examples in emerging markets and lower‑income economies where entrepreneurs are actually using these new tools to innovate. That can boost productivity around the world.

    In financial markets, we do quite a bit of outreach to market participants. And financial institutions—including banks and capital market institutions—are very actively exploring avenues to use artificial intelligence productively. There’s a lot of innovation going on. At the moment, we see a lot of that concentrated in back‑office kind of applications, so keeping your house in order in terms of getting processes done. But in trading and in credit decisions, these are also quite promising.

    In terms of risks, our primary concerns are cybersecurity risks. Many financial institutions are already under cyber attack., AI can be used to make defenses more efficient, but it can also be used for malicious purposes and making attacks more powerful. So, there’s really a bit of a power game on both sides. And we certainly advise many of our members to help them get to a more resilient financial system, relative to those cyber threats.

    Mr. WU: Maybe just quickly, to complement.

    I would encourage everybody to read Chapter 3 of the October 2024 GFSR, which addresses the issue of artificial intelligence in financial markets. Tobias is right, that there are benefits and risks on both sides.

    In addition to cybersecurity, I just wanted to highlight a couple more things, which is that, many of the financial institutions that we spoke to are still at their infancy in terms of deploying AI to make decisions—meaning, for trading or for investment allocation, they are at very early stages. But suppose that this trend rapidly gains? What would happen to risks?

    I think I will highlight two. One is concentration. Will it be a situation where the largest firms with the best models tend to win out and, therefore, dominate the marketplace? And then what are the implications for this? The second is that the speed of adjustment in financial markets might be much quicker if everything is based on high‑powered, artificial intelligence-type algorithms.

    With regard to these two risks, I think there’s great scope for supervisors to gather more information and understand who the key players are and what they are doing. International collaboration obviously is a crucial aspect of this. Market conduct needs to be taken into account, the future possibility that markets will be very much faster and more volatile, perhaps.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. The gentleman in the second row, please, in the middle here. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Good morning. I am [Fabrice Nodé‑Langlois] from the French newspaper Le Figaro.

    I have a question on the US public debt. There is a widespread opinion that whatever the level of the public debt—because of the significant role of the dollar, because of the might of the American military and economic power—it’s not a big concern. But under what circumstances, under what financial conditions would the US public debt become a concern for you?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much for the question. We are certainly watching sovereign debt around the world, including in the US. I do want to point out that there will be a briefing for the Western Hemisphere region that will specifically focus on the Americas, including the United States.

    When you look at our last Article IV for the United States, we certainly find that the debt situation is sustainable. You know, The U.S. has many ways to adjust its expenditures and revenues. And we think that this makes the debt levels manageable.

    Having said that, as I explained at the beginning, we have seen broadly around the world an increase in debt‑to‑GDP levels, particularly since the start of the pandemic in 2020. And it is an important backdrop in terms of pricing and financial stability. So, we are watching the nexus between sovereign debt and financial intermediaries very carefully.

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe one issue related with that— I think that we flagged it in the GFSR—is that I think there is an anticipation that—not only in the US but in several countries—there will be a lot of issuance of new debt going forward. Particularly in a moment where several central banks are doing some quantitative tightening, this might bring some challenges in terms of the function of the financial sector.

    Everything that we are seeing now seems to be working very well, even when we have this kind of shock. This is not a major concern. But going forward, we feel that it’s important to continue monitoring market liquidity. There are some flags that have been raised, particularly in terms of broker‑dealers’ capacity to continue intermediating and providing liquidity to public debt. It’s important to keep monitoring this, as central banks keep going in the direction of quantitative tightening.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Caio.

    And just to add to Tobias’s point, we will have a lot of regional pressers this week. And the Western Hemisphere presser will be on Friday if you have any US‑specific questions. Thank you.

    The lady here in the front row.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Thank you for taking my question. My name is Nume Ekeghe from This Day newspaper, Nigeria.

    The report mentions Nigeria’s return to Eurobond markets. And we know it was received positively by investors. So how does Nigeria’s return to Eurobond markets signal renewed investor confidence? And what specific macroeconomic reforms or improvements contributed to the shift in sentiments? Thank you.

    Mr. WU: Thank you for that question. Let me make some remarks about Nigeria and then sub‑Saharan Africa, in general.

    In the case of Nigeria, macroeconomic performance has held up,  GDP growth has been fairly consistent, and inflation has been coming down. Earlier this year, we have seen Nigeria’s sovereign credit spreads lowering. I think the reforms that the authorities have done, including the liberalization of exchange rates, has helped in that regard.

    That said, I think I want to go back to the theme that Tobias has mentioned, which is that during a time where global financial markets are volatile and risk appetite, in particular, is wavering, this is when we might see increases in sovereign spreads that will challenge the external picture for Nigeria, as well as other frontier economies. So, for example, Nigeria’s sovereign spread has increased in recent weeks, as stock markets globally have declined.

    The other challenge, of course, is for large commodity exporters, like Nigeria. If trade tensions are going to lead to lower global demand for commodities, this will obviously weigh on the revenue that they will receive. So, I think both of those developments would counsel that authorities remain quite vigilant to these developments and take appropriate policies to counter them.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason.

    And just before I come back to the floor, we have another question online, from Lu Kang, Sina Finance. The question is, in light of the IMF’s recent GFSR warning about rising debt, volatile capital flows, and diverging monetary policy paths, how should countries, especially emerging markets, balance financial stability with the imperative to finance climate transitions and digital infrastructure?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much.

    We do a lot of work on debt management with countries. We are providing technical assistance and we are doing a lot of policy work on debt market developments. I think the two main takeaways are, No. 1, the plumbing matters. Putting into place mechanisms such as primary dealers and clearing systems, and pricing mechanisms in government bond markets. It is important all over the world. That includes the most advanced economies, as well as emerging markets. And we have seen tremendous progress in many countries, particularly the major emerging markets in terms of developing those bond markets.

    The second key aspect, of course, is fiscal sustainability. Here again, we engage very actively with our membership to make sure that fiscal frameworks are in place that keep debt trajectories on a path that is commensurate with the economic prospects of the countries.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. A question here in the front row, please.

    QUESTION: Thank you. Kemi Osukoya with The Africa Bazaar magazine.

    I wanted to follow up on the question that my colleague from Nigeria mentioned, regarding sovereign debts. As you know, African nations, after a period of pause, are just right now returning back to the Eurobond. But at the same time, there is unsustainable high borrowing costs that many of these countries face. So, in your recommendation, what can governments do regarding their bond to use it strategically, as well as to make it sustainable?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Thanks so much for this question. And you know, we are working very closely with many sub‑Saharan African countries to support the countries either via programs or via policy advice and technical assistance to have a macro environment that is conducive for growth. So let me mention three things.

    I think the first one is to recognize that we have been through a period of extraordinarily adverse shocks. Particularly in sub‑Saharan Africa, the pandemic had an outsized impact on many countries. The inflation that ensued was very costly for many countries, particularly for those that are importing commodities. So, the adverse economic shocks have been extraordinary. And I would just note that we have engaged more actively in programs with sub‑Saharan Africa in the past five years than we ever did previously.

    The second point is about the financing costs. And, of course, there are two main components. One is the overall level of financial conditions globally. All countries in the world are part of the global capital markets. And that really depends on overall financing conditions. But more specifically, of course, there are country‑specific conditions—the macroeconomic performance of each country, the buffers in the countries—and the mandate of the Fund is very much focused on macro‑financial stability. So, getting back to a place with buffers, which then can lead to lower financing costs is the main goal. Our work with those countries is very much focused on the kind of catalytic role of the Fund, where we are trying to get growth back and stability back. Let me stop here.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias. And a question here in the front row, please. And then I will come back to the middle.

    QUESTION: Thank you very much. My name is [Shuichiro Takaoka]. I am working for Jiji Press.

    Just I would like to make clear the risk of a depreciation of the US dollar. And what are the implications of the recent depreciation of US dollar, especially regarding the global financial stability viewpoint?

    Mr. ADRIAN: As I mentioned earlier, we had seen quite a bit of an appreciation of the dollar earlier in the year and late [next] year. And now we have seen a depreciation that is roughly of commensurate magnitude. The volatility in the exchange rates is reflecting the broader volatility. There are some indications that the exchange rate movements are related to flows to investor reallocations, but the magnitudes of those flows are relatively small, relative to the run‑up of inflows into US assets in recent years. The cumulative inflows into bonds and stocks from around the world have been quite pronounced. So, to what extent these movements in the exchange rate and the associated flows are just a temporary or a more permanent impact remains to be seen. It really depends on how the current uncertainty is going to be resolved. As I said at the beginning, there are various scenarios. For the moment, it’s highly uncertain. As I said earlier, it is notable that the dollar declined, but I would not jump to conclusions in terms of how permanent that move may be.

    Mr. WU: Just to complement. I think when exchange rates are very volatile, one of the key channels for financial stability could be pressures in various funding markets. And this includes in cross currency markets, as well as in repo markets and other secure financing markets. I think this is something that we will be watching very closely. So far, we have not seen any major disruptions in those markets, despite the very volatile exchange rates.

    Mr. ADRIAN: So as a comparison, you can think of last August when there was a risk‑off moment. That was very short, but that did lead to dislocations in those cross‑currency funding markets. And we haven’t really seen that in recent weeks.

    Ms. LOUIS: So just on that line, I think you may have captured it, but I just wanted to get in this question that came in online from Greg Robb from MarketWatch. And it’s, have treasuries and the dollar lost their safe haven status? If not, what accounts for their recent performance?

    Mr. ADRIAN: So, again, it is somewhat unusual to see the dollar decline in the recent two weeks, really, when equity prices traded down with a negative tone and when longer‑term yields increased. But how lasting that is, is really too early to tell.

    US capital markets remain the largest and most liquid capital markets in the world. When you look at US dollars as a reserve asset, that remains over 60 percent among reserve managers. Global stock market capitalizations increased to 55 percent most recently, up from 30 percent in 2010. So, we have seen price movements that are notable; but in the big picture, the depth and size of the markets remain where they have been.

    Ms. LOUIS: And just on the same line, of capital markets. We have another question that came in online, [Anthony Rowley] from the South China Morning Post. And he says, both the EU and ASEAN are seeking more actively to promote capital market integration. Do you see this as reducing global dependence on US capital markets to any significant extent in the short to the medium term?

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are generally of the view that deep capital markets are beneficial everywhere. So, we are helping countries around the world to get to solid regulations and market mechanisms in sovereign bond markets but also, more broadly, in capital markets. And, for emerging markets and advanced economies, deepening capital markets has been a key priority.

    We have seen many firms from around the world come to US markets to issue stocks and bonds. And we think that’s related to the depth of the market and the sophistication of the financial sector in the US markets. So, it does provide a service to corporations and financial institutions around the world. But there are certainly many other markets that are deep, that are developing, and that are providing opportunities for both corporations and governments to issue. So, we have seen that trend continue.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Caio?

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe just more broadly on the development of capital markets, as Tobias was saying, I think that it’s an important goal. And this has come hand‑in‑hand with the growth of non‑banking financial institutions that we are seeing across the globe. We see this as a potential positive development. You diversify the sources of funding and the credit to the real economy, diversify the risks across a broader set of institutions, this is good for the economy and financial stability.

    There are risks that need to be mitigated. We discuss some of them in the GFSR—leverage, interconnectedness between different kinds of institutions. But overall, there are policies created by the standard setters that, if implemented, can mitigate these risks.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you, Caio and Tobias. 

    Going back to the room. There’s a lady in the second row.

    QUESTION: Hi. Riley Callanan from GZERO Media.

    The IMF downgraded the US, the most of all advanced economies. And I was wondering, is this a short‑term hit that in a year could lead to greater growth and investment in the US? Or is this a long‑term downgrade? Or is it too soon to tell, as you said, with capital markets?

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are really looking more at the financial stability aspects. And I would just note that there has been a readjustment in expectations. Where the US and other economies are going to end up remains to be seen. But I think what is notable is that with the sharp adjustment in asset prices, the increase in uncertainty has been absorbed well in capital markets. And as Caio alluded to, it is the policy framework around the banking system and the non‑banks that is so important to create resilient and deep financial markets that are then facilitating adjustments, relative to new policy developments. And from that vantage point, I think even though we have seen the level of uncertainty increase, markets have been very orderly. And we think that the regulatory and policy framework is key for that achievement.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And if you would like to flesh out any more details on the growth ramifications, we have a conference on Friday. And I can send you the details.

    Another question here, in the second row. I will come back to you.

    QUESTION: Hi. Gabriela Viana from Galapagos Capital in Brazil.

    So, in Brazil, commodities prices play an important role for currency [and] international capital inflows, especially in the stock market. Do you see commodities prices as a main important constraint for markets or the economic policy’s uncertainties or maybe the monetary tightening? Thank you.

    Mr. WU: All these factors are related to each other, obviously. So, I think the commodity prices, if the WEO forecast were to play out, the global economy is going to be slowing. It’s certainly an impact on the revenue side.

    I think for many emerging markets, the silver lining here is that they do have policy room. Many of them do have monetary policy room. Some of them have fiscal room, although only a few of them. So, it seems like this is going to be a challenging period, and uncertainty [and] commodity channels are both going to weigh on economies for emerging markets.

    We have seen broad‑based resilience among emerging markets over the last few years compared to, let’s say, five years before the pandemic. So, I think this speaks to the institutional quality having improved in emerging markets. And hopefully this would continue to buffer emerging markets from these external shocks.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Jason.

    And the lady in the middle. And then I will come back to Agence France‑Presse.

    QUESTION: Hi. Thank you for taking my question. I am Stephanie Stacey from the Financial Times.

    I wanted to expand on the previous questions about the dollar and treasuries. And I know you mentioned it’s hard to assess at this point how lasting the impact will be. But I wanted to ask what risks and future factors you think could drive a real shift in their safe haven status.

    Ms. LOUIS: Before we continue, are there any other questions on the dollar and the safe haven status? Yes. There is a question here.

    QUESTION: Hi. Mehreen Khan from The Times. I’m sorry. I will stand up.

    You mentioned the importance of swap lines and central banks cooperating at times of market stress. I mean, how much are we taking this type of cooperation for granted? And how much is the idea of the Fed providing swap lines to other central banks now in question, given the nature of the scrutiny that the institution is under from the Trump administration?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Let me start with the swap lines.

    In previous episodes of distress, such as the COVID-19 shock in 2020 or the global financial crisis in 2008, we have seen that swap lines from the major central banks—including Bank of England, ECB, Bank of Japan, and the Federal Reserve—have played an important role in terms of stabilizing market liquidity. The way to think about that is that the central banks are providing funding to partner central banks in the currency of the foreign assets that those institutions own. So, it’s an important underpinning to provide market functioning and resilience to your own assets in the hands of foreign financial institutions.

    As we mentioned earlier central banks have not intervened for liquidity purposes in recent weeks. And, despite a heightened market volatility, the VIX, for example, went from below 20 to between 40 and 50, which is fairly elevated. We have seen a very, very smooth market functioning across the board.

    Concerning the role of treasuries we are looking at the pricing of longer duration treasuries very carefully. We particularly look at supply factors, demand factors, and technical factors. We have seen volatility in the price moves, but we think that those are within reasonable historical norms.

    Mr. WU: Just to complement, I think in the treasury market, we have seen market functioning held up—meaning that buyers can find sellers and transactions are going through. I think that’s a very important sign.

    One thing that I wanted to mention also is that a year ago in our report, we pointed out that there are leveraged trades in the treasury market. These are trades that have not very much to do with economic fundamentals in the US or elsewhere but, rather, are using leverage to capture arbitrage opportunities in markets. When these trades are unwound, there will be impact in the treasury market. And this is something that we have pointed out before. These include the so‑called treasury cash‑futures basis trade, as well as a swap spread trade, which we have documented before. And I think during this episode, given the very heightened volatility, we have seen evidence of some of these positions being unwound, potentially having an impact on treasury yields as well. So, I just wanted to put this into context. This is not about capital outflows, but it’s about unwinding these trades having amplified the recent price movements in treasury markets.

    Mr. ADRIAN: We are seeing some indication that there’s some lowering in terms of the leverage in these trades, but we haven’t heard of disorderly deleveraging at this point. So, of course, with market volatility increasing, financial institutions naturally reduce their leverage. But we haven’t seen the kind of adverse feedback loop that was common, say, in 2008 or even as recent as the COVID-19 shock initially.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you, Tobias.

    And there’s a question from Agence France‑Presse, in the middle. And then I will come back to you, and you. We are running out of time. So, we will take very, very few questions left.

    QUESTION: Thanks for taking my question. Just a quick question. In your report, you talk about geopolitical risk, including the risk of military conflicts. I just wonder how seriously you think people should take that and where you rate that when it comes to the global financial stability risks you have discussed already.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. And I have just been told we are running out of time. So, we will just clump those questions, if you could be very quick. The gentleman over there and the lady there. And then we will wrap it up. Thank you.

    QUESTION: Hi. [Rafia] from Nigeria. I work on [Arise TV].

    The IMF keeps talking about building resilience to face the global challenge of the state of the economy of the world. How do you build resilience in a world economic climate when one man’s decision can tip the scale? Just one man. He could wake up tomorrow and all our projections falter. One man.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. And then the last question.

    QUESTION: Laura Noonan, Bloomberg News. Thanks for taking the question. It’s actually a related question.

    You spoke in the report about the need for policymakers to try to do what they can to guard against these future financial shocks. Do you have any practical suggestions on what those measures could be? And also, are you expecting people to take measures to make the financial system safer when the overall political mood, as you have seen, has very much been about trying to liberalize things, trying to deregulate, and trying to simplify? Thank you.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Tobias?

    Mr. ADRIAN: Let me address the three sets of questions and then turn to my colleagues as well.

    On geopolitical risk, we do have a chapter that was released last week that is looking at capital market performance relative to geopolitical risks. And the good news is that, generally, when adverse risks realize, there is an asset price adjustment. But on average, relative to recent decades, those risks are absorbed well by the financial system in general. Now, of course, when conflicts directly impact countries, that can have a pronounced impact on their financial systems, and it’s something that we are discussing in more detail in the chapter.

    Secondly, in terms of the exposure of countries to physical risk, we have certainly seen in some countries around the world, a heightened incidence of drought and floods, even those can be macro‑critical. To the extent that these developments impact macro stability, we are certainly there to support countries and help them, either via programs or policy frameworks.

    Thirdly, in terms of the regulation of financial institutions and financial markets. You know, I think the last couple of weeks are very good illustrations for the importance of resilience of financial institutions. I mean, we have seen a tremendous increase in the level of volatility, which reflects the higher level of uncertainty. Last October, our overarching message in the GFSR was that there was this wedge between policy uncertainty and financial market volatility, which at the time was very low. And we have seen financial market volatility catch up with the high level of policy uncertainty. But that has been orderly, and financial institutions have been resilient. That is really the main objective of financial sector regulation—to get to a place where the financial system can do its job in terms of adjusting to unexpected developments. And when you have resilience in banks and in non‑banks, these adjustments are smooth. And that is the point of finance, right? It’s a kind of an insurance mechanism for the global economy and for individual country macro economies. Good regulation leads to good stability. And we have a lot of detail on that in the GFSR.

    Mr. Ferreira: Maybe I could add a little bit on this about how to build resilience.

    I think that as Tobias was saying, trying to anticipate shocks is very hard. And it is very hard to do it. So, I think the way to build the resilience is focusing on vulnerabilities. In the GFSR, we have mentioned some vulnerabilities that we feel are important at this time. So, the valuations issues that makes the risk of repricing more likely, leveraging in some segments of the financial sector and in the interconnectedness with the banks, and also, of course, rising and high debt in several countries.

    How do you build the resilience in the face of these vulnerabilities? We do feel that banks in most countries are actually the cornerstone of the financial sector and so ensuring that they have appropriate levels of capital and liquidity is key. And the international standards do provide the basis for doing that. To address some of the other vulnerabilities, like leveraging an interconnection between different types of institutions, excessive [transformations], maybe.

    Finally, I think that on the issue of rising debt, one common theme that we have been talking about is about the need to credibly rebuild fiscal buffers.

    Ms. LOUIS: Thank you. Thank you very much. I know we have covered a lot of ground, and I apologize that we could not get to everybody. If you do have any follow‑ups or any questions, please feel free to reach out to me. You can find the report online, and we can also send it to you bilaterally.

    Again, thank you very much for coming and thank you for your time. Take care.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Meera Louis

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Economy – CoFR seeking feedback on access to basic transaction accounts – Reserve Bank

    Source: Reserve Bank of New Zealand

    23 April 2025 – A basic transaction account should be available to anyone, irrespective of their circumstances, financial position or capability with technology, according to the Council of Financial Regulators (CoFR).  

    CoFR, which includes the Reserve Bank of New Zealand, the Financial Markets Authority, the Commerce Commission, the Treasury and the Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, has released a joint Issues Paper on Access to Basic Transaction Accounts.

    Following the release of the Issues Paper, a public consultation is now open. CoFR is seeking feedback on the proposed introduction of basic transaction accounts to better support customer groups that are currently excluded. The consultation will remain open for eight weeks and will close on 18 June 2025.

    “Having a transaction account means people can safely receive, store, spend and save money. Transaction accounts are a vital foundation for people to take part in the modern economy,” says Governor of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand, Christian Hawkesby.

    Basic transaction accounts are different from bank accounts that are currently on offer, as they have additional controls in place (such as transaction limits) that make them unsuitable for money laundering and the financing of terrorism. These additional controls make basic transaction accounts a low-risk product, allowing simplified onboarding.

    This means that basic transaction accounts can provide people with access to banking services who might otherwise be turned away, such as an older person whose driver’s licence may have expired, someone who has recently been released from prison, or a young person who may not have a passport yet.

    The Issues Paper highlights different options that have been taken to introduce minimum standards for basic transaction accounts in other countries.

    FMA Chief Executive Samantha Barrass says, “In order for the financial system to work for people in New Zealand, they need to be able to readily access basic banking services if they need them.”

     “Overseas in places such as the UK, basic transaction accounts can be a lifeline for people to receive an income or make payments, and we want to see them available here,” she says.

    Mr Hawkesby says, “We see the benefits that basic transaction accounts could have for some New Zealanders and broader society, particularly for customers who may be in challenging circumstances and struggle to meet traditional onboarding requirements, such as providing ID.”

    Westpac NZ recently launched a pilot basic bank account with the objective of improving access to banking services. Westpac NZ’s new basic bank account will be a transactional bank account with simplified onboarding processes to support people who currently struggle to meet legal identification requirements.

    “Our final market study report into personal banking services recommended that the sector works together to make basic bank accounts widely available. It’s encouraging to see the issues paper published today and we encourage all stakeholders to have their say over the course of the next eight weeks,” Dr John Small, Chair of the Commerce Commission, says.  

    More information

    MIL OSI New Zealand News

  • MIL-OSI: Timberland Bancorp Reports Second Fiscal Quarter Net Income of $6.76 Million

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    • Quarterly EPS Increases 21% to $0.85 from $0.70 One Year Ago
    • Quarterly Net Interest Margin Increases to 3.79%
    • Quarterly Return on Average Assets of 1.43%
    • Quarterly Return on Average Equity of 10.95%
    • Announces a 4% Increase in the Quarterly Cash Dividend

    HOQUIAM, Wash., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Timberland Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: TSBK) (“Timberland” or “the Company”), the holding company for Timberland Bank (the “Bank”), today reported net income of $6.76 million, or $0.85 per diluted common share for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. This compares to net income of $6.86 million, or $0.86 per diluted common share for the preceding quarter and $5.71 million, or $0.70 per diluted common share, for the comparable quarter one year ago.

    For the first six months of fiscal 2025, Timberland’s net income increased 13% to $13.62 million, or $1.71 per diluted common share, from $12.00 million, or $1.47 per diluted common share for the first six months of fiscal 2024.

    “Our second fiscal quarter operating results were strong, highlighted by net interest margin expansion and modest balance sheet growth,” stated Dean Brydon, Chief Executive Officer. “Second fiscal quarter net income and earnings per share increased 18% and 21%, respectively, compared to the second fiscal quarter a year ago, reflecting an improvement in our net interest margin. Compared to the prior quarter, net income and earnings per share decreased 2% and 1%, respectively, as the increase in net interest income was offset by a higher provision for credit losses and a modest increase in expenses. All profitability metrics improved compared to the year ago quarter, and tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) continued to trend upward.”

    “As a result of Timberland’s solid earnings and strong capital position, our Board of Directors announced a 4% increase to the quarterly cash dividend to shareholders to $0.26 per share, payable on May 23, 2025, to shareholders of record on May 9, 2025,” stated Jonathan Fischer, President and Chief Operating Officer. “This represents the 50th consecutive quarter Timberland will have paid a cash dividend.”

    “During the second fiscal quarter our net interest margin continued to improve, expanding 15 basis points to 3.79%, compared to the preceding quarter,” said Marci Basich, Chief Financial Officer. “The improvement was primarily driven by a reduction in funding costs as the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 15 basis points during the quarter. Total deposits increased $20 million, or 1% during the quarter, due to increases in checking and certificates of deposit account balances.”

    “The loan portfolio continues to grow at a moderate pace, increasing 1% from the prior quarter and 4% year-over year,” Brydon continued. “We continue to monitor credit quality closely and saw improvements in several metrics during the quarter. The non-performing asset ratio improved to just 13 basis points, non-accrual loans decreased by 15%, and net charge-offs were less than $1,000 during the quarter. However, we experienced an increase in loans graded “Substandard”, as two loans related to one borrowing relationship were downgraded. Both of the loans are performing and Timberland remains well collateralized based on recent appraisals, but the loans were downgraded primarily because the borrower is experiencing a legal issue stemming from an unrelated project. We view this as an isolated event, and remain encouraged by the overall strength of our loan portfolio.”

    Earnings and Balance Sheet Highlights (at or for the periods ended March 31, 2025, compared to March 31, 2024, or December 31, 2024):

    Earnings Highlights:

    • Earnings per diluted common share (“EPS”) decreased 1% to $0.85 for the current quarter from $0.86 for the preceding quarter and increased 21% from $0.70 for the comparable quarter one year ago; EPS increased 16% to $1.71 for the first six months of fiscal 2025 from $1.47 for the first six months of fiscal 2024;
    • Net income decreased 2% to $6.76 million for the current quarter from $6.86 million for the preceding quarter and increased 18% from $5.71 million for the comparable quarter one year ago; Net income increased 13% to $13.62 million for the first six months of fiscal 2025 from $12.00 million for the first six months of fiscal 2024;
    • Return on average equity (“ROE”) and return on average assets (“ROA”) for the current quarter were 10.95% and 1.43%, respectively;
    • Net interest margin (“NIM”) for the current quarter expanded to 3.79% from 3.64% for the preceding quarter and 3.48% for the comparable quarter one year ago; and
    • The efficiency ratio for the current quarter improved to 56.25% from 56.27% for the preceding quarter and 60.22% for the comparable quarter one year ago.

    Balance Sheet Highlights:

    • Total assets increased 1% from the prior quarter and increased 1% year-over-year;
    • Net loans receivable increased 1% from the prior quarter and increased 4% year-over-year;
    • Total deposits increased 1% from the prior quarter and increased 1% year-over-year;
    • Total shareholders’ equity increased 1% from the prior quarter and increased 6% year-over-year; 61,764 shares of common stock were repurchased during the current quarter for $1.91 million;
    • Non-performing assets to total assets ratio improved to 0.13% at March 31, 2025 compared to 0.16% at December 31, 2024 and 0.19% at March 31, 2024;
    • Book and tangible book (non-GAAP) values per common share increased to $31.95 and $29.99, respectively, at March 31, 2025; and
    • Liquidity (both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet) remained strong at March 31, 2025 with only $20 million in borrowings and additional secured borrowing line capacity of $675 million available through the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve.

    Operating Results

    Operating revenue (net interest income before the provision for credit losses plus non-interest income) for the current quarter increased 1% to $19.90 million from $19.67 million for the preceding quarter and increased 9% from $18.25 million for the comparable quarter one year ago. The increase in operating revenue compared to the preceding quarter was primarily due to a decrease in funding costs, which was partially offset by a decrease in total interest and dividend income. Operating revenue increased 7%, to $39.57 million for the first six months of fiscal 2025 from $37.05 million for the first six months of fiscal 2024, primarily due to increases in interest income from loans and interest-bearing deposits in banks, which was partially offset by an increase in funding costs and a decrease in interest income on investment securities.

    Net interest income increased $243,000, or 1%, to $17.21 million for the current quarter from $16.97 million for the preceding quarter and increased $1.58 million, or 10%, from $15.64 million for the comparable quarter one year ago. The increase in net interest income compared to the preceding quarter was primarily due to a 15 basis point decrease in the weighted average cost of total interest-bearing liabilities to 2.47% from 2.62% and a six basis point increase in the weighted average yield on total interest-earning assets to 5.48% from 5.42%. These increases to net interest income were partially offset by an $11.44 million decrease in the average balance of total interest-earning assets.   Timberland’s NIM for the current quarter expanded to 3.79% from 3.64% for the preceding quarter and 3.48% for the comparable quarter one year ago.   The NIM for the current quarter was increased by approximately five basis points due to the collection of $201,000 in pre-payment penalties, non-accrual interest, and late fees and the accretion of $17,000 of the fair value discount on acquired loans.   The NIM for the preceding quarter was increased by approximately three basis points due to the collection of $115,000 in pre-payment penalties, non-accrual interest, and late fees, and the accretion of $8,000 of the fair value discount on acquired loans.   The NIM for the comparable quarter one year ago was increased by approximately three basis points due to the collection of $90,000 in pre-payment penalties, non-accrual interest, and late fees, and the accretion of $10,000 of the fair value discount on acquired loans. Net interest income for the first six months of fiscal 2025 increased $2.54 million, or 8%, to $34.18 million from $31.64 million for the first six months of fiscal 2024, primarily due to a $55.11 million increase in the average balance of total interest-earning assets and a 34 basis point increase in the weighted average yield of total interest-earning assets to 5.44% from 5.10%. These increases to net interest income were partially offset by an 18 basis point increase in the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 2.55% from 2.37%. Timberland’s NIM expanded to 3.71% for the first six months of fiscal 2025 from 3.53% for the first six months of fiscal 2024.

    A $237,000 provision for credit losses on loans was recorded for the quarter ended March 31, 2025. The provision was primarily due to loan portfolio growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio. This compares to a $52,000 provision for credit losses on loans for the preceding quarter and a $166,000 provision for credit losses on loans for the comparable quarter one year ago. In addition, a $14,000 provision for credit losses on unfunded commitments and a $5,000 recapture of credit losses on investment securities were recorded for the current quarter.  

    Non-interest income decreased $10,000, (less than 1%) to $2.69 million for the current quarter from $2.70 million for the preceding quarter and increased $72,000, or 3%, from $2.62 million for the comparable quarter one year ago. The decrease in non-interest income compared to the preceding quarter was primarily due to a decrease in ATM and debit card interchange transaction fees and smaller changes in several other categories, which was partially offset by an increase in gain on sales of loans and smaller changes in several other categories. Fiscal year-to-date non-interest income decreased by 1%, to $5.38 million from $5.41 million for the first six months of fiscal 2024.

    Total operating (non-interest) expenses for the current quarter increased $127,000, or 1%, to $11.19 million from $11.07 million for the preceding quarter and increased $203,000, or 2%, from $10.99 million for the comparable quarter one year ago.   The increase in operating expenses compared to the preceding quarter was primarily due to increases in premises and equipment expenses, professional fees and smaller increases in several other expense categories. These increases were partially offset by decreases in salaries and employee benefits and smaller decreases in several other expense categories. The efficiency ratio for the current quarter was 56.25% compared to 56.27% for the preceding quarter and 60.22% for the comparable quarter one year ago. Fiscal year-to-date operating expenses increased 3% to $22.26 million from $21.62 million for the first six months of fiscal 2024.

    The provision for income taxes for the current quarter decreased $8,000, or less than 1%, to $1.71 million from $1.71 million for the preceding quarter, primarily due to lower taxable income. Timberland’s effective income tax rate was 20.2% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to 20.0% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 and 20.5% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. Timberland’s effective income tax rate was 20.1% for the first six months of fiscal 2025 and fiscal 2024.

    Balance Sheet Management

    Total assets increased $23.25 million, or 1%, during the quarter to $1.93 billion at March 31, 2025 from $1.91 billion at December 31, 2024 and increased $25.50 million, or 1%, from $1.91 billion one year ago.   The increase during the current quarter was primarily due to a $27.14 million increase in total cash and cash equivalents, an $8.26 million increase in net loans receivable and smaller increases in several other categories. These increases were partially offset by a $7.42 million decrease in investment securities and smaller decreases in several other categories.

    Liquidity

    Timberland has continued to maintain a strong liquidity position, both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet. Liquidity, as measured by the sum of cash and cash equivalents, CDs held for investment, and available for sale investment securities, was 16.9% of total liabilities at March 31, 2025, compared to 15.0% at December 31, 2024, and 15.2% one year ago. Timberland had secured borrowing line capacity of $675 million available through the FHLB and the Federal Reserve at March 31, 2025. With a strong and diversified deposit base, only 18% of Timberland’s deposits were uninsured or uncollateralized at March 31, 2025. (Note: This calculation excludes public deposits that are fully collateralized.)

    Loans

    Net loans receivable increased $8.26 million, or 1%, during the quarter to $1.42 billion at March 31, 2025 from $1.41 billion at December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to a $10.31 million decrease in the undisbursed portion of construction loans in process, an $8.98 million increase in one- to four-family loans and a $5.19 million increase in commercial real estate loans. These increases were partially offset by a $12.57 million decrease in construction loans and smaller decreases in several other loan categories.

    Loan Portfolio
    ($ in thousands)
     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent
    Mortgage loans:                      
    One- to four-family (a) $ 315,421     21%   $ 306,443     20%   $ 276,433     19%
    Multi-family   178,590     12     177,861     12     167,275     12
    Commercial   602,248     40     597,054     39     577,373     40
    Construction – custom and                      
    owner/builder   114,401     7     124,104     8     122,988     8
    Construction – speculative one-to four-family   9,791     1     8,887     1     16,407     1
    Construction – commercial   22,352     1     22,841     2     32,318     2
    Construction – multi-family   46,602     3     48,940     3     36,795     3
    Construction – land                      
    development   15,032     1     15,977     1     16,051     1
    Land   32,301     2     30,538     2     31,821     2
    Total mortgage loans   1,336,738     88     1,332,645     88     1,277,461     88
                           
    Consumer loans:                      
    Home equity and second                      
    mortgage   47,458     3     48,851     3     42,357     3
    Other   2,375         2,889         2,925    
    Total consumer loans   49,833     3     51,740     3     45,282     3
                           
    Commercial loans:                      
    Commercial business loans   131,243     9     135,312     9     135,505     9
    SBA PPP loans   156         204         367    
    Total commercial loans   131,399     9     135,516     9     135,872     9
    Total loans   1,517,970     100%     1,519,901     100%     1,458,615     100%
    Less:                      
    Undisbursed portion of                      
    construction loans in                      
    process   (75,042 )         (85,350 )         (77,502 )    
    Deferred loan origination                      
    fees   (5,329 )         (5,444 )         (5,179 )    
    Allowance for credit losses   (17,525 )         (17,288 )         (16,818 )    
    Total loans receivable, net $ 1,420,074         $ 1,411,819         $ 1,359,116      
                                       

    _______________________
    (a)  Does not include one- to four-family loans held for sale totaling $1,151, $411, and $1,311 at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.  

    The following table provides a breakdown of commercial real estate (“CRE”) mortgage loans by collateral type as of March 31, 2025:

    CRE Loan Portfolio Breakdown by Collateral
    ($ in thousands)
     
    Collateral Type   Balance   Percent of
    CRE
    Portfolio
      Percent of
    Total Loan
    Portfolio
      Average
    Balance Per
    Loan
      Non-
    Accrual
    Industrial warehouse   $ 127,898   21%   8%   $ 1,255   $ 163
    Medical/dental offices     84,013   14   5     1,254    
    Office buildings     68,239   11   5     784    
    Other retail buildings     53,121   9   3     553    
    Mini-storage     32,596   5   2     1,358    
    Hotel/motel     31,967   5   2     2,664    
    Restaurants     27,374   5   2     582     161
    Gas stations/conv. stores     24,622   4   2     1,026    
    Churches     14,823   3   1     988    
    Nursing homes     13,606   2   1     2,268    
    Shopping centers     10,578   2   1     1,762    
    Mobile home parks     8,968   2   1     448    
    Additional CRE     104,443   17   7     762    
    Total CRE   $ 602,248   100%   40%   $ 938   $ 324
                               

    Timberland originated $56.76 million in loans during the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to $72.07 million for the preceding quarter and $39.37 million for the comparable quarter one year ago. Timberland continues to originate fixed-rate one- to four-family mortgage loans, a portion of which are sold into the secondary market for asset-liability management purposes and to generate non-interest income.   During the current quarter, fixed-rate one- to four-family mortgage loans totaling $5.17 million were sold compared to $2.31 million for the preceding quarter and $2.28 million for the comparable quarter one year ago.

    Investment Securities
            
    Timberland’s investment securities and CDs held for investment decreased $6.17 million, or 3%, to $235.33 million at March 31, 2025, from $241.50 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to maturities of U.S. Treasury investment securities (classified as held to maturity) and scheduled amortization. Partially offsetting these decreases, was the purchase of additional U.S. government agency mortgage-backed investment securities and U.S. Treasury investment securities, all of which were classified as available for sale.

    Deposits

    Total deposits increased $20.41 million, or 1%, during the quarter to $1.65 billion at March 31, 2025, from $1.63 billion at December 31, 2024. The quarter’s increase consisted of a $15.45 million increase in certificates of deposit account balances, a $9.91 million increase in NOW checking account balances, a $4.90 million increase in non-interest bearing account balances, and a $1.01 million increase in savings account balances. These decreases were partially offset by a $10.86 million decrease in money market account balances.

    Deposit Breakdown
    ($ in thousands)
     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Amount    Percent   Amount    Percent   Amount   Percent
    Non-interest-bearing demand $ 407,811     25%   $ 402,911     25%   $ 424,906   26%
    NOW checking   333,325     20     323,412     20     336,621   20
    Savings   207,857     13     206,845     13     211,085   13
    Money market   300,552     18     311,413     19     311,994   19
    Certificates of deposit under $250   227,137     14     212,764     13     190,762   12
    Certificates of deposit $250 and over   124,009     7     122,997     7     118,698   7
    Certificates of deposit – brokered   50,139     3     50,074     3     44,488   3
    Total deposits $ 1,650,830     100%   $ 1,630,416     100%   $ 1,638,554   100%
                                     

    Borrowings

    Total borrowings were $20.00 million at both March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. At March 31, 2025, the weighted average rate on the borrowings was 3.97%.

    Shareholders’ Equity and Capital Ratios

    Total shareholders’ equity increased $3.32 million, or 1%, to $252.52 million at March 31, 2025, from $249.20 million at December 31, 2024, and increased $13.84 million, or 6%, from $238.68 million at March 31, 2024.   The quarter’s increase in shareholders’ equity was primarily due to net income of $6.76 million, which was partially offset by the payment of $1.99 million in dividends to shareholders and the repurchase of 61,764 shares of common stock for $1.91 million (an average price of $30.85 per share). There were 65,995 shares available to be repurchased in accordance with the terms of its existing stock repurchase plan at March 31, 2025.

    Timberland remains well capitalized with a total risk-based capital ratio of 20.29%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 12.55%, a tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (non-GAAP) of 12.36%, and a shareholders’ equity to total assets ratio of 13.07% at March 31, 2025.   Timberland’s held to maturity investment securities were $140.95 million at March 31, 2025, with a net unrealized loss of $6.62 million (pre-tax). Although not permitted by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), including these unrealized losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) would result in a ratio of shareholders’ equity to total assets of 12.83%, compared to 13.07%, as reported.

    Asset Quality

    Timberland’s non-performing assets to total assets ratio improved to 0.13% at March 31, 2025, compared to 0.16% at December 31, 2024 and 0.19% at March 31, 2024.   Net charge-offs totaled less than $1,000 for the current quarter compared to net charge-offs of $242,000 for the preceding quarter and net charge-offs of $3,000 for the comparable quarter one year ago. During the current quarter, provisions for credit losses of $237,000 on loans and $14,000 unfunded commitments were made, which was partially offset by a $5,000 recapture of credit losses on investment securities. The allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) for loans as a percentage of loans receivable was 1.22% at March 31, 2025, compared to 1.21% at December 31, 2024 and 1.22% one year ago.

    Total delinquent loans (past due 30 days or more) and non-accrual loans decreased $697,000 or 17%, to $3.32 million at March 31, 2025, from $4.02 million at December 31, 2024 and decreased $879,000, or 21%, from $4.20 million at March 31, 2024. Non-accrual loans decreased $406,000, or 15%, to $2.33 million at March 31, 2025 from $2.73 million at December 31, 2024 and decreased $1.28 million, or 35%, from $3.61 million at March 31, 2024.   The quarterly decrease in non-accrual loans was primarily due to decreases in commercial business loans and commercial real estate loans on non-accrual status. Loans graded “Substandard”, however, increased to $23.51 million at March 31, 2025 from $2.12 million at December 31, 2024 and $8.42 million at March 31, 2024. The increase in loans graded “Substandard” was primarily a result of two loans (totaling $21.30 million) to one borrowing relationship being downgraded during the March 31, 2025 quarter. Both of these loans are performing and Timberland remains well collateralized (based on recent appraisals), but the loans were downgraded primarily because the borrower is experiencing a legal issue stemming from an unrelated project.   

    Non-Accrual Loans
    ($ in thousands)
     
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Amount   Quantity   Amount   Quantity   Amount   Quantity
    Mortgage loans:                      
    One- to four-family $ 47   1   $ 47   1   $ 380   3
    Commercial   324   3     698   5     1,149   3
    Construction – custom and                      
    owner/builder               152   1
    Total mortgage loans   371   4     745   6     1,681   7
                           
    Consumer loans:                      
    Home equity and second                      
    mortgage   575   3     587   3     165   1
    Other                
    Total consumer loans   575   3     587   3     165   1
                           
    Commercial business loans   1,381   11     1,401   11     1,759   6
    Total loans $ 2,327   18   $ 2,733   20   $ 3,605   14
                                 

    Timberland had two properties classified as other real estate owned (“OREO”) at March 31, 2025:

      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Amount   Quantity   Amount   Quantity   Amount   Quantity
    Other real estate owned:                      
    Commercial $ 221   1   $ 221   1   $  
    Land     1       1       1
    Total mortgage loans $ 221   2   $ 221   2   $   1
                                 

    About Timberland Bancorp, Inc.
    Timberland Bancorp, Inc., a Washington corporation, is the holding company for Timberland Bank. The Bank opened for business in 1915 and primarily serves consumers and businesses across Grays Harbor, Thurston, Pierce, King, Kitsap and Lewis counties, Washington with a full range of lending and deposit services through its 23 branches (including its main office in Hoquiam).    

    Disclaimer

    Certain matters discussed in this press release may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements relate to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance or business. Forward-looking statements are not statements of historical fact, are based on certain assumptions and often include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook” or similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would” and “could.” Forward-looking statements include statements with respect to our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, assumptions and statements about future economic performance. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated or implied by our forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to: potential adverse impacts to economic conditions in our local market areas, other markets where the Company has lending relationships, or other aspects of the Company’s business operations or financial markets, including, without limitation, as a result of employment levels, labor shortages and the effects of inflation, a potential recession or slowed economic growth; continuing elevated levels of inflation and the impact of current and future monetary policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) in response thereto; the effects of any federal government shutdown; credit risks of lending activities, including any deterioration in the housing and commercial real estate markets which may lead to increased losses and non-performing loans in our loan portfolio resulting in our ACL not being adequate to cover actual losses and thus requiring us to materially increase our ACL through the provision for credit losses; changes in general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas; changes in the levels of general interest rates, and the relative differences between short and long-term interest rates, deposit interest rates, our net interest margin and funding sources; fluctuations in the demand for loans, the number of unsold homes, land and other properties and fluctuations in real estate values in our market areas; secondary market conditions for loans and our ability to sell loans in the secondary market; results of examinations of us by the Federal Reserve and of our bank subsidiary by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Washington State Department of Financial Institutions, Division of Banks or other regulatory authorities, including the possibility that any such regulatory authority may, among other things, institute a formal or informal enforcement action against us or our bank subsidiary which could require us to increase our ACL, write-down assets, change our regulatory capital position or affect our ability to borrow funds or maintain or increase deposits or impose additional requirements or restrictions on us, any of which could adversely affect our liquidity and earnings; the impact of bank failures or adverse developments at other banks and related negative press about the banking industry in general on investor and depositor sentiment; legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect our business including changes in banking, securities and tax law, in regulatory policies and principles, or the interpretation of regulatory capital or other rules; our ability to attract and retain deposits; our ability to control operating costs and expenses; the use of estimates in determining fair value of certain of our assets, which estimates may prove to be incorrect and result in significant declines in valuation; difficulties in reducing risks associated with the loans in our consolidated balance sheet; staffing fluctuations in response to product demand or the implementation of corporate strategies that affect our work force and potential associated charges; disruptions, security breaches, or other adverse events, failures or interruptions in, or attacks on, our information technology systems or on the third-party vendors who perform several of our critical processing functions; our ability to retain key members of our senior management team; costs and effects of litigation, including settlements and judgments; our ability to implement our business strategies; our ability to manage loan delinquency rates; increased competitive pressures among financial services companies; changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits; the availability of resources to address changes in laws, rules, or regulations or to respond to regulatory actions; our ability to pay dividends on our common stock; the quality and composition of our securities portfolio and the impact if any adverse changes in the securities markets, including on market liquidity; inability of key third-party providers to perform their obligations to us; changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the financial institution regulatory agencies or the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), including additional guidance and interpretation on accounting issues and details of the implementation of new accounting methods; the economic impact of climate change, severe weather events, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics and other public health crises, acts of war or terrorism, civil unrest and other external events on our business; other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, and technological factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services; and other risks described elsewhere in this press release and in the Company’s other reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    Any of the forward-looking statements that we make in this press release and in the other public statements we make are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions at the time they are made. We do not undertake and specifically disclaim any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements included in this press release to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking statements discussed in this document might not occur and we caution readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. These risks could cause our actual results for fiscal 2025 and beyond to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements by, or on behalf of, us, and could negatively affect the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations as well as its stock price performance.

    TIMBERLAND BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    Three Months Ended
    ($ in thousands, except per share amounts) (unaudited) March 31,   Dec. 31   March 31,
      2025   2024   2024
      Interest and dividend income          
      Loans receivable $ 20,896     $ 21,032     $ 18,909  
      Investment securities   2,003       2,138       2,246  
      Dividends from mutual funds, FHLB stock and other investments   82       86       82  
      Interest bearing deposits in banks   1,884       2,001       1,919  
      Total interest and dividend income   24,865       25,257       23,156  
                 
      Interest expense          
      Deposits   7,454       8,084       7,301  
      Borrowings   198       203       220  
      Total interest expense   7,652       8,287       7,521  
      Net interest income   17,213       16,970       15,635  
      Provision for credit losses – loans   237       52       166  
      Prov. for (recapture of) credit losses – investment securities   (5 )     (5 )     3  
      Prov. for (recapture of ) credit losses – unfunded commitments   14       (20 )     (88 )
      Net int. income after provision for (recapture of) credit losses   16,967       16,943       15,554  
                 
      Non-interest income          
      Service charges on deposits   959       999       988  
      ATM and debit card interchange transaction fees   1,176       1,267       1,212  
      Gain on sales of loans, net   122       43       41  
      Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) net earnings   165       167       156  
      Recoveries on investment securities, net   4       3       2  
      Other   261       218       216  
      Total non-interest income, net   2,687       2,697       2,615  
                 
      Non-interest expense          
      Salaries and employee benefits   5,977       6,092       6,024  
      Premises and equipment   1,075       950       1,081  
      Advertising   189       181       159  
      OREO and other repossessed assets, net   9              
      ATM and debit card processing   521       521       601  
      Postage and courier   142       121       145  
      State and local taxes   335       346       325  
      Professional fees   431       346       319  
      FDIC insurance   219       210       206  
      Loan administration and foreclosure   155       128       134  
      Technology and communications   1,121       1,140       1,040  
      Deposit operations   319       332       324  
      Amortization of core deposit intangible (“CDI”)   45       45       57  
      Other, net   656       655       576  
      Total non-interest expense, net   11,194       11,067       10,991  
                 
      Income before income taxes   8,460       8,573       7,178  
      Provision for income taxes   1,705       1,713       1,470  
      Net income $ 6,755     $ 6,860     $ 5,708  
                 
      Net income per common share:          
      Basic $ 0.85     $ 0.86     $ 0.71  
      Diluted   0.85       0.86       0.70  
                 
      Weighted average common shares outstanding:          
      Basic   7,937,063       7,958,275       8,081,924  
      Diluted   7,968,632       7,999,504       8,121,109  
                 
    TIMBERLAND BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    Six Months Ended
    ($ in thousands, except per share amounts) (unaudited) March 31,       March 31,
      2025       2024
      Interest and dividend income          
      Loans receivable $ 41,928         $ 37,304  
      Investment securities   4,141           4,556  
      Dividends from mutual funds, FHLB stock and other investments   168           173  
      Interest bearing deposits in banks   3,885           3,618  
      Total interest and dividend income   50,122           45,651  
                 
      Interest expense          
      Deposits   15,538           13,444  
      Borrowings   402           568  
      Total interest expense   15,940           14,012  
      Net interest income   34,182           31,639  
      Provision for credit losses – loans   289           545  
      Recapture of credit losses – investment securities   (10 )         (7 )
      Recapture of credit losses – unfunded commitments   (7 )         (121 )
      Net int. income after provision for (recapture of) credit losses   33,910           31,222  
                 
      Non-interest income          
      Service charges on deposits   1,958           2,011  
      ATM and debit card interchange transaction fees   2,443           2,476  
      Gain on sales of loans, net   165           120  
      Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) net earnings   331           312  
      Recoveries on investment securities, net   7           7  
      Other   480           487  
      Total non-interest income, net   5,384           5,413  
                 
      Non-interest expense          
      Salaries and employee benefits   12,068           11,936  
      Premises and equipment   2,025           2,054  
      Advertising   370           345  
      OREO and other repossessed assets, net   9            
      ATM and debit card processing   1,043           1,216  
      Postage and courier   264           271  
      State and local taxes   680           644  
      Professional fees   777           572  
      FDIC insurance   429           416  
      Loan administration and foreclosure   283           239  
      Technology and communications   2,261           2,014  
      Deposit operations   652           644  
      Amortization of core deposit intangible (“CDI”)   90           113  
      Other, net   1,309           1,151  
      Total non-interest expense, net   22,260           21,615  
                 
      Income before income taxes   17,034           15,020  
      Provision for income taxes   3,419           3,016  
      Net income $ 13,615         $ 12,004  
                 
      Net income per common share:          
      Basic $ 1.71         $ 1.48  
      Diluted   1.71           1.47  
                 
      Weighted average common shares outstanding:          
      Basic   7,947,786           8,098,155  
      Diluted   7,984,238           8,143,701  
       
    TIMBERLAND BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
     
    ($ in thousands, except per share amounts) (unaudited) March 31,   Dec. 31,   March 31,
      2025   2024   2024
    Assets          
    Cash and due from financial institutions $ 26,010     $ 24,538     $ 22,310  
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks   165,201       139,533       158,039  
      Total cash and cash equivalents   191,211       164,071       180,349  
                 
    Certificates of deposit (“CDs”) held for investment, at cost   8,711       7,470       11,204  
    Investment securities:          
      Held to maturity, at amortized cost (net of ACL – investment securities)   140,954       156,105       211,818  
      Available for sale, at fair value   84,807       77,080       61,746  
    Investments in equity securities, at fair value   853       840       839  
    FHLB stock   2,045       2,037       2,037  
    Other investments, at cost   3,000       3,000       3,000  
    Loans held for sale   1,151       411       1,311  
                   
    Loans receivable   1,437,599       1,429,107       1,375,934  
    Less: ACL – loans   (17,525 )     (17,288 )     (16,818 )
      Net loans receivable   1,420,074       1,411,819       1,359,116  
                 
    Premises and equipment, net   21,436       21,617       21,718  
    OREO and other repossessed assets, net   221       221        
    BOLI   23,942       23,777       23,278  
    Accrued interest receivable   7,127       7,095       7,108  
    Goodwill   15,131       15,131       15,131  
    CDI   361       406       564  
    Loan servicing rights, net   1,051       1,195       1,717  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   1,324       1,400       1,624  
    Other assets   9,331       15,805       4,674  
      Total assets $ 1,932,730       1,909,480     $ 1,907,234  
                 
    Liabilities and shareholders’ equity          
    Deposits: Non-interest-bearing demand $ 407,811       402,911     $ 424,906  
    Deposits: Interest-bearing   1,243,019       1,227,505       1,213,648  
      Total deposits   1,650,830       1,630,416       1,638,554  
                 
    Operating lease liabilities   1,426       1,501       1,723  
    FHLB borrowings   20,000       20,000       20,000  
    Other liabilities and accrued expenses   7,950       8,364       8,278  
      Total liabilities   1,680,206       1,660,281       1,668,555  
               
    Shareholders’ equity          
    Common stock, $.01 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized;                      
    7,903,489 shares issued and outstanding – March 31, 2025                      
    7,954,673 shares issued and outstanding – December 31, 2024                      
    8,023,121shares issued and outstanding – March 31, 2024   28,028       29,593       32,338  
    Retained earnings   225,166       220,398       207,086  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (670 )     (792 )     (745 )
      Total shareholders’ equity   252,524       249,199       238,679  
      Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 1,932,730       1,909,480     $ 1,907,234  
                             
      Three Months Ended
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS: March 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Return on average assets (a)   1.43 %     1.41 %     1.22 %
    Return on average equity (a)   10.95 %     11.03 %     9.67 %
    Net interest margin (a)   3.79 %     3.64 %     3.48 %
    Efficiency ratio   56.25 %     56.27 %     60.22 %
               
      Six Months Ended
      March 31, 2025       March 31, 2024
    Return on average assets (a)   1.42 %         1.28 %
    Return on average equity (a)   10.99 %         10.18 %
    Net interest margin (a)   3.71 %         3.53 %
    Efficiency ratio   56.26 %         58.34 %
               
      Three Months Ended
    ASSET QUALITY RATIOS AND DATA: ($ in thousands) March 31, 2025   Dec. 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
    Non-accrual loans $ 2,327     $ 2,733     $ 3,605  
    Loans past due 90 days and still accruing                
    Non-performing investment securities   41       45       79  
    OREO and other repossessed assets   221       221        
    Total non-performing assets (b) $ 2,589     $ 2,999     $ 3,684  
               
    Non-performing assets to total assets (b)   0.13 %     0.16 %     0.19 %
    Net charge-offs during quarter $     $ 242     $ 3  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to non-accrual loans   753 %     633 %     467 %
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to loans receivable (c)   1.22 %     1.21 %     1.22 %
               
               
    CAPITAL RATIOS:          
    Tier 1 leverage capital   12.55 %     12.32 %     12.01 %
    Tier 1 risk-based capital   19.04 %     18.69 %     18.08 %
    Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital   19.04 %     18.69 %     18.08 %
    Total risk-based capital   20.29 %     19.95 %     19.33 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)   12.36 %     12.34 %     11.79 %
               
    BOOK VALUES:          
    Book value per common share $ 31.95     $ 31.33     $ 29.75  
    Tangible book value per common share (d)   29.99       29.37       27.79  

    ________________________________________________

    (a) Annualized
    (b) Non-performing assets include non-accrual loans, loans past due 90 days and still accruing, non-performing investment securities and OREO and other repossessed assets.
    (c) Does not include loans held for sale and is before the allowance for credit losses.
    (d) Tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding (non-GAAP).                                

    AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS, AND RATES – QUARTERLY
    ($ in thousands)
    (unaudited)

      For the Three Months Ended 
      March 31, 2025    December 31, 2024    March 31, 2024 
      Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate
                           
    Assets                      
    Loans receivable and loans held for sale $ 1,435,999     5.90 %   $ 1,438,144     5.80 %   $ 1,365,417     5.57 %
    Investment securities and FHLB stock (1)   232,532     3.64       247,236     3.57             298,003     3.14  
                                             
    Interest-earning deposits in banks and CDs   172,175     4.44       166,764     4.76       143,121     5.39  
    Total interest-earning assets   1,840,706     5.48       1,852,144     5.42            1,806,541     5.16  
    Other assets   77,563           75,534           81,337      
    Total assets $ 1,918,269         $ 1,927,678         $ 1,887,878      
                           
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                      
    NOW checking accounts $ 328,115     1.32 %   $ 328,455     1.38 %   $ 367,924     1.61 %
    Money market accounts   306,137     3.18       324,424     3.42       270,623     3.14  
    Savings accounts   206,054     0.28       205,650     0.28       214,233     0.23  
    Certificates of deposit accounts   343,945     3.82       331,785     4.09       295,202     4.16  
    Brokered CDs   50,104     4.85       46,414     4.98       40,402     5.40  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   1,234,355     2.45       1,236,728     2.59       1,188,384     2.47  
    Borrowings   20,000     4.04       20,000     4.03       20,001     4.42  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   1,254,355     2.47       1,256,728     2.62       1,208,385     2.50  
                           
    Non-interest-bearing demand deposits   403,738           414,149           431,826      
    Other liabilities   10,064           10,146           10,182      
    Shareholders’ equity   250,112           246,655           237,485      
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 1,918,269         $ 1,927,678         $ 1,887,878      
                           
    Interest rate spread     3.01 %       2.80 %       2.66 %
    Net interest margin (2)     3.79 %       3.64 %       3.48 %
    Average interest-earning assets to                      
    average interest-bearing liabilities   146.75 %         147.38 %         149.50 %    
                                       

    _____________________________________
    (1) Includes other investments
    (2) Net interest margin = annualized net interest income / average interest-earning assets
            

    AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS, AND RATES
    ($ in thousands)
    (unaudited)

      For the Six Months Ended
      March 31, 2025   March 31, 2024
      Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate
                   
    Assets              
    Loans receivable and loans held for sale $ 1,437,081     5.85 %   $ 1,349,105     5.53 %
    Investment securities and FHLB stock (1)   239,966     3.60             307,636     3.08  
    Interest-earning deposits in banks and CDs   169,444     4.60       134,643     5.37  
    Total interest-earning assets        1,846,491     5.44            1,791,384     5.10  
    Other assets   76,535           81,473      
    Total assets $ 1,923,026         $ 1,872,857      
                   
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity              
    NOW checking accounts $ 328,287     1.35 %   $ 372,327     1.56 %
    Money market accounts   315,381     3.31       247,656     2.78  
    Savings accounts   205,849     0.28       217,153     0.23  
    Certificates of deposit accounts   337,798     3.95       281,842     4.07  
    Brokered CDs   48,239     4.91       41,570     5.39  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   1,235,554     2.52       1,160,548     2.32  
    Borrowings   20,000     4.02       24,427     4.65  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   1,255,554     2.55       1,184,975     2.37  
                   
    Non-interest-bearing demand deposits   409,000           440,976      
    Other liabilities   10,107           11,035      
    Shareholders’ equity   248,365           235,871      
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 1,923,026         $ 1,872,857      
                   
    Interest rate spread     2.89 %       2.73 %
    Net interest margin (2)     3.71 %       3.53 %
    Average interest-earning assets to              
    average interest-bearing liabilities   147.07 %         151.17 %    

    _____________________________________
    (1) Includes other investments
    (2) Net interest margin = annualized net interest income / average interest-earning assets

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    In addition to results presented in accordance with GAAP, this press release contains certain non-GAAP financial measures. Timberland believes that certain non-GAAP financial measures provide investors with information useful in understanding the Company’s financial performance; however, readers of this report are urged to review these non-GAAP financial measures in conjunction with GAAP results as reported.

    Financial measures that exclude intangible assets are non-GAAP measures. To provide investors with a broader understanding of capital adequacy, Timberland provides non-GAAP financial measures for tangible common equity, along with the GAAP measure. Tangible common equity is calculated as shareholders’ equity less goodwill and CDI. In addition, tangible assets equal total assets less goodwill and CDI.

    The following table provides a reconciliation of ending shareholders’ equity (GAAP) to ending tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) and ending total assets (GAAP) to ending tangible assets (non-GAAP).

    ($ in thousands) March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
               
    Shareholders’ equity $ 252,524     $ 249,199     $ 238,679  
    Less goodwill and CDI   (15,492 )     (15,537 )     (15,695 )
    Tangible common equity $ 237,032     $ 233,662     $ 222,984  
               
    Total assets $ 1,932,730     $ 1,909,480     $ 1,907,234  
    Less goodwill and CDI   (15,492 )     (15,537 )     (15,695 )
    Tangible assets $ 1,917,238     $ 1,893,943     $ 1,891,539  
                           
    Contact: Dean J. Brydon, CEO
      Jonathan A. Fischer, President & COO
      Marci A. Basich, CFO
      (360) 533-4747
      www.timberlandbank.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Kugler, Transmission of Monetary Policy

    Source: US State of New York Federal Reserve

    Thank you, Juan Pablo. I am delighted to be speaking at the University of Minnesota because, in many ways, this visit feels like a homecoming for me.1 I was born right here in Minneapolis, before I moved to Colombia as a young child. My parents told me so many wonderful stories about this area and the university. My father studied for his Ph.D. here at the economics department. He studied under accomplished economists, including Anne Krueger, Leo Hurwicz, John Buttrick, and Ed Foster, the latter of whom is still here as an emeritus professor. The University of Minnesota has made many contributions to the field of economics and has historically had a close relationship with the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis. So you really are part of the Fed’s extended family, and it is an honor to speak with you.
    Today, I would like to speak with you about the transmission of the Fed’s monetary policy. I will discuss how monetary policy is transmitted through the economy, then touch on how I monitor its transmission, and, lastly, talk about two elements related to transmission that I evaluate when making monetary policy decisions. Those elements are the long and variable lags of monetary policy and whether its transmission is asymmetric and has changed over time. But before I delve into my primary topic, I would like to start by offering my views on the economic outlook.
    Economic OutlookThe U.S. economy has grown at a solid pace, with real gross domestic product (GDP) expanding 2.5 percent last year. Activity indicators in the first few months of this year show healthy numbers. Last week, the March retail sales release showed resilient consumption, with positive revisions for January and February numbers. However, measures of household sentiment, such as surveys from the University of Michigan, Conference Board, and Morning Consult, have shown signs of softness, albeit to varying degrees. Many survey respondents report that their views reflect trade policy concerns, though, as we have seen, the exact contours of those policies are still taking shape. Thus, GDP growth for the first quarter, which will be reported next week, may show some moderation relative to what we saw in 2024, although this moderation may be offset by increased purchases front-loading the implementation of tariffs. Financial markets have experienced increased volatility in recent weeks. If financial conditions were to tighten persistently, that could weigh on growth in the future.
    The labor market remains solid, but the pace of hiring has eased during this year. In the first quarter, U.S. employers added 152,000 jobs per month, on average, compared with a monthly pace of 168,000, on average, last year. The unemployment rate edged up last month to 4.2 percent, but it is still low and has remained near its current level since last summer. Moreover, initial jobless claims have remained stable at low levels. Those numbers are consistent with other measures indicating that the labor market is broadly in balance.
    With respect to inflation, progress has slowed since last summer, and inflation remains above the 2 percent goal. Based on the consumer price index (CPI) and producer price index (PPI) data, the 12-month change in the personal consumption expenditures (PCE) price index was estimated to have been 2.3 percent last month and 2.6 percent for the core categories, which exclude food and energy.
    I pay careful attention to two subcategories of inflation: first, core goods—which are goods outside of volatile food and energy products—and, second, nonhousing market-based services, which are based on transactions and not imputed prices, such as car maintenance and haircuts. Goods inflation was negative in most of 2024—as was the norm for several years before the pandemic—but it increased to 0.4 percent in January and February. In March, the CPI and PPI releases pointed to goods inflation decreasing to a still-positive 0.1 percent, which is better news. By contrast, nonhousing market services inflation stayed elevated through March, at an estimated 3.4 percent. That category often provides a good signal of inflationary pressures across all services. As we look ahead, while the long-run level of tariffs is still to be determined, tariffs have moved significantly higher this year. That will likely put upward pressure on prices. For instance, both survey- and market-based measures of near-term inflation expectations have moved up. Longer-term inflation expectations—those beyond the next few years—largely remain well anchored and consistent with our 2 percent inflation goal, and I hope they continue in that way.
    I am closely monitoring incoming data and the cumulative effects on both sides of our mandate from policies in four distinct areas: trade, immigration, fiscal policy, and regulation. I am also monitoring any risks to the outlook, especially upside risks on inflation or downside risks to employment. Still, I think our monetary policy is well positioned for changes in the macroeconomic environment. Thus, I will support maintaining the current policy rate for as long as these upside risks to inflation continue, while economic activity and employment remain stable. I remain committed to achieving both of our dual-mandate goals of maximum employment and stable prices.
    Overview of Monetary Policy TransmissionNow turning to the primary topic of my speech, I will first discuss how monetary policy is transmitted through the economy. In this section, I will give some examples from the recent past as a tool for explaining my arguments, but I am not intending to comment further on the latest developments in the economy.
    Understanding the transmission of monetary policy starts with understanding how the Federal Reserve uses its policy tools. The Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) adjusts the target range for the federal funds rate, or the rate that banks pay for overnight borrowing. Setting the federal funds rate is the primary means by which the Fed adjusts the stance of monetary policy, among its range of monetary policy tools. In addition to the FOMC directly adjusting the federal funds rate, Fed policymakers’ communications about the future path of monetary policy may also result in changes to longer-term interest rates because households’ and businesses’ expectations about future policy affect the level of interest rates.
    Adjustments to the federal funds rate affect a multitude of financial conditions faced by consumers and businesses. For example, changes to the federal funds rate filter through to the interest rates lenders charge for loans to businesses and households as well as to what financial institutions pay in interest on deposits. The current and expected future path of the federal funds rate also affects asset prices, as it changes the relative attractiveness of different investments, such as stocks and real estate. Fluctuations in both interest rates and asset prices affect a household’s wealth and a corporation’s balance sheet, which can, in turn, affect the terms under which they can borrow.2 I have discussed some of the most common ways in which policy is transmitted. There are, of course, other important channels, such as exchange rates and international spillovers, that I will not discuss today. Research suggests that the channels of transmission are extensive and ever evolving.3
    Consumers and businesses make decisions based on financial conditions.4 For illustrative purposes, let’s consider a period when FOMC policymakers view it as appropriate to ease the restrictiveness of monetary policy by reducing the target range for the federal funds rate over time. The resulting lower interest rates on consumer loans elicit greater spending on goods and services, particularly on durable goods that are often financed. Lower mortgage rates can encourage renters to buy a home by reducing the monthly payment borrowers face and can encourage existing homeowners to refinance their mortgages to free up cash for other purchases. Lower interest rates can make holding equities more attractive, which raises stock prices and adds to wealth. Higher wealth tends to spur more spending, as households tend to consume at least a portion of their increased wealth. Investment projects that businesses previously believed would be marginally unprofitable become attractive because of reduced financing costs, particularly if businesses expect their sales to rise. Expecting a better macroeconomic environment and lower delinquency rates down the road, banks may loosen their lending standards on approving loans for households and businesses. All these decisions support aggregate demand and may put upward pressure on inflation.
    Of course, there are periods when policymakers see it as appropriate to increase the level of restraint placed on the economy by raising the federal funds rate over time. That may occur when policymakers are seeking to lower inflation. Then, the monetary policy effects I just described would be reversed, putting downward pressure on aggregate demand and inflation.
    Developments in Monetary Policy and Financial ConditionsLet me now discuss how I view the transmission and the stance of monetary policy during the past few quarters. To be clear, I will not discuss the developments in financial markets over the past few weeks.
    In the second half of last year, I gained greater confidence that inflation was on a sustainable path toward the FOMC’s 2 percent objective. I also wanted to preserve the strength I saw in the labor market. As a result, I supported the FOMC’s decision to decrease the target range for the federal funds rate by a total of 1 percentage point during the meetings from September through December. However, even before the Committee began to ease policy, some financial conditions started to ease. This easing can be seen in the Financial Conditions Impulse on Growth index.5 That index, developed by Federal Reserve Board staff, showed easier financial conditions from March 2024. And through January, the demand for loans by households and businesses picked up.6 In the early months of the year, financial conditions, however, remained somewhat restrictive, as borrowing costs continued to be elevated and bank credit moderately tight. Through March, interest rates on short-term small business loans had only edged down since their post-pandemic peak.7 Banks stopped tightening lending standards after nine consecutive quarters, but they left standards unchanged in January.8 These financial conditions helped to moderate aggregate demand and aid in moving inflation sustainably toward our 2 percent target.
    Details of Monetary Policy TransmissionMonitoring the financial conditions I just described is one important way I evaluate how well the Fed’s monetary policy is being transmitted to the rest of the economy. But it is not the only way. I also consider two other elements that play important roles in the transmission of our monetary policy.
    Timing MattersThe first element to evaluate is the timing with which monetary policy affects the macroeconomy. The contemporary economics literature uses a variety of statistical models to estimate the effects of what are called monetary policy “shocks.” Those are movements in the policy rate that are not explained by estimates of how monetary policy systematically responds to incoming economic and financial data and are not anticipated by the public.9 Focusing on the estimated effects of these shocks helps isolate the consequences solely coming from monetary policy actions and communications. One lesson that emerges from this research is that, broadly speaking, it turns out that Milton Friedman’s “long and variable lags” concept still holds.10 A selection of key studies on the topic estimates that it takes about one to two years for the maximum effects of policy to be observed in economic activity and inflation.11 These long lags in monetary policy affecting the economy point to why it is important for policymakers to anticipate economic conditions as best as possible and try to be proactive about understanding the effects of different shocks to the economy, so they can act quickly when needed.
    Direction of TravelThe second element to consider when making decisions related to monetary policy is whether its transmission has been equally impactful during different points in time. For example, credible evidence indicates that contractionary monetary shocks may generally decrease economic activity more strongly than expansionary shocks increase it.12 To understand these asymmetric effects, consider the following illustrative metaphor used by Marriner Eccles, who led the Fed back in the 1930s.
    Imagine a string with monetary policy at one end and the economy at the other. Employing tight monetary policy when inflation is rising is like pulling on the string to keep the economy in check—it works fairly well. But attempting to stimulate the economy with loose policy during a downturn is like trying to push on the string to move the economy—a more difficult task.
    There is evidence of this asymmetry in consumer spending on long-lasting durable goods, such as vehicles and appliances. While an easier monetary policy may lower interest rates and thus stimulate spending on durable goods in the near term, the effects of that policy may be smaller over time, as households may have already purchased durable goods.13 If a family replaces their living room furniture when rates are low, they are unlikely to need a new set of furniture a few years later and thus would not consider how current rates would change their decisions. Thus, during an easing cycle, it is reasonable to suspect that the potency of monetary policy may be somewhat diminished.
    Another example of asymmetry can be seen in the transmission of monetary policy to private lending. Board staff research documented strong growth in the period between the Global Financial Crisis and the pandemic, fueled by structural factors, such as the attractiveness of the market to borrowers and investors due to its higher customization.14 One implication of this strong growth during this past policy tightening is that monetary policy transmission to private credit markets appeared more muted relative to financing through public credit markets or bank commercial and industrial lending.
    By contrast, other factors specific to the recent period likely decreased the potency of monetary policy during the tightening cycle but may increase it during the easing cycle. When the pandemic struck and social distancing was common, many households severely curtailed spending. In addition, a historic level of government transfers boosted household income. This combination led the personal savings rate to soar.15 Recent work by Board staff suggests that these excess savings accumulated during the pandemic may have reduced the effects of tighter monetary policy over recent years.16 If households are flush with excess cash, they are less likely to respond to elevated interest rates by curtailing demand. Instead, they may have funds to avoid financing or may feel they are able to afford higher monthly payments.
    Now, some five years after the pandemic began, these excess savings are exhausted.17 This creates an environment in which monetary policy could be having its average effects on the household sector, although we should consider that the financial health of borrowers with lower credit scores has deteriorated meaningfully in recent years and credit card and auto loan delinquencies are now above pre-pandemic levels. For these households, easing monetary policy may have larger effects.
    I am closely monitoring all these possible changes in monetary policy transmission across the economy. Also, I am humbly aware that it is difficult for economists to judge the overall effect of monetary policy actions on the U.S. economy in real time.
    ConclusionTo summarize, I see inflation still running above the 2 percent target while the labor market has remained stable. But the economy is facing heightened uncertainty, with upside risks to inflation and downside risks to employment. This month, we learned that the tariff increases are significantly larger than previously expected. As a result, the economic effects of tariffs and the associated uncertainty are also likely to be larger than anticipated. It is important for monetary policymakers to broadly examine all available information, including market-based measures, surveys, and anecdotal reports, to understand what is happening in the economy as early as possible because, as I discussed, it takes time for policy to have an impact. As the direction of the economy changes, it is critical to pay close attention to real-time data and to consider the lags and asymmetries of policy transmission to ensure we respond not only to the actual movements on both sides of the mandate, but also to the risks to the economic outlook.
    As I observe the economy and consider the appropriate path of monetary policy, I am closely studying how the decisions the FOMC makes are transmitted through the economy. We have learned much about how those transmission channels work and how they may have changed in recent years, and there is much more to learn. I am confident some of that research will be done right here at the University of Minnesota. Overall, of course, when setting policy, I am guided by how best to achieve the dual-mandate goals of maximum employment and stable prices given to us by Congress because that results in the best outcomes for all Americans.
    Thank you again for such a warm welcome back to the Twin Cities.

    1. The views expressed here are my own and are not necessarily those of my colleagues on the Federal Reserve Board or the Federal Open Market Committee. Return to text
    2. Such broader changes in credit conditions are called the “credit channel” of monetary policy, discussed in Ben S. Bernanke and Mark Gertler (1995), “Inside the Black Box: The Credit Channel of Monetary Policy Transmission,” Journal of Economic Perspectives, vol. 9 (Autumn), pp. 27–48. Return to text
    3. For evidence on how U.S. monetary policy affects exchange rates, see Martin Eichenbaum and Charles L. Evans (1995), “Some Empirical Evidence on the Effects of Shocks to Monetary Policy on Exchange Rates,” Quarterly Journal of Economics, vol. 110 (November), pp. 975–1009. Additionally, U.S. monetary policy also affects global financial conditions, as analyzed by Silvia Miranda-Agrippino and Hélène Rey (2020), “U.S. Monetary Policy and the Global Financial Cycle,” Review of Economic Studies, vol. 87 (November), pp. 2754–76. Return to text
    4. For evidence that financial conditions are a crucial part of the transmission of monetary policy, see Mark Gertler and Peter Karadi (2015), “Monetary Policy Surprises, Credit Costs, and Economic Activity,”  American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, vol. 7 (January), pp. 44–76. Return to text
    5. See Andrea Ajello, Michele Cavallo, Giovanni Favara, William B. Peterman, John Schindler, and Nitish R. Sinha (2023), “A New Index to Measure U.S. Financial Conditions” FEDS Notes (Washington: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, June 30). Return to text
    6. See Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (2025), “The January 2025 Senior Loan Officer Opinion Survey on Bank Lending Practices.” Return to text
    7. See survey data from the National Federation of Independent Business, available at William C. Dunkelberg and Holly Wade (2025), “Small Business Economic Trends,” March, https://www.nfib.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/NFIB-SBET-Report-March-2025.pdf. Return to text
    8. See Board of Governors, “The January 2025 Senior Loan Officer Opinion Survey” (note 6). Return to text
    9. For a literature review on the different ways of identifying monetary policy shocks, see V.A. Ramey (2016), “Macroeconomic Shocks and Their Propagation,” in John B. Taylor and Harald Uhlig, eds., Handbook of Macroeconomics, vol. 2 (Amsterdam: North-Holland), pp. 71–162. Return to text
    10. See Edward Nelson (2020), Milton Friedman and Economic Debate in the United States, 1932–1972, vol. 1 (Chicago: University of Chicago Press), p. 141. Return to text
    11. See the following papers: Lawrence Christiano, Martin Eichenbaum, and Charles L. Evans (1999), “Monetary Policy Shocks: What Have We Learned and to What End?” in John B. Taylor and Michael Woodford, eds., Handbook of Macroeconomics, vol. 1 (Amsterdam: North-Holland), pp. 65–148; Christina D. Romer and David H. Romer (2004), “A New Measure of Monetary Shocks: Derivation and Implications,” American Economic Review, vol. 94 (September), pp. 1055–84; Harald Uhlig (2005), “What Are the Effects of Monetary Policy on Output? Results from an Agnostic Identification Procedure,” Journal of Monetary Economics, vol. 52 (March), pp. 381–419; Jean Boivin, Michael T. Kiley, and Frederic S. Mishkin (2010), “How Has the Monetary Transmission Mechanism Evolved over Time?” in Benjamin M. Friedman and Michael Woodford, eds., Handbook of Monetary Economics, vol. 3 (Amsterdam: North-Holland), pp. 369–422; Olivier Coibion (2012), “Are the Effects of Monetary Policy Shocks Big or Small?” American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, vol. 4 (April), pp. 1–32; Gertler and Karadi, “Monetary Policy Surprises” (see note 4); Pooyan Amir Ahmadi and Harald Uhlig (2015), “Sign Restrictions in Bayesian FAVARs with an Application to Monetary Policy Shocks (PDF),” NBER Working Papers Series 21738 (Cambridge, Mass.: National Bureau of Economic Research, November); Christiane Baumeister and James D. Hamilton (2018), “Inference in Structural Vector Autoregressions When the Identifying Assumptions Are Not Fully Believed: Re-evaluating the Role of Monetary Policy in Economic Fluctuations,” Journal of Monetary Economics, vol. 100 (December), pp. 48–65; Marek Jarociński and Peter Karadi (2020), “Deconstructing Monetary Policy Surprises—The Role of Information Shocks,” American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, vol. 12 (April), pp. 1–43; Silvia Miranda-Agrippino and Giovanni Ricco (2021), “The Transmission of Monetary Policy Shocks,” American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, vol. 13 (July), pp. 74–107; and Michael D. Bauer and Eric T. Swanson (2023), “A Reassessment of Monetary Policy Surprises and High-Frequency Identification,” in Martin Eichenbaum, Erik Hurst, and Jonathan A. Parker, eds., NBER Macroeconomics Annual 2022, vol. 37 (May), pp. 87–155. Return to text
    12. See, for instance, Silvana Tenreyro and Gregory Thwaites (2016), “Pushing on a String: US Monetary Policy Is Less Powerful in Recessions,” American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, vol. 8 (October), pp. 43–74; Joshua D. Angrist, Òscar Jordà, and Guido M. Kuersteiner (2018), “Semiparametric Estimates of Monetary Policy Effects: String Theory Revisited,” Journal of Business & Economic Statistics, vol. 36 (July), pp. 371–87; and Regis Barnichon, Christian Matthes, and Tim Sablik (2017), “Are the Effects of Monetary Policy Asymmetric? (PDF)” Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, Economic Brief, vol. 3 (March), pp. 1–4. Return to text
    13. See Alisdair McKay and Johannes F. Wieland (2021), “Lumpy Durable Consumption Demand and the Limited Ammunition of Monetary Policy,” Econometrica, vol. 89 (November), pp. 2717–49. Return to text
    14. See Ahmet Degerli and Phillip J. Monin (2024), “Private Credit Growth and Monetary Policy Transmission,” FEDS Notes (Washington: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, August 2). Return to text
    15. See, for instance, Aditya Aladangady, David Cho, Laura Feiveson, and Eugenio Pinto (2022), “Excess Savings during the COVID-19 Pandemic,” FEDS Notes (Washington: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, October 21); and Francois de Soyres, Dylan Moore, and Julio L. Ortiz (2023), “Accumulated Savings during the Pandemic: An International Comparison with Historical Perspective,” FEDS Notes (Washington: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, June 23). Return to text
    16. See Thiago R.T. Ferreira, Nils Gornemann, and Julio L. Ortiz (forthcoming), “Household Excess Savings and the Transmission of Monetary Policy,” International Journal of Central Banking. Return to text
    17. See Hamza Abdelrahman and Luiz Edgard Oliveira (2024), “Pandemic Savings Are Gone: What’s Next for U.S. Consumers?” SF Fed Blog, Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, May 3. Return to text

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Waterstone Financial, Inc. Announces Results of Operations for the Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WAUWATOSA, Wis., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Waterstone Financial, Inc. (NASDAQ: WSBF), holding company for WaterStone Bank, reported net income of $3.0 million, or $0.17 per diluted share, for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to $3.0 million, or $0.16 per diluted share, for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.

    “The Community Banking segment continues to perform well in a challenging interest rate environment,” said William Bruss, Chief Executive Officer of Waterstone Financial, Inc. “We increased net interest income 6.9% at the Community Banking segment and net interest margin increased 32 bps compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2024. Asset quality continues to remain strong and low historical loan losses are reflected in the decrease in provision for credit losses during the quarter. The Mortgage Banking segment pre-tax loss reflects a market-wide decrease in loan origination volumes and elevated legal expense associated with the final settlement of a previously disclosed lawsuit. In spite of the results of the Mortgage Banking segment, Waterstone Financial, Inc. exceeded the prior year’s same quarter earnings per share, added to book value per share through our share repurchase program and maintained our strong quarterly dividend.” 

    Highlights of the Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Waterstone Financial, Inc. (Consolidated)

    • Consolidated net income of Waterstone Financial, Inc. totaled $3.0 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024.
    • Consolidated return on average assets (annualized) was 0.57% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 and 0.56% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    • Consolidated return on average equity (annualized) was 3.61% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 and 3.56% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    • Dividends declared during the quarter ended March 31, 2025 totaled $0.15 per common share.
    • During the quarter ended March 31, 2025, we repurchased approximately 237,000 shares at a cost (including the federal excise tax) of $3.2 million, or $13.37 per share.
    • Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets was 0.35% at March 31, 2025, 0.28% at December 31, 2024, and 0.23% at March 31, 2024.
    • Past due loans as a percentage of total loans was 0.67% at March 31, 2025, 0.95% at December 31, 2024, and 0.64% at March 31, 2024.
    • Book value per share was $17.70 at March 31, 2025 and $17.53 at December 31, 2024.

    Community Banking Segment

    • Pre-tax income totaled $6.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, which represents a $1.8 million, or 41.7%, increase compared to $4.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    • Net interest income totaled $12.4 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, which represents a $805,000, or 6.9%, increase compared to $11.6 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    • Average loans held for investment totaled $1.67 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2025, which represents an increase of $10.7 million, or 0.6%, compared to $1.66 billion for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to increases in the commercial real estate and multi-family mortgages. Average loans held for investment decreased $6.8 million compared to $1.68 billion for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in construction and multi-family mortgages.
    • Net interest margin increased 32 basis points to 2.47% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to 2.15% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024, which was primarily driven by an increase in weighted average yield on loans receivable and held for sale and decrease in cost of borrowings offset by an increase in weighted average cost of deposits. Net interest margin increased five basis points compared to 2.42% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024, primarily driven by decreases in weighted average cost of deposits and borrowings.
    • Past due loans at the community banking segment totaled $7.6 million at March 31, 2025, $12.8 million at December 31, 2024, and $8.1 million at March 31, 2024.
    • The segment had a negative provision for credit losses related to funded loans of $314,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to a provision for credit losses related to funded loans of $35,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The current quarter decrease was primarily due to decreases in historical loss rates and loan portfolio balances offset by an increase in the commercial real estate loan qualitative factors primarily related to increases in economic risks and internal asset quality risks. The negative provision for credit losses related to unfunded loan commitments was $204,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to a provision for credit losses related to unfunded loan commitments of $70,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The negative provision for credit losses related to unfunded loan commitments for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 was due primarily to a decrease in construction loans that are currently waiting to be funded compared to the prior quarter end and decrease in historical loss rates.
    • The efficiency ratio, a non-GAAP ratio, was 59.66% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to 65.17% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    • Average core retail deposits (excluding brokered and escrow accounts) totaled $1.28 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2025, an increase of $87.6 million, or 7.4%, compared to $1.19 billion during the quarter ended March 31, 2024. Average deposits increased $2.9 million, or 0.9% annualized, compared to $1.27 billion for the quarter ended December 31, 2024. The increases were primarily due to an increase in certificates of deposit balances. The segment had $84.1 million in brokered certificate of deposits at March 31, 2025.

    Mortgage Banking Segment

    • Pre-tax loss totaled $2.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to a $369,000 of pre-tax income for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    • Loan originations decreased $97.4 million, or 20.1%, to $387.7 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to $485.1 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2024. Origination volume relative to purchase activity accounted for 87.5% of originations for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to 93.0% of total originations for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    • Mortgage banking non-interest income decreased $4.6 million, or 22.6%, to $15.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to $20.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    • Gross margin on loans sold totaled 3.98% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to 4.10% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    • Professional fees increased $853,000, or 164.0%, to $1.4 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to $520,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The increase was primarily related to legal services and the finalization of a settlement related to a previously disclosed legal matter during the three months ended March 31, 2025. The Company maintained a $1.3 million accrual related to this legal matter as of December 31, 2024.
    • Total compensation, payroll taxes and other employee benefits decreased $2.7 million, or 18.3%, to $12.1 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2025 compared to $14.8 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2024. The decrease primarily related to decreased commission expense, branch manager pay, salary expense, and sign-on incentives driven by reduced employee headcount and a decrease in loan origination volumes and branch profitability.

    About Waterstone Financial, Inc.
    Waterstone Financial, Inc. is the savings and loan holding company for WaterStone Bank, a community-focused financial institution established in 1921. WaterStone Bank offers a comprehensive suite of personal and business banking products and operates 14 branch locations across southeastern Wisconsin. WaterStone Bank is also the parent company of WaterStone Mortgage Corporation, a national lender licensed in 48 states.

    With a long-standing commitment to innovation, integrity, and community service, Waterstone Financial, Inc. supports the financial and homeownership goals of customers nationwide.

    For more information about WaterStone Bank, visit wsbonline.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains statements or information that may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding expected financial and operating activities and results that are preceded by, followed by, or that include words such as “may,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates” or “believes.” Any such statements are based upon current expectations that involve a number of risks and uncertainties and are subject to important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated by the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include changes in interest rates; demand for products and services; the degree of competition by traditional and nontraditional competitors; changes in banking regulation or actions by bank regulators; changes in tax laws; the impact of technological advances; governmental and regulatory policy changes; the outcomes of contingencies; trends in customer behavior as well as their ability to repay loans; changes in local real estate values; changes in the national and local economies; and other factors, including risk factors referenced in Item 1A. Risk Factors in Waterstone’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and as may be described from time to time in Waterstone’s subsequent SEC filings, which factors are incorporated herein by reference. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect only Waterstone’s belief as of the date of this press release.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

    Management uses non-GAAP financial information in its analysis of the Company’s performance. Management believes that this non-GAAP measure provides a greater understanding of ongoing operations and enhance comparability of results of operations with prior periods. The Company’s management believes that investors may use this non-GAAP measure to analyze the Company’s financial performance without the impact of unusual items or events that may obscure trends in the Company’s underlying performance. This non-GAAP data should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP, and is not a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP results. Limitations associated with non-GAAP financial measures include the risks that persons might disagree as to the appropriateness of items included in this measure and that different companies might calculate this measure differently. 

    Contact: Mark R. Gerke
    Chief Financial Officer
    414-459-4012
    markgerke@wsbonline.com

    WATERSTONE FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (Unaudited)
     
        For The Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
        (In Thousands, except per share amounts)  
    Interest income:                
    Loans   $ 25,078     $ 24,484  
    Mortgage-related securities     1,191       1,098  
    Debt securities, federal funds sold and short-term investments     1,486       1,323  
    Total interest income     27,755       26,905  
    Interest expense:                
    Deposits     11,332       8,970  
    Borrowings     3,847       6,798  
    Total interest expense     15,179       15,768  
    Net interest income     12,576       11,137  
    Provision (credit) for credit losses     (558 )     67  
    Net interest income after provision (credit) for loan losses     13,134       11,070  
    Noninterest income:                
    Service charges on loans and deposits     593       424  
    Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance     481       348  
    Mortgage banking income     15,728       20,068  
    Other     295       408  
    Total noninterest income     17,097       21,248  
    Noninterest expenses:                
    Compensation, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits     17,047       19,876  
    Occupancy, office furniture, and equipment     1,929       2,108  
    Advertising     723       914  
    Data processing     1,212       1,206  
    Communications     235       226  
    Professional fees     1,736       743  
    Real estate owned     (10 )     13  
    Loan processing expense     920       1,046  
    Other     2,558       1,418  
    Total noninterest expenses     26,350       27,550  
    Income before income taxes     3,881       4,768  
    Income tax expense     845       1,730  
    Net income   $ 3,036     $ 3,038  
    Income per share:                
    Basic   $ 0.17     $ 0.16  
    Diluted   $ 0.17     $ 0.16  
    Weighted average shares outstanding:                
    Basic     18,267       19,021  
    Diluted     18,280       19,036  
    WATERSTONE FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
     
        March 31,     December 31,  
        2025     2024  
        (Unaudited)          
    Assets   (In Thousands, except per share amounts)  
    Cash   $ 37,459     $ 35,182  
    Federal funds sold     5,550       4,302  
    Interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions and other short term investments     280       277  
    Cash and cash equivalents     43,289       39,761  
    Securities available for sale (at fair value)     213,615       208,549  
    Loans held for sale (at fair value)     116,290       135,909  
    Loans receivable     1,663,519       1,680,576  
    Less: Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) – loans     17,905       18,247  
    Loans receivable, net     1,645,614       1,662,329  
                     
    Office properties and equipment, net     19,223       19,389  
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock (at cost)     18,351       20,295  
    Cash surrender value of life insurance     75,093       74,612  
    Real estate owned, net     135       505  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets     43,757       48,259  
    Total assets   $ 2,175,367     $ 2,209,608  
                     
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                
    Liabilities:                
    Demand deposits   $ 170,183     $ 171,115  
    Money market and savings deposits     296,203       283,243  
    Time deposits     914,814       905,539  
    Total deposits     1,381,200       1,359,897  
                     
    Borrowings     395,853       446,519  
    Advance payments by borrowers for taxes     12,628       5,630  
    Other liabilities     44,326       58,427  
    Total liabilities     1,834,007       1,870,473  
                     
    Shareholders’ equity:                
    Preferred stock            
    Common stock     193       193  
    Additional paid-in capital     90,470       91,214  
    Retained earnings     277,521       277,196  
    Unearned ESOP shares     (10,386 )     (10,682 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes     (16,438 )     (18,786 )
    Total shareholders’ equity     341,360       339,135  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 2,175,367     $ 2,209,608  
                     
    Share Information                
    Shares outstanding     19,281       19,343  
    Book value per share   $ 17.70     $ 17.53  
    WATERSTONE FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    SUMMARY OF KEY QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
    (Unaudited)
     
        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
        (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)  
    Condensed Results of Operations:                                        
    Net interest income   $ 12,576     $ 12,835     $ 11,517     $ 10,679     $ 11,137  
    Provision (credit) for credit losses     (558 )     367       (377 )     (225 )     67  
    Total noninterest income     17,097       19,005       22,552       26,497       21,248  
    Total noninterest expense     26,350       25,267       28,560       30,259       27,550  
    Income before income taxes     3,881       6,206       5,886       7,142       4,768  
    Income tax expense     845       996       1,158       1,430       1,730  
    Net income   $ 3,036     $ 5,210     $ 4,728     $ 5,712     $ 3,038  
    Income per share – basic   $ 0.17     $ 0.28     $ 0.26     $ 0.31     $ 0.16  
    Income per share – diluted   $ 0.17     $ 0.28     $ 0.26     $ 0.31     $ 0.16  
    Dividends declared per common share   $ 0.15     $ 0.15     $ 0.15     $ 0.15     $ 0.15  
                                             
    Performance Ratios (annualized):                                        
    Return on average assets – QTD     0.57 %     0.94 %     0.83 %     1.02 %     0.56 %
    Return on average equity – QTD     3.61 %     6.05 %     5.55 %     6.84 %     3.56 %
    Net interest margin – QTD     2.47 %     2.42 %     2.13 %     2.01 %     2.15 %
                                             
    Return on average assets – YTD     0.57 %     0.84 %     0.81 %     0.79 %     0.56 %
    Return on average equity – YTD     3.61 %     5.48 %     5.30 %     5.17 %     3.56 %
    Net interest margin – YTD     2.47 %     2.17 %     2.09 %     2.08 %     2.15 %
                                             
    Asset Quality Ratios:                                        
    Past due loans to total loans     0.67 %     0.95 %     0.63 %     0.76 %     0.64 %
    Nonaccrual loans to total loans     0.45 %     0.34 %     0.32 %     0.33 %     0.29 %
    Nonperforming assets to total assets     0.35 %     0.28 %     0.25 %     0.25 %     0.23 %
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to loans receivable     1.08 %     1.09 %     1.07 %     1.10 %     1.10 %
    WATERSTONE FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY AVERAGE BALANCES AND YIELD/COSTS
    (Unaudited)
     
        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
    Average balances   (Dollars in Thousands)  
    Interest-earning assets                                        
    Loans receivable and held for sale   $ 1,768,617     $ 1,819,574     $ 1,870,627     $ 1,859,608     $ 1,805,102  
    Mortgage related securities     170,947       168,521       170,221       171,895       172,077  
    Debt securities, federal funds sold and short term investments     123,004       124,658       115,270       107,992       110,431  
    Total interest-earning assets     2,062,568       2,112,753       2,156,118       2,139,495       2,087,610  
    Noninterest-earning assets     105,030       100,627       104,600       104,019       103,815  
    Total assets   $ 2,167,598     $ 2,213,380     $ 2,260,718     $ 2,243,514     $ 2,191,425  
                                             
    Interest-bearing liabilities                                        
    Demand accounts   $ 87,393     $ 92,247     $ 89,334     $ 91,300     $ 87,393  
    Money market, savings, and escrow accounts     300,686       306,478       304,116       293,483       281,171  
    Certificates of deposit – retail     818,612       810,340       786,228       758,252       739,543  
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     97,101       59,254                    
    Total interest-bearing deposits     1,303,792       1,268,319       1,179,678       1,143,035       1,108,107  
    Borrowings     397,053       464,964       600,570       622,771       602,724  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,700,845       1,733,283       1,780,248       1,765,806       1,710,831  
    Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     80,372       87,889       91,532       93,637       92,129  
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities     44,905       49,645       49,787       48,315       45,484  
    Total liabilities     1,826,122       1,870,817       1,921,567       1,907,758       1,848,444  
    Equity     341,476       342,563       339,151       335,756       342,981  
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 2,167,598     $ 2,213,380     $ 2,260,718     $ 2,243,514     $ 2,191,425  
                                             
    Average Yield/Costs (annualized)                                        
    Loans receivable and held for sale     5.75 %     5.75 %     5.65 %     5.54 %     5.46 %
    Mortgage related securities     2.83 %     2.67 %     2.66 %     2.63 %     2.57 %
    Debt securities, federal funds sold and short term investments     4.90 %     4.85 %     5.05 %     4.82 %     4.82 %
    Total interest-earning assets     5.46 %     5.46 %     5.39 %     5.27 %     5.18 %
                                             
    Demand accounts     0.11 %     0.11 %     0.11 %     0.11 %     0.11 %
    Money market and savings accounts     2.10 %     2.00 %     1.94 %     1.89 %     1.79 %
    Certificates of deposit – retail     4.33 %     4.53 %     4.54 %     4.41 %     4.19 %
    Certificates of deposit – brokered     4.18 %     4.18 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits     3.52 %     3.58 %     3.53 %     3.42 %     3.26 %
    Borrowings     3.93 %     4.11 %     4.77 %     4.92 %     4.54 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     3.62 %     3.72 %     3.95 %     3.95 %     3.71 %
    COMMUNITY BANKING SEGMENT
    SUMMARY OF KEY QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
    (Unaudited)
     
        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
        (Dollars in Thousands)  
    Condensed Results of Operations:                                        
    Net interest income   $ 12,403     $ 12,886     $ 12,250     $ 11,234     $ 11,598  
    Provision (credit) for credit losses     (518 )     331       (302 )     (279 )     105  
    Total noninterest income     1,348       1,595       1,227       1,491       990  
    Noninterest expenses:                                        
    Compensation, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits     5,212       4,883       5,326       5,116       5,360  
    Occupancy, office furniture and equipment     1,076       825       904       983       1,000  
    Advertising     171       204       311       229       174  
    Data processing     712       691       720       687       693  
    Communications     100       89       80       72       65  
    Professional fees     347       196       190       177       208  
    Real estate owned     (10 )     12             1       13  
    Loan processing expense                              
    Other     596       563       602       672       691  
    Total noninterest expense     8,204       7,463       8,133       7,937       8,204  
    Income before income taxes     6,065       6,687       5,646       5,067       4,279  
    Income tax expense     1,427       1,399       941       718       1,639  
    Net income   $ 4,638     $ 5,288     $ 4,705     $ 4,349     $ 2,640  
                                             
    Efficiency ratio – QTD (non-GAAP)     59.66 %     51.54 %     60.35 %     62.37 %     65.17 %
    Efficiency ratio – YTD (non-GAAP)     59.66 %     59.58 %     62.58 %     63.77 %     65.17 %
    MORTGAGE BANKING SEGMENT
    SUMMARY OF KEY QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
    (Unaudited)
     
        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     September 30,     June 30,     March 31,  
        2025     2024     2024     2024     2024  
        (Dollars in Thousands)  
    Condensed Results of Operations:                                        
    Net interest income (loss)   $ 152     $ (92 )   $ (760 )   $ (552 )   $ (541 )
    Provision (credit) for credit losses     (40 )     36       (75 )     54       (38 )
    Total noninterest income     15,731       17,455       21,386       25,081       20,328  
    Noninterest expenses:                                        
    Compensation, payroll taxes, and other employee benefits     12,054       13,781       15,930       16,886       14,756  
    Occupancy, office furniture and equipment     853       754       953       1,046       1,108  
    Advertising     552       523       615       758       740  
    Data processing     498       542       570       549       508  
    Communications     135       135       152       168       161  
    Professional fees     1,373       917       379       569       520  
    Real estate owned                              
    Loan processing expense     920       486       697       861       1,046  
    Other     1,751       814       1,261       1,641       617  
    Total noninterest expense     18,136       17,952       20,557       22,478       19,456  
    (Loss) income before income taxes (benefit) expense     (2,213 )     (625 )     144       1,997       369  
    Income tax (benefit) expense     (588 )     (428 )     194       684       71  
    Net (loss) income   $ (1,625 )   $ (197 )   $ (50 )   $ 1,313     $ 298  
                                             
    Efficiency ratio – QTD (non-GAAP)     114.18 %     103.39 %     99.67 %     91.64 %     98.33 %
    Efficiency ratio – YTD (non-GAAP)     114.18 %     97.74 %     96.23 %     94.62 %     98.33 %
                                             
    Loan originations   $ 387,729     $ 470,650     $ 558,729     $ 634,109     $ 485,109  
    Purchase     87.5 %     82.1 %     88.9 %     92.7 %     93.0 %
    Refinance     12.5 %     17.9 %     11.1 %     7.3 %     7.0 %
    Gross margin on loans sold(1)     3.98 %     3.74 %     3.83 %     3.93 %     4.10 %

    (1) Gross margin on loans sold equals mortgage banking income (excluding the change in interest rate lock value) divided by total loan originations

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Minister of Finance to co-chair G7 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors meeting in Washington, D.C.

    Source: Government of Canada News (2)

    April 22, 2025 – Ottawa, Ontario – Department of Finance Canada

    As part of Canada’s G7 presidency, the Minister of Finance, the Honourable François-Philippe Champagne, will be in Washington, D.C. this week, to co-chair, with Bank of Canada Governor Tiff Macklem, a meeting of the G7 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors. This will be taking place on the margins of the 2025 Spring Meetings of the World Bank Group and International Monetary Fund.

    The meeting is an opportunity to discuss the global economic outlook and Ukraine.  

    Minister Champagne will also attend other meetings, including the G20 Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors meeting, and will take this opportunity to meet with his international counterparts.   

    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI: First Busey Corporation Announces 2025 First Quarter Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LEAWOOD, Kan., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE) reports first quarter results.

    Busey completed the transformative acquisition of CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. on March 1, 2025, significantly impacting first quarter results and resetting the baseline for financial performance for future quarters in a multitude of positive ways.

    Net Income (Loss) Diluted EPS Net Interest Margin1 ROAA1 ROATCE1
    $(30.0) million $(0.44) 3.16% (0.82)% (7.99)%
    $39.9 million (adj)2 $0.57 (adj)2 3.08% (adj)2 1.09% (adj)2 10.64% (adj)2
    MESSAGE FROM OUR CHAIRMAN & CEO

    The transformative partnership between Busey and CrossFirst takes our organization to new heights, combining our growing commercial bank with the power of Busey’s core deposit franchise, wealth management platform, and payment technology solutions at FirsTech, Inc. As we build upon Busey’s forward momentum, we are grateful for the opportunities to consistently earn the business of our customers, based on the contributions of our talented associates and the continued support of our loyal shareholders.

    Van A. Dukeman 
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 


    PARTNERSHIP WITH CROSSFIRST

    Effective March 1, 2025, First Busey Corporation (“Busey,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”), the holding company for Busey Bank, completed its previously announced acquisition (the “Merger”) of CrossFirst Bankshares, Inc. (“CrossFirst”) (NASDAQ: CFB), the holding company for CrossFirst Bank, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 26, 2024, by and between Busey and CrossFirst (the “Merger Agreement”). This partnership creates a premier commercial bank in the Midwest, Southwest, and Florida, with 78 full-service locations across 10 states—Arizona, Colorado, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. The combined holding company will continue to operate under the First Busey Corporation name. Busey common stock will continue to trade on the Nasdaq under the “BUSE” stock ticker symbol.

    Upon completion of the acquisition, each share of CrossFirst common stock converted to the right to receive 0.6675 of a share of Busey’s common stock, with the result that holders of Busey’s common stock owned approximately 63.5% of the combined company and holders of CrossFirst’s common stock owned approximately 36.5% of the combined company, on a fully-diluted basis. Further, upon completion of the acquisition, each share of CrossFirst preferred stock converted to the right to receive one share of Busey preferred stock.

    CrossFirst Bank’s results of operations were included in Busey’s consolidated results of operations beginning March 1, 2025. Busey will operate CrossFirst Bank as a separate banking subsidiary until it is merged with and into Busey Bank, which is expected to occur on June 20, 2025. At the time of the bank merger, CrossFirst Bank locations will become banking centers of Busey Bank.

    The acquisition was accretive to tangible book value, exceeding initial projections of a six-month earn back period.

    Further details are included with Busey’s Current Report on Form 8‑K announcing completion of the acquisition, which was filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 3, 2025.

    FINANCIAL RESULTS

    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (unaudited)
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net interest income   $ 103,731     $ 81,578     $ 75,854  
    Provision for credit losses     42,452       1,273       5,038  
    Total noninterest income     21,223       35,221       34,913  
    Total noninterest expense     115,171       78,167       70,769  
    Income (loss) before income taxes     (32,669 )     37,359       34,960  
    Income taxes     (2,679 )     9,254       8,735  
    Net income (loss)   $ (29,990 )   $ 28,105     $ 26,225  
                 
    Basic earnings (loss) per common share   $ (0.44 )   $ 0.49     $ 0.47  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share   $ (0.44 )   $ 0.49     $ 0.46  
    Effective income tax rate     8.20 %     24.77 %     24.99 %
     

    Busey’s results of operations for the first quarter of 2025 was a net loss of $(30.0) million, or $(0.44) per diluted common share, compared to net income of $28.1 million, or $0.49 per diluted common share, for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $26.2 million, or $0.46 per diluted common share, for the first quarter of 2024. Annualized return on average assets and annualized return on average tangible common equity2 were (0.82)% and (7.99)%, respectively, for the first quarter of 2025.

    Busey views certain non-operating items, including acquisition-related expenses, restructuring charges, and one-time strategic events, as adjustments to net income reported under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We also adjust for net securities gains and losses to align with industry and research analyst reporting. The objective of our presentation of adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings metrics is to allow investors and analysts to more clearly identify quarterly trends in core earnings performance. Non-operating pre-tax adjustments for acquisition and restructuring expenses2 in the first quarter of 2025 were $26.0 million. Further, $3.1 million other noninterest expense was recorded to establish an initial allowance for Unfunded Commitments2 and $42.4 million provision expense was recorded to establish an initial Allowance for Credit Losses for loans purchased without credit deterioration (“non-PCD” loans) immediately following the close of the acquisition in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 326-20-30-15. Additionally, net securities losses were $15.8 million, primarily related to the execution of a strategic balance sheet repositioning. Lastly, $4.6 million in one-time deferred tax valuation expense2 was recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition, which is expected to lower our effective blended state tax rate in future periods but created a negative adjustment to the carrying value of our deferred tax asset in the current period. For more information and a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures (which are identified with the endnote labeled as 2) in tabular form, see Non-GAAP Financial Information.”

    Adjusted net income2, which excludes the impact of non-GAAP adjustments, was $39.9 million, or $0.57 per diluted common share, for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $30.9 million, or $0.53 per diluted common share, for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $25.7 million or $0.46 per diluted common share for the first quarter of 2024. Annualized adjusted return on average assets2 and annualized adjusted return on average tangible common equity2 were 1.09% and 10.64%, respectively, for the first quarter of 2025.

    Pre-Provision Net Revenue2

    Pre-provision net revenue2 was $25.6 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $38.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $46.4 million for the first quarter of 2024. Pre-provision net revenue to average assets2 was 0.70% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 1.28% for the fourth quarter of 2024, and 1.55% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue2 was $54.7 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $42.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $38.6 million for the first quarter of 2024. Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets2 was 1.50% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 1.38% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 1.29% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin2

    Net interest income was $103.7 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $81.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $75.9 million in the first quarter of 2024.

    Net interest margin2 was 3.16% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.95% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 2.79% for the first quarter of 2024. Excluding purchase accounting accretion, adjusted net interest margin2 was 3.08% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.92% in the fourth quarter of 2024 and 2.78% in the first quarter of 2024.

    Components of the 21 basis point increase in net interest margin2 during the first quarter of 2025, which includes approximately +12 basis points contributed by CrossFirst Bank, are as follows:

    • Increased loan portfolio and held for sale loan yields contributed +36 basis points
    • Increased purchase accounting accretion contributed +5 basis points
    • Decreased borrowing expense contributed +3 basis points
    • Decreased expense on rate swaps contributed +2 basis points
    • Increased non-maturity deposit funding costs contributed -17 basis points
    • Decreased cash and securities portfolio yield contributed -8 basis points

    Based on our most recent Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) model, a +100 basis point parallel rate shock is expected to increase net interest income by 1.8% over the subsequent twelve-month period. Busey continues to evaluate and execute off-balance sheet hedging and balance sheet repositioning strategies as well as embedding rate protection in our asset originations to provide stabilization to net interest income in lower rate environments. Time deposit and savings specials have provided funding flows, and we had excess earning cash during the first quarter of 2025. A portion of the acquired CrossFirst Bank securities portfolio was liquidated when the acquisition was finalized, providing additional excess cash that will allow us to unwind non-core funding. As brokered CDs mature, Busey will continue to deploy excess cash to reduce wholesale funding levels during subsequent quarters. Total deposit cost of funds increased from 1.75% during the fourth quarter of 2024 to 1.91% during the first quarter of 2025. Deposit betas increased with the higher mix of acquired indexed and wholesale deposits and a full quarter of the consolidated Company’s funding base is projected to increase total deposit cost of funds during the second quarter of 2025. With the expectation of Busey paying down non-core funding, the deposit beta will lessen during the year and is expected to normalize in the 45% to 50% beta range. Growth in higher yielding earning assets is expected to offset the increased cost of funds pressure and we project further net interest margin expansion during the second quarter of 2025.

    Noninterest Income

      Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    NONINTEREST INCOME          
    Wealth management fees $ 17,364     $ 16,786     $ 15,549  
    Fees for customer services   8,128       7,911       7,056  
    Payment technology solutions   5,073       5,094       5,709  
    Mortgage revenue   329       496       746  
    Income on bank owned life insurance   1,446       1,080       1,419  
    Realized net gains (losses) on the sale of mortgage servicing rights               7,465  
    Net securities gains (losses)   (15,768 )     (196 )     (6,375 )
    Other noninterest income   4,651       4,050       3,344  
    Total noninterest income $ 21,223     $ 35,221     $ 34,913  
       

    Total noninterest income decreased by 39.7% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 and decreased by 39.2% compared to the first quarter of 2024, primarily due to net securities losses that were recorded in connection with a strategic balance sheet repositioning.

    Excluding the impact of net securities gains and losses and the gains on the sale of mortgage servicing rights, adjusted noninterest income2 increased by 4.4% to $37.0 million, or 26.3% of operating revenue2, during the first quarter of 2025, compared to $35.4 million, or 30.3% of operating revenue2, for the fourth quarter of 2024. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, adjusted noninterest income2 increased by 9.4% from $33.8 million, or 30.8% of operating revenue2.

    Our fee-based businesses continue to add revenue diversification. Wealth management fees, wealth management referral fees included in other noninterest income, and payment technology solutions contributed 61.1% of adjusted noninterest income2 for the first quarter of 2025.

    Noteworthy components of noninterest income are as follows:

    • Wealth management fees increased by 3.4% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024. Compared to the first quarter of 2024 wealth management fees increased by 11.7%. Busey’s Wealth Management division ended the first quarter of 2025 with $13.68 billion in assets under care, compared to $13.83 billion at the end of the fourth quarter of 2024 and $12.76 billion at the end of the first quarter of 2024. Our portfolio management team continues to focus on long-term returns and managing risk in the face of volatile markets and has outperformed its blended benchmark3 over the last three and five years. The Wealth Management segment reported another quarter of record high revenue for the first quarter of 2025.
    • Payment technology solutions revenue decreased slightly compared the fourth quarter of 2024. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, payment technology solutions revenue decreased by 11.1% primarily due to decreases in income from electronic, online, and interactive voice response payments, partially offset by increases in lockbox and merchant services income.
    • Fees for customer services increased by 2.7% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 primarily due to increases in income from analysis charges and interchange fees, offset by lower non-sufficient funds charges. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, fees for customer services increased by 15.2% primarily due to increases in analysis charges, automated teller machine fees, and interchange fees, offset by lower non-sufficient funds charges. Increases in fees for customer services are primarily attributable to the inclusion of one month of CrossFirst’s income in our first quarter results.
    • Other noninterest income increased by 14.8% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 and by 39.1% compared to the first quarter of 2024. The increase for both periods was driven by increases in swap origination fee income, commercial loan sales gains, letter of credit fee income, and other real estate owned income, offset by decreases in venture capital income.

    Operating Efficiency

      Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE          
    Salaries, wages, and employee benefits $ 67,563   $ 45,458   $ 42,090
    Data processing expense   9,575     6,564     6,550
    Net occupancy expense of premises   5,799     4,794     4,720
    Furniture and equipment expense   1,744     1,650     1,813
    Professional fees   9,511     4,938     2,253
    Amortization of intangible assets   3,083     2,471     2,409
    Interchange expense   1,343     1,305     1,611
    FDIC insurance   2,167     1,330     1,400
    Other noninterest expense   14,386     9,657     7,923
    Total noninterest expense $ 115,171   $ 78,167   $ 70,769
     

    Total noninterest expense increased by 47.3% compared to the fourth quarter of 2024 and increased by 62.7% compared to the first quarter of 2024. Growth in noninterest expense was primarily attributable to one-time acquisition expenses related to the CrossFirst acquisition as well as added costs for operating expenses for two banks during one month of the quarter. Annual pre-tax expense synergy estimates resulting from the CrossFirst acquisition remain on track at $25.0 million. Busey anticipates a 50% rate of synergy realization in 2025 and 100% in 2026.

    Adjusted noninterest expense2, which excludes acquisition and restructuring expenses, amortization of intangible assets, and the provision for unfunded commitments, was $82.9 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to $72.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2024 and $68.6 million in the first quarter of 2024. As our business grows, Busey remains focused on prudently managing our expense base and operating efficiency.

    Noteworthy components of noninterest expense are as follows:

    • Salaries, wages, and employee benefits expenses increased by $22.1 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, and by $25.5 million compared to the first quarter of 2024, of which $15.6 million and $15.8 million, respectively, was attributable to increases in non-operating expenses, with additional severance, retention, and stock-based compensation. Busey has added 501 full time equivalent associates (“FTEs”) over the past year, mostly as a result of acquisitions, including 437 CrossFirst Bank FTEs added in March 2025 and 46 Merchants & Manufacturers Bank FTEs added in April 2024.
    • Data processing expense increased by $3.0 million compared to both the fourth quarter of 2024 and the first quarter of 2024, of which $2.3 million and $2.2 million, respectively, was attributable to increases in non-operating expenses. Busey has continued to make investments in technology enhancements and has also experienced inflation-driven price increases.
    • Professional fees increased by $4.6 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, of which $4.3 million was attributable to increases in non-operating expenses. Compared to the first quarter of 2024, professional fees increased by $7.3 million, of which $7.2 million was attributable to increases in non-operating expenses.
    • Amortization of intangible assets increased by $0.6 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, and by $0.7 million compared to the first quarter of 2024. The CrossFirst acquisition added an estimated $81.8 million of finite-lived intangible assets, which will be amortized using an accelerated amortization methodology.
    • Other noninterest expense increased by $4.7 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, and increased by $6.5 million compared to the first quarter of 2024, of which $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, resulted from increases in non-operating expenses related to acquisition and restructuring expenses. Further, $3.1 million of non-operating expenses was recorded for the Day 2 provision for unfunded commitments. Multiple expense items contributed to the remaining fluctuations in this expense category, including marketing, business development, regulatory expenses, mortgage servicing rights valuation expenses, and other real estate owned.

    Busey’s efficiency ratio2 was 79.3% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 64.5% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 58.1% for the first quarter of 2024. Our adjusted efficiency2 ratio was 58.7% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 61.8% for the fourth quarter of 2024, and 62.3% for the first quarter of 2024.

    Busey’s annualized ratio of adjusted noninterest expense to average assets was 2.27% for the first quarter of 2025, compared to 2.39% for the fourth quarter of 2024 and 2.30% for the first quarter of 2024.

    BALANCE SHEET STRENGTH

    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)
               
      As of
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    ASSETS          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,200,292     $ 697,659     $ 591,071  
    Debt securities available for sale   2,273,874       1,810,221       1,898,072  
    Debt securities held to maturity   815,402       826,630       862,218  
    Equity securities   10,828       15,862       9,790  
    Loans held for sale   7,270       3,657       6,827  
    Portfolio loans   13,868,357       7,697,087       7,588,077  
    Allowance for credit losses   (195,210 )     (83,404 )     (91,562 )
    Restricted bank stock   53,518       49,930       6,000  
    Premises and equipment, net   182,003       118,820       121,506  
    Right of use assets   40,594       10,608       10,590  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net   496,118       365,975       351,455  
    Other assets   711,206       533,677       533,414  
    Total assets $ 19,464,252     $ 12,046,722     $ 11,887,458  
               
    LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
    Liabilities          
    Total deposits $ 16,459,470     $ 9,982,490     $ 9,960,191  
    Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   137,340       155,610       147,175  
    Short-term borrowings   11,209              
    Long-term debt   306,509       227,723       223,100  
    Junior subordinated debt owed to unconsolidated trusts   77,117       74,815       72,040  
    Lease liabilities   41,111       11,040       10,896  
    Other liabilities   251,890       211,775       191,405  
    Total liabilities   17,284,646       10,663,453       10,604,807  
               
    Stockholders’ equity          
    Retained earnings   249,484       294,054       248,412  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)   (172,810 )     (207,039 )     (222,190 )
    Other stockholders’ equity1   2,102,932       1,296,254       1,256,429  
    Total stockholders’ equity   2,179,606       1,383,269       1,282,651  
    Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity $ 19,464,252     $ 12,046,722     $ 11,887,458  
               
    SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS          
    Book value per common share2 $ 24.13     $ 24.31     $ 23.19  
    Tangible book value per common share2 $ 18.62     $ 17.88     $ 16.84  
    Ending number of common shares outstanding   90,008,178       56,895,981       55,300,008  

    ___________________________________________
    1. Net balance of preferred stock ($0.001 par value), common stock ($0.001 par value), additional paid-in capital, and treasury stock.
    2. See “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for reconciliation.

    AVERAGE BALANCES (unaudited)
               
      Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    ASSETS          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 861,021   $ 776,572   $ 594,193
    Investment securities   2,782,435     2,597,309     2,907,144
    Loans held for sale   3,443     6,306     4,833
    Portfolio loans   9,838,337     7,738,772     7,599,316
    Interest-earning assets   13,363,594     11,048,350     11,005,903
    Total assets   14,831,298     12,085,993     12,024,208
               
    LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY          
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   3,036,127     2,724,344     2,708,586
    Interest-bearing deposits   9,142,781     7,325,662     7,330,105
    Total deposits   12,178,908     10,050,006     10,038,691
    Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase   144,838     135,728     178,659
    Interest-bearing liabilities   9,627,841     7,763,729     7,831,655
    Total liabilities   12,896,222     10,689,054     10,748,484
    Stockholders’ equity – preferred   2,669        
    Stockholders’ equity – common   1,932,407     1,396,939     1,275,724
    Tangible common equity1   1,521,387     1,029,539     922,710

    ___________________________________________
    1. See “Non-GAAP Financial Information” for reconciliation.

    Busey’s financial strength is built on a long-term conservative operating approach. That focus will not change now or in the future.

    Total assets were $19.46 billion as of March 31, 2025, compared to $12.05 billion as of December 31, 2024, and $11.89 billion as of March 31, 2024. Average interest-earning assets were $13.36 billion for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $11.05 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024, and $11.01 billion for the first quarter of 2024.

    Portfolio Loans

    We remain steadfast in our conservative approach to underwriting and our disciplined approach to pricing, particularly given our outlook for the economy in the coming quarters. Portfolio loans totaled $13.87 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $7.70 billion at December 31, 2024, and $7.59 billion at March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s portfolio loans grew by $133.6 million during the first quarter of 2025, with growth centered in the commercial category. In addition, as of March 31, 2024, CrossFirst Bank added $6.04 billion in loans to Busey’s loan portfolio.

    Average portfolio loans were $9.84 billion for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $7.74 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $7.60 billion for the first quarter of 2024.

    Asset Quality

    Asset quality continues to be strong. Busey Bank maintains a well-diversified loan portfolio and, as a matter of policy and practice, limits concentration exposure in any particular loan segment. CrossFirst Bank’s policies are similar in nature to Busey Bank’s policies and Busey is in the process of migrating the legacy CrossFirst portfolio toward Busey Bank’s policies.

    ASSET QUALITY (unaudited)
               
      As of
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Total assets $ 19,464,252     $ 12,046,722     $ 11,887,458  
    Portfolio loans   13,868,357       7,697,087       7,588,077  
    Loans 30 – 89 days past due   18,554       8,124       7,441  
    Non-performing loans:          
    Non-accrual loans   48,647       22,088       17,465  
    Loans 90+ days past due and still accruing   6,077       1,149       88  
    Non-performing loans   54,724       23,237       17,553  
    Other non-performing assets   4,757       63       65  
    Non-performing assets   59,481       23,300       17,618  
    Substandard (excludes 90+ days past due)   131,078       62,023       87,830  
    Classified assets $ 190,559     $ 85,323     $ 105,448  
               
    Allowance for credit losses $ 195,210     $ 83,404     $ 91,562  
               
    RATIOS          
    Non-performing loans to portfolio loans   0.39 %     0.30 %     0.23 %
    Non-performing assets to total assets   0.31 %     0.19 %     0.15 %
    Non-performing assets to portfolio loans and other non-performing assets   0.43 %     0.30 %     0.23 %
    Allowance for credit losses to portfolio loans   1.41 %     1.08 %     1.21 %
    Coverage ratio of the allowance for credit losses to non-performing loans 3.57 x   3.59 x   5.22 x
    Classified assets to Bank Tier 1 capital1and reserves   8.40 %     5.61 %     7.24 %

    ___________________________________________
    1. Capital amounts for the first quarter of 2025 are not yet finalized and are subject to change.

    Loans 30-89 days past due increased by $10.4 million compared to December 31, 2024, and increased by $11.1 million compared to March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s loans 30-89 days past due were $6.1 million, a decrease of $2.0 million compared to December 31, 2024. CrossFirst Bank’s loans 30-89 days past due were $12.5 million as of March 31, 2025.

    Non-performing loans increased by $31.5 million compared to December 31, 2024, and increased by $37.2 million compared to March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s non-performing loans were $6.8 million, a decrease of $16.4 million compared to December 31, 2024. CrossFirst Bank’s non-performing loans were $47.9 million as of March 31, 2025. Continued disciplined credit management resulted in non-performing loans as a percentage of portfolio loans of 0.39% as of March 31, 2025, a 9 basis point increase from December 31, 2024, and a 16 basis point increase from March 31, 2024.

    Non-performing assets increased by $36.2 million compared to December 31, 2024, and increased by $41.9 million compared to March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s non-performing assets were $7.1 million, a decrease of $16.2 million compared to December 31, 2024. CrossFirst Bank’s non-performing assets were $52.4 million as of March 31, 2025. Non-performing assets represented 0.31% of total assets as of March 31, 2025, a 12 basis point increase from December 31, 2024, and a 16 basis point increase from March 31, 2024.

    Classified assets increased by $105.2 million compared to December 31, 2024, and increased by $85.1 million compared to March 31, 2024. Busey Bank’s classified assets were $81.3 million, a decrease of $4.0 million compared to December 31, 2024. CrossFirst Bank’s classified assets were $109.3 million as of March 31, 2025.

    The allowance for credit losses was $195.2 million as of March 31, 2025, representing 1.41% of total portfolio loans outstanding, and providing coverage of 3.57 times our non-performing loans balance. In connection with the CrossFirst acquisition, the Day 1 allowance recorded for loans that were purchased with credit deterioration (“PCD” loans) was $100.8 million. The Day 1 PCD allowance was recorded as an adjustment to the fair value of the PCD loans.

    NET CHARGE-OFFS (RECOVERIES) AND PROVISION EXPENSE (RELEASE) (unaudited)
               
      Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands) March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net charge-offs (recoveries) $ 31,429   $ 2,850   $ 5,216
    Provision expense (release)   42,452     1,273     5,038
                     

    Net charge-offs increased by $28.6 million when compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, and by $26.2 million when compared with the first quarter of 2024. Net charge-offs include $29.6 million related to PCD loans acquired from CrossFirst Bank, which were fully reserved at acquisition and did not require recording additional provision expense.

    Busey’s results for the first quarter of 2025 include $42.5 million provision expense for credit losses, which includes $42.4 million that was recorded to establish an initial allowance for credit losses on non-PCD acquired loans.

    Deposits

    Total deposits were $16.46 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $9.98 billion at December 31, 2024, and $9.96 billion at March 31, 2024. Average deposits were $12.18 billion for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $10.05 billion for the fourth quarter of 2024 and $10.04 billion for the first quarter of 2024.

    Core deposits2 accounted for 89.7% of total deposits as of March 31, 2025. The quality of our core deposit franchise is a critical value driver of our institution. We estimated that 32% of our deposits were uninsured and uncollateralized4 as of March 31, 2025, and we have sufficient on- and off-balance sheet liquidity to manage deposit fluctuations and the liquidity needs of our customers.

    We have executed various deposit campaigns to attract term funding and savings accounts at a lower rate than our marginal cost of funds. New certificate of deposit production in the first quarter of 2025 had a weighted average term of 7.8 months at a rate of 3.58%, which was 96 basis points below our average marginal wholesale equivalent-term funding cost during the quarter.

    Borrowings

    As of March 31, 2025, Busey Bank held $16.7 million of long-term Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowings. In comparison, Busey Bank had no short-term or long-term FHLB borrowings as of December 31, 2024, or March 31, 2024. As of March 31, 2025, CrossFirst Bank held $11.2 million of short-term FHLB borrowings and $61.9 million of long-term FHLB borrowings.

    In addition, associated with the CrossFirst acquisition, Busey assumed trust preferred securities with a recorded balance of $2.2 million as of March 31, 2025.

    Liquidity

    As of March 31, 2025, our available sources of on- and off-balance sheet liquidity5 totaled $8.55 billion. Furthermore, our balance sheet liquidity profile continues to be aided by the cash flows we expect from our relatively short-duration securities portfolio. Those cash flows were approximately $119.7 million in the first quarter of 2025. Cash flows from maturing securities within our portfolio are expected to be approximately $302.3 million for the remainder of 2025, with a current book yield of 2.55%, and approximately $308.1 million for 2026, with a current book yield of 2.59%.

    Capital Strength

    The strength of our balance sheet is also reflected in our capital foundation. Although impacted by the strategic deployment of capital for the CrossFirst acquisition, our capital ratios remain strong, and as of March 31, 2025, our regulatory capital ratios continued to provide a buffer of more than $630 million above levels required to be designated well-capitalized. Busey’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio is estimated6 to be 11.99% at March 31, 2025, compared to 14.10% at December 31, 2024, and 13.45% at March 31, 2024. Our Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio is estimated6 to be 14.87% at March 31, 2025, compared to 18.53% at December 31, 2024, and 17.95% at March 31, 2024.

    Busey’s tangible common equity2 was $1.68 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.02 billion at December 31, 2024, and $931.2 million at March 31, 2024. Tangible common equity2 represented 8.83% of tangible assets at March 31, 2025, compared to 8.71% at December 31, 2024, and 8.07% at March 31, 2024.

    Busey’s tangible book value per common share2 was $18.62 at March 31, 2025, compared to $17.88 at December 31, 2024, and $16.84 at March 31, 2024, reflecting a 10.6% year-over-year increase. The ratios of tangible common equity to tangible assets2 and tangible book value per common share have been impacted by the fair market valuation adjustment of Busey’s securities portfolio as a result of the current rate environment, which is reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of shareholder’s equity.

    Busey’s strong capital levels, coupled with its earnings, have allowed the Company to provide a steady return to its stockholders through dividends. During the first quarter of 2025, we paid a dividend of $0.25 per share on Busey’s common stock, which represents a 4.2% increase from the previous quarterly dividend of $0.24 per share. Busey has consistently paid dividends to its common stockholders since the bank holding company was organized in 1980.

    During the first quarter of 2025, Busey resumed making stock repurchases under its stock repurchase plan, purchasing 220,000 shares of its common stock at a weighted average price of $21.98 per share for a total of $4.8 million. As of March 31, 2025, Busey had 1,699,275 shares remaining on its stock repurchase plan available for repurchase.

    FIRST QUARTER EARNINGS INVESTOR PRESENTATION

    For additional information on Busey’s financial condition and operating results, please refer to our Q1 2025 Earnings Investor Presentation furnished via Form 8‑K on April 22, 2025, in connection with this earnings release.

    CORPORATE PROFILE

    As of March 31, 2025, First Busey Corporation (Nasdaq: BUSE) was a $19.46 billion financial holding company headquartered in Leawood, Kansas.

    Busey Bank, a wholly-owned bank subsidiary of First Busey Corporation headquartered in Champaign, Illinois, had total assets of $11.98 billion as of March 31, 2025. Busey Bank currently has 62 banking centers, with 21 in Central Illinois markets, 17 in suburban Chicago markets, 20 in the St. Louis Metropolitan Statistical Area, three in Southwest Florida, and one in Indianapolis. More information about Busey Bank can be found at busey.com.

    CrossFirst Bank, a wholly-owned bank subsidiary of First Busey Corporation headquartered in Leawood, Kansas, had total assets of $7.45 billion as of March 31, 2025. CrossFirst Bank currently has 16 banking centers located across Arizona, Colorado, Kansas, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas. More information about CrossFirst Bank can be found at crossfirstbank.com. It is anticipated that CrossFirst Bank will be merged with and into Busey Bank on June 20, 2025.

    Through Busey’s Wealth Management division, the Company provides a full range of asset management, investment, brokerage, fiduciary, philanthropic advisory, tax preparation, and farm management services to individuals, businesses, and foundations. Assets under care totaled $13.68 billion as of March 31, 2025. More information about Busey’s Wealth Management services can be found at busey.com/wealth-management.

    Busey Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, FirsTech, specializes in the evolving financial technology needs of small and medium-sized businesses, highly regulated enterprise industries, and financial institutions. FirsTech provides comprehensive and innovative payment technology solutions, including online, mobile, and voice-recognition bill payments; money and data movement; merchant services; direct debit services; lockbox remittance processing for payments made by mail; and walk-in payments at retail agents. Additionally, FirsTech simplifies client workflows through integrations enabling support with billing, reconciliation, bill reminders, and treasury services. More information about FirsTech can be found at firstechpayments.com.

    For the fourth consecutive year, Busey was named among 2025’s America’s Best Banks by Forbes. Ranked 88th overall, Busey was one of seven banks headquartered in Illinois included on this year’s list. Busey was also named among the 2024 Best Banks to Work For by American Banker, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Money Management by Pensions and Investments, the 2024 Best Places to Work in Illinois by Daily Herald Business Ledger, the 2025 Best Places to Work in Indiana by the Indiana Chamber of Commerce, and the 2024 Best Companies to Work For in Florida by Florida Trend magazine. We are honored to be consistently recognized globally, nationally and locally for our engaged culture of integrity and commitment to community development.

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    This earnings release contains certain financial information determined by methods other than GAAP. Management uses these non-GAAP measures, together with the related GAAP measures, in analysis of Busey’s performance and in making business decisions, as well as for comparison to Busey’s peers. Busey believes the adjusted measures are useful for investors and management to understand the effects of certain non-core and non-recurring items and provide additional perspective on Busey’s performance over time.

    The following tables present reconciliations between these non-GAAP measures and what management believes to be the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

    These non-GAAP disclosures have inherent limitations and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating results reported in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Tax effected numbers included in these non-GAAP disclosures are based on estimated statutory rates, estimated federal income tax rates, or effective tax rates, as noted with the tables below.

    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES (Unaudited)
     
    Pre-Provision Net Revenue and Related Measures
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 103,731     $ 81,578     $ 75,854  
    Total noninterest income (GAAP)     21,223       35,221       34,913  
    Net security (gains) losses (GAAP)     15,768       196       6,375  
    Total noninterest expense (GAAP)     (115,171 )     (78,167 )     (70,769 )
    Pre-provision net revenue (Non-GAAP) [a]   25,551       38,828       46,373  
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     26,026       3,585       408  
    Provision for unfunded commitments1     3,141       (455 )     (678 )
    Realized (gain) loss on the sale of mortgage service rights                 (7,465 )
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (Non-GAAP) [b] $ 54,718     $ 41,958     $ 38,638  
                 
    Average total assets [c]   14,831,298       12,085,993       12,024,208  
                 
    Pre-provision net revenue to average total assets (Non-GAAP)2 [a÷c]   0.70 %     1.28 %     1.55 %
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average total assets (Non-GAAP)2 [b÷c]   1.50 %     1.38 %     1.29 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the provision for unfunded commitments included Day 2 provision expense of $3.139 million recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition.
    2. Annualized measure.
    Adjusted Net Income, Average Tangible Common Equity, and Related Ratios
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net income (loss) (GAAP) [a] $ (29,990 )   $ 28,105     $ 26,225  
    Acquisition expenses     26,026       2,469       285  
    Restructuring expenses           1,116       123  
    Day 2 provision for credit losses1     42,433              
    Day 2 provision for unfunded commitments2     3,139              
    Net securities (gains) losses     15,768       196       6,375  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights                 (7,465 )
    Related tax (benefit) expense3     (22,069 )     (1,014 )     170  
    One-time deferred tax valuation adjustment4     4,591              
    Adjusted net income (Non-GAAP)5 [b] $ 39,898     $ 30,872     $ 25,713  
                 
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted (GAAP) [c]   68,517,647       57,934,812       56,406,500  
    Diluted earnings (loss) per common share (GAAP) [a÷c] $ (0.44 )   $ 0.49     $ 0.46  
                 
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, diluted (Non-GAAP)6 [d]   69,502,717       57,934,812       56,406,500  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per common share (Non-GAAP)5,6 [b÷d] $ 0.57     $ 0.53     $ 0.46  
                 
    Average total assets [e] $ 14,831,298     $ 12,085,993     $ 12,024,208  
    Return on average assets (Non-GAAP)7 [a÷e] (0.82 )%     0.93 %     0.88 %
    Adjusted return on average assets (Non-GAAP)5,7 [b÷e]   1.09 %     1.02 %     0.86 %
                 
    Average common equity   $ 1,932,407     $ 1,396,939     $ 1,275,724  
    Average goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (411,020 )     (367,400 )     (353,014 )
    Average tangible common equity (Non-GAAP) [f] $ 1,521,387     $ 1,029,539     $ 922,710  
                 
    Return on average tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)7 [a÷f] (7.99 )%     10.86 %     11.43 %
    Adjusted return on average tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)5,7 [b÷f]   10.64 %     11.93 %     11.21 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. The Day 2 allowance for credit losses was recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition to establish an allowance on non-PCD loans and is reflected within the provision for credit losses line on the Statement of Income.
    2. The Day 2 provision for unfunded commitments was recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition and is reflected within the other noninterest expense line, as a component of total noninterest expense, on the Statement of Income.
    3. Tax benefits were calculated using tax rates of 25.3%, 26.8%, and 24.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    4. The deferred tax valuation adjustment was recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition and relates to the expansion of Busey’s footprint into new states. The deferred tax valuation adjustment is reflected within the income taxes line on the Statement of Income.
    5. Beginning in 2025, Busey revised its calculation of adjusted net income for all periods presented to include, as applicable, adjustments for net securities gains and losses, realized net gains and losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights, and one-time deferred tax valuation adjustments. In 2024, these adjusting items were previously presented as further adjustments to adjusted net income.
    6. Dilution includes shares that would have been dilutive if there had been net income during the period.
    7. Annualized measure.
    Tax-Equivalent Net Interest Income, Adjusted Net Interest Income, Net Interest Margin, and Adjusted Net Interest Margin
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 103,731     $ 81,578     $ 75,854  
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     537       446       449  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income (Non-GAAP) [a]   104,268       82,024       76,303  
    Purchase accounting accretion related to business combinations     (2,728 )     (812 )     (204 )
    Adjusted net interest income (Non-GAAP) [b] $ 101,540     $ 81,212     $ 76,099  
                 
    Average interest-earning assets (Non-GAAP) [c] $ 13,363,594     $ 11,048,350     $ 11,005,903  
                 
    Net interest margin (Non-GAAP)2 [a÷c]   3.16 %     2.95 %     2.79 %
    Adjusted net interest margin (Non-GAAP)2 [b÷c]   3.08 %     2.92 %     2.78 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
    2. Annualized measure.
    Adjusted Noninterest Income, Revenue Measures, Adjusted Noninterest Expense, Efficiency Ratios, and Adjusted Noninterest Expense to Average Assets
                 
        Three Months Ended
    (dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Net interest income (GAAP) [a] $ 103,731     $ 81,578     $ 75,854  
    Tax-equivalent adjustment1     537       446       449  
    Tax-equivalent net interest income (Non-GAAP) [b]   104,268       82,024       76,303  
                 
    Total noninterest income (GAAP)     21,223       35,221       34,913  
    Net security (gains) losses     15,768       196       6,375  
    Noninterest income excluding net securities gains and losses (Non-GAAP) [c]   36,991       35,417       41,288  
    Realized net (gains) losses on the sale of mortgage servicing rights                 (7,465 )
    Adjusted noninterest income (Non-GAAP) [d] $ 36,991     $ 35,417     $ 33,823  
                 
    Tax-equivalent revenue (Non-GAAP) [e = b+c] $ 141,259     $ 117,441     $ 117,591  
    Adjusted tax-equivalent revenue (Non-GAAP) [f = b+d] $ 141,259     $ 117,441     $ 110,126  
    Operating revenue (Non-GAAP) [g = a+d] $ 140,722     $ 116,995     $ 109,677  
                 
    Adjusted noninterest income to operating revenue (Non-GAAP) [d÷g]   26.29 %     30.27 %     30.84 %
                 
    Total noninterest expense (GAAP)   $ 115,171     $ 78,167     $ 70,769  
    Amortization of intangible assets     (3,083 )     (2,471 )     (2,409 )
    Noninterest expense excluding amortization of intangible assets (Non-GAAP) [h]   112,088       75,696       68,360  
    Acquisition and restructuring expenses     (26,026 )     (3,585 )     (408 )
    Provision for unfunded commitments2     (3,141 )     455       678  
    Adjusted noninterest expense (Non-GAAP)3 [i] $ 82,921     $ 72,566     $ 68,630  
                 
    Efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP) [h÷e]   79.35 %     64.45 %     58.13 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP)3 [i÷f]   58.70 %     61.79 %     62.32 %
                 
    Average total assets [j] $ 14,831,298     $ 12,085,993     $ 12,024,208  
    Adjusted noninterest expense to average assets (Non-GAAP)4 [i÷j]   2.27 %     2.39 %     2.30 %

    ___________________________________________

    1. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using an estimated federal income tax rate of 21%, applied to non-taxable interest income on investments and loans.
    2. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the provision for unfunded commitments included Day 2 provision expense of $3.139 million recorded in connection with the CrossFirst acquisition.
    3. Beginning in 2025, Busey revised its calculation of adjusted noninterest expense and the adjusted efficiency ratio for all periods presented to include, as applicable, adjustments for the provision for unfunded commitments. In 2024, these adjustments were previously presented as adjustments for adjusted core expense and the adjusted core efficiency ratio.
    4. Annualized measure.
    Tangible Assets, Tangible Common Equity, and Related Measures and Ratio
                 
        As of
    (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Total assets (GAAP)   $ 19,464,252     $ 12,046,722     $ 11,887,458  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (496,118 )     (365,975 )     (351,455 )
    Tangible assets (Non-GAAP)1 [a] $ 18,968,134     $ 11,680,747     $ 11,536,003  
                 
    Total stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $ 2,179,606     $ 1,383,269     $ 1,282,651  
    Preferred stock and additional paid in capital on preferred stock     (7,750 )            
    Common equity [b]   2,171,856       1,383,269       1,282,651  
    Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     (496,118 )     (365,975 )     (351,455 )
    Tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)1 [c] $ 1,675,738     $ 1,017,294     $ 931,196  
                 
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (Non-GAAP)1 [c÷a]   8.83 %     8.71 %     8.07 %
                 
    Ending number of common shares outstanding (GAAP) [d]   90,008,178       56,895,981       55,300,008  
    Book value per common share (Non-GAAP) [b÷d] $ 24.13     $ 24.31     $ 23.19  
    Tangible book value per common share (Non-GAAP) [c÷d] $ 18.62     $ 17.88     $ 16.84  

    ___________________________________________

    1. Beginning in 2025, Busey revised its calculation of tangible assets and tangible common equity for all periods presented to exclude any tax adjustment.
    Core Deposits and Related Ratio
                 
        As of
    (dollars in thousands)   March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2024
    Total deposits (GAAP) [a] $ 16,459,470     $ 9,982,490     $ 9,960,191  
    Brokered deposits, excluding brokered time deposits of $250,000 or more     (722,309 )     (13,090 )     (6,001 )
    Time deposits of $250,000 or more     (967,262 )     (334,503 )     (326,795 )
    Core deposits (Non-GAAP) [b] $ 14,769,899     $ 9,634,897     $ 9,627,395  
                 
    Core deposits to total deposits (Non-GAAP) [b÷a]   89.73 %     96.52 %     96.66 %
     

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This press release may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to Busey’s financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance, and business. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of Busey’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “position,” or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and Busey undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

    A number of factors, many of which are beyond Busey’s ability to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the following: (1) the strength of the local, state, national, and international economies and financial markets (including effects of inflationary pressures and supply chain constraints); (2) changes in, and the interpretation and prioritization of, local, state, and federal laws, regulations, and governmental policies (including those concerning Busey’s general business); (3) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats or attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, or other adverse external events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets (including Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East); (4) unexpected results of acquisitions, including the acquisition of CrossFirst, which may include the failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions and the possibility that the transaction and integration costs may be greater than anticipated; (5) the imposition of tariffs or other governmental policies impacting the value of products produced by Busey’s commercial borrowers; (6) new or revised accounting policies and practices as may be adopted by state and federal regulatory banking agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; (7) changes in interest rates and prepayment rates of Busey’s assets (including the impact of sustained elevated interest rates); (8) increased competition in the financial services sector (including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions and fintech companies) and the inability to attract new customers; (9) changes in technology and the ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems; (10) the loss of key executives or associates, talent shortages, and employee turnover; (11) unexpected outcomes and costs of existing or new litigation, investigations, or other legal proceedings, inquiries, and regulatory actions involving Busey (including with respect to Busey’s Illinois franchise taxes); (12) fluctuations in the value of securities held in Busey’s securities portfolio, including as a result of changes in interest rates; (13) credit risk and risk from concentrations (by type of borrower, geographic area, collateral, and industry), within Busey’s loan portfolio and large loans to certain borrowers (including commercial real estate loans); (14) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits and may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (15) the level of non-performing assets on Busey’s balance sheets; (16) interruptions involving information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (17) breaches or failures of information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents; (18) the economic impact on Busey and its customers of climate change, natural disasters, and exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, hurricanes, floods, blizzards, and droughts; (19) the ability to successfully manage liquidity risk, which may increase dependence on non-core funding sources such as brokered deposits, and may negatively impact Busey’s cost of funds; (20) the ability to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses on loans; (21) the effectiveness of Busey’s risk management framework; and (22) the ability of Busey to manage the risks associated with the foregoing. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements.

    Additional information concerning Busey and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect Busey’s financial results, is included in Busey’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    END NOTES

    1 Annualized measure.
    2 Represents a non-GAAP financial measure. For a reconciliation to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), see “Non-GAAP Financial Information.”
    3 The blended benchmark consists of 60% MSCI All Country World Index and 40% Bloomberg Intermediate US Government/Credit Total Return Index.
    4 Estimated uninsured and uncollateralized deposits consist of account balances in excess of the $250 thousand Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit, less intercompany accounts, fully collateralized accounts (including preferred deposits), and pass-through accounts where clients have deposit insurance at the correspondent financial institution.
    5 On- and off-balance sheet liquidity is comprised of cash and cash equivalents, debt securities excluding those pledged as collateral, brokered deposits, and Busey’s borrowing capacity through its revolving credit facility, the FHLB, the Federal Reserve Bank, and federal funds purchased lines.
    6 Capital amounts and ratios for the first quarter of 2025 are not yet finalized and are subject to change.

    INVESTOR CONTACT: Scott A. Phillips, Interim Chief Financial Officer | 239-689-7167

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Financial and Consumer Affairs Authority of Saskatchewan Joins Multi-Jurisdictional Settlement With GSB Gold Standard & GS Partners, Enabling Investor Refund Claims

    Source: Government of Canada regional news

    Released on April 22, 2025

    The Financial and Consumer Affairs Authority of Saskatchewan (FCAA), in collaboration with other provincial and U.S. state securities regulators has signed onto a multi-jurisdictional settlement with GSB Gold Standard Corporation AG, GSB Gold Standard Bank LTD, and affiliated entities known collectively as GS Partners, along with the group’s principal, Josip Heit. 

    The settlement was led by regulators in jurisdictions with a higher number of affected investors. The FCAA aims to protect the interests of Saskatchewan investors who made investments with GS Partners, as the agreement allows them to file claims for refunds of their investments. Under the terms of the settlement, GS Partners has agreed to cease trading in Saskatchewan unless it fully complies with securities laws. 

    Many of the investment products offered included digital assets and metaverse-related investments, such as: 

    • Certificates (or “Metacertificates”), including the Olympus, Elemental, and Success series, which allegedly encouraged purchasers to increase their value in order to unlock potential returns. 
    • G999 token – a digital asset deployed on a proprietary blockchain.
    • XLT Vouchers – digital assets representing ownership interests in a skyscraper.
    • Staking pool investments within a metaverse known as World.

    The entities, brands and platforms included in the agreement are: GSB Gold Standard Corporation AG; GSB Gold Standard Banking Corporation AG; GSB Gold Standard Corporation USA; GSB Gold Standard Pay LTD (brand name GSDeFi operating g999main.net); GSB Gold Standard Bank LTD dba GS Smart Finance, Gold Standard Partners, GSPartners, GS Partners, and GSP (marketing arm of the metaverse Lydian.World); GSB Gold Standard Banking Corporation PLC; GSB Gold Standard Pay Kommanditbolag aka GSB Gold Standard Pay KB; GS Trade; GSB Gold Standard Trade (virtual digital-asset platform for storing, transferring, obtaining, and exchanging digital assets); GS Digital Partners LLC; GSB Gold Standard B Corporation; GSB Premier Exchange Corporation LTD; GSB Gold Standard PLC; and GSB Money LTD. 

    How to File a Claim:

    As part of the settlement, GS Partners will compensate eligible investors through a claims process managed by AlixPartners LP. 

    Investors must file their claim no later than May 22, 2025. 

    When filing a claim, please be prepared to supply supporting documents and information. According to AlixPartners’ webpage, to file a claim, you will need the following information:

    • Proof of identity (name, address, valid ID).
    • Any Know Your Customer (KYC) materials provided to GS Partners.
    • Contact information (email and phone number).
    • Your GS Partners Account ID or username.
    • Claim amount, including:
      GS Partners account statements.
      Proof of deposits, withdrawals, and other transactions.
    • Wallet addresses used to interact with GS Partners.
    • Information about any previous compensation received from GS Partners.

    For questions or inquiries about the settlement or claims process, contact Brett Wawro of the FCAA.

    For details on how to submit a claim, visit gsbsettlement.com. (https://gsbsettlement.com.) 

    The FCAA acknowledges the efforts of the North American Securities Administrators Association (NASAA) working group, led by U.S. state securities regulators from Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Florida, Georgia, and Texas, as well as the British Columbia Securities Commission, who conducted the investigation and negotiated the settlement terms.

    -30-

    For more information, contact:

    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI: QCR Holdings, Inc. Announces Net Income of $25.8 Million for the First Quarter of 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Net income of $25.8 million, or $1.52 per diluted share
    • Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) of $26.0 million, or $1.53 per diluted share
    • Adjusted NIM (TEY) (non-GAAP) expanded to 3.41%
    • Robust core deposit growth of 20% annualized
    • Wealth management revenue growth of 14% annualized
    • Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) grew $1.43, or 11% annualized
    • TCE/TA ratio (non-GAAP) improved 15 basis points to 9.70%

    MOLINE, Ill., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — QCR Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: QCRH) (the “Company”) today announced quarterly net income of $25.8 million and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) of $1.52 for the first quarter of 2025, compared to net income of $30.2 million and diluted EPS of $1.77 for the fourth quarter of 2024.

    Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) and adjusted diluted EPS for the first quarter of 2025 were $26.0 million and $1.53, respectively. For the fourth quarter of 2024, adjusted net income (non-GAAP) was $32.8 million and adjusted diluted EPS was $1.93. For the first quarter of 2024, adjusted net income (non-GAAP) was $26.9 million, and adjusted diluted EPS was $1.59.

      For the Quarter Ended
      March 31, December 31, March 31,
    $ in millions (except per share data)  2025  2024  2024
    Net Income $ 25.8 $ 30.2 $ 26.7
    Diluted EPS $ 1.52 $ 1.77 $ 1.58
    Adjusted Net Income (non-GAAP)* $ 26.0 $ 32.8 $ 26.9
    Adjusted Diluted EPS (non-GAAP)* $ 1.53 $ 1.93 $ 1.59
                 

    *Adjusted non-GAAP measurements of financial performance exclude non-core and/or nonrecurring income and expense items that management believes are not reflective of the anticipated future operation of the Company’s business. The Company believes these adjusted measurements provide a better comparison for analysis and may provide a better indicator of future performance. See GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations.

    “Our first quarter results were highlighted by margin expansion, robust deposit growth, and disciplined expense management. We also had another quarter of strong wealth management revenue growth,” said Larry J. Helling, Chief Executive Officer. “Our performance was further bolstered by continued loan growth while maintaining our excellent asset quality, further strengthening our capital levels, and significantly increasing our tangible book value per share.”

    Margin Performance Continues

    Net interest income for the first quarter of 2025 totaled $60.0 million, a decrease of $1.2 million from the fourth quarter of 2024, but increased slightly when adjusted for fewer days in the first quarter.

    Net interest margin (“NIM”) was 2.95% and NIM on a tax-equivalent yield (“TEY”) basis (non-GAAP) was 3.42% for the first quarter, as compared to 2.95% and 3.43% for the prior quarter, respectively. Adjusted NIM TEY (non-GAAP) of 3.41% for the first quarter of 2025 increased one basis point compared to the fourth quarter of 2024.  

    “Our adjusted NIM, on a tax equivalent yield basis, increased one basis point from the fourth quarter of 2024 and was within our guidance range, overpowering the dilution from the impact of expired interest rate caps,” said Todd A. Gipple, President and Chief Financial Officer. “Absent the impact from the interest rate caps, our adjusted NIM TEY expanded by five basis points. Looking ahead, we anticipate continued margin expansion and are guiding to second quarter adjusted NIM TEY in the range from static to an increase of four basis points, assuming no Federal Reserve rate cuts,” added Mr. Gipple.

    Noninterest Income Driven by Capital Markets and Wealth Management Revenue

    Noninterest income for the first quarter of 2025 was influenced by macroeconomic factors, particularly affecting our low-income housing tax credit (“LIHTC”) lending business and its associated capital markets revenue. Noninterest income for the quarter totaled $16.9 million, down from $30.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. The Company generated $6.5 million of capital markets revenue during the first quarter, compared to $20.6 million in the prior quarter.

    “Our capital markets business was affected by macroeconomic uncertainty. Despite this, demand for affordable housing remains significant. The lower first quarter results in this sector should lead to a larger pipeline for future transactions. Our capital markets activity for the second quarter is normalizing as clients adjust to the current environment,” said Mr. Helling. “As a result, we continue to expect our capital markets revenue to be in a range of $50 to $60 million over the next four quarters. We believe the long-term demand and our growing backlog for new deals will support the sustainability of our LIHTC lending program,” added Mr. Helling.

    “Additionally, our wealth management business remained strong in the first quarter of 2025, generating annualized revenue growth of 14% for the quarter driven by growth in new client accounts and assets under management. We expect continued strong growth in this business to be fueled by the strategic investments we made in our Southwest Missouri and Central Iowa markets,” said Mr. Gipple.

    Significant Noninterest Expense Reduction

    Noninterest expense for the first quarter of 2025 totaled $46.5 million, a decrease compared to $53.5 million for the fourth quarter and $50.7 million for the first quarter of 2024. The $7.0 million linked-quarter decrease was primarily due to lower salary and employee benefits expenses associated with reduced variable compensation.

    “Our noninterest expense decreased by 13% during the quarter, primarily due to lower capital markets revenue and its impact on our variable compensation. As a result, expenses were well below the guided range of $52 to $55 million highlighting our expense flexibility,” said Mr. Gipple. “The Company’s efficiency ratio was 60.54% in the first quarter. For the second quarter of 2025 we expect noninterest expense to be in the range of $50 to $53 million which assumes both capital markets revenue and loan growth are within our guidance range,” added Mr. Gipple.

    Exceptionally Low Effective Tax Rate

    The effective tax rate for the first quarter of 2025 was 1%, down from 9% in the prior quarter. The linked quarter decline is primarily due to a combination of the tax benefits from equity compensation in the first quarter, new state tax credit investments, and lower pre-tax income from lower capital markets revenue. “These factors decreased the mix of our taxable income relative to our tax-exempt income. Our tax-exempt loan and bond portfolios have consistently helped us maintain our low tax liability benefiting our shareholders,” said Mr. Gipple. “Given a more normalized mix of revenue, we expect our effective tax rate to be in the range of 6% to 8% for the second quarter of 2025,” added Mr. Gipple.

    Robust Deposit Growth

    During the first quarter of 2025, core deposits increased by $332.2 million, or 20% annualized, which allowed the Company to decrease brokered deposits by $56.0 million, and overnight FHLB advances by $140 million. Gross loans and leases held for investment as a percentage of total deposits ratio improved to 92.96% from 96.05% from the prior quarter. “Our deposit growth this quarter reflects our strong execution in expanding market share and deepening relationships with both new and existing clients in our core markets,” added Mr. Helling.

    Continued Loan Growth

    In the first quarter of 2025, the Company’s total loans and leases held for investment grew by $38.9 million to $6.8 billion. “Loan growth was 4% annualized when adding back the impact from the runoff of m2 Equipment Finance loans. First quarter loan activity was influenced by heightened macroeconomic uncertainty and elevated payoffs. We anticipate that the slowdown in our LIHTC business during this period should lead to a larger pipeline of future activity driven by the ongoing significant demand for low-income housing,” stated Mr. Helling.

    “Due to heightened uncertainty, we are suspending our full-year loan growth guidance. Instead, we are providing guidance for the second quarter of 2025, projecting an annualized growth rate of 4% to 6%,” added Mr. Helling.

    Asset Quality Remains Excellent

    The Company’s nonperforming assets (“NPAs”) to total assets ratio was 0.53% on March 31, 2025, up three basis points from the prior quarter. NPAs totaled $48.1 million at the end of the first quarter of 2025, a $2.6 million increase from the prior quarter. The increase in NPAs during the first quarter was primarily due to the addition of three specific loans, partially offset by the payoff of our largest NPA in January.

    The Company’s total criticized loans, a leading indicator of asset quality, declined by $18.2 million on a linked-quarter basis, and the ratio of criticized loans to total loans and leases as of March 31, 2025, improved to 2.06%, as compared to 2.34% as of December 31, 2024. This $18.2 million reduction marks the Company’s lowest criticized loan ratio in five years.

    The Company recorded a total provision for credit losses of $4.2 million during the quarter, representing a decline of $0.9 million from the prior quarter. The reduction in the provision for credit losses during the quarter was primarily due to lower loan growth and a decrease in total criticized balances. Net charge-offs were also $4.2 million during the first quarter of 2025, an increase of $0.8 million from the prior quarter. The allowance for credit losses to total loans held for investment was unchanged from the prior quarter at 1.32%.

    Strong Tangible Book Value and Regulatory Capital Growth

    The Company’s tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) increased by $1.43, or 11% annualized, during the first quarter of 2025 due to the combination of strong earnings, a modest dividend, and negligible changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”).

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company’s tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (“TCE”) (non-GAAP) increased 15 basis points to 9.70%. The improvement in TCE (non-GAAP) was driven by strong earnings as AOCI remained consistent during the quarter. The total risk-based capital ratio increased to 14.16% and the common equity tier 1 ratio increased to 10.26% due to solid earnings growth and modest loan growth during the quarter. By comparison, these ratios were 9.55%, 14.10%, and 10.03%, respectively, as of December 31, 2024. The Company remains focused on maintaining strong regulatory capital and targeting TCE (non-GAAP) in the top quartile of its peer group.

    Conference Call Details
    The Company will host an earnings call/webcast tomorrow, April 23, 2025, at Central Time. Dial-in information for the call is toll-free: 888-346-9286 (international 412-317-5253). Participants should request to join the QCR Holdings, Inc. call. The event will be available for replay through April 30, 2025. The replay access information is 877-344-7529 (international 412-317-0088); access code 7198237. A webcast of the teleconference can be accessed on the Company’s News and Events page at www.qcrh.com. An archived version of the webcast will be available at the same location shortly after the live event has ended.

    About Us
    QCR Holdings, Inc., headquartered in Moline, Illinois, is a relationship-driven, multi-bank holding company serving the Quad Cities, Cedar Rapids, Cedar Valley, Des Moines/Ankeny and Springfield communities through its wholly owned subsidiary banks. The banks provide full-service commercial and consumer banking and trust and wealth management services. Quad City Bank & Trust Company, based in Bettendorf, Iowa, commenced operations in 1994, Cedar Rapids Bank & Trust Company, based in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, commenced operations in 2001, Community State Bank, based in Ankeny, Iowa, was acquired by the Company in 2016, and Guaranty Bank, based in Springfield, Missouri, was acquired by the Company in 2018. Additionally, the Company serves the Waterloo/Cedar Falls, Iowa community through Community Bank & Trust, a division of Cedar Rapids Bank & Trust Company. The Company has 36 locations in Iowa, Missouri, and Illinois. As of March 31, 2025, the Company had $9.2 billion in assets, $6.8 billion in loans and $7.3 billion in deposits. For additional information, please visit the Company’s website at www.qcrh.com.

    Special Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements. This document contains, and future oral and written statements of the Company and its management may contain, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of the Company. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of the Company’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “bode”, “predict,” “suggest,” “project”, “appear,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” ”annualize,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “likely,” “might,” “potential,” “continue,” “annualized,” “target,” “outlook,” as well as the negative forms of those words, or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

    A number of factors, many of which are beyond the ability of the Company to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in its forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) the strength of the local, state, national and international economies and financial markets, including effects of inflationary pressures, the threat or implementation of tariffs, trade wars and changes to immigration policy; (ii) changes in, and the interpretation and prioritization of, local, state and federal laws, regulations and governmental policies (including those concerning the Company’s general business); (iii) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats and attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, acts of war or threats thereof (including the Russian invasion of Ukraine and ongoing conflicts in the Middle East), or other adverse events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets, and the response of the local, state and national governments to any such adverse external events; (iv) new or revised accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by state and federal regulatory agencies, the FASB, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or the PCAOB; (v) the imposition of tariffs or other governmental policies impacting the value of products produced by the Company’s commercial borrowers; (vi) increased competition in the financial services sector, including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions and fintech companies, and the inability to attract new customers; (vii) changes in technology and the ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems; (viii) unexpected results of acquisitions, including failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions and the possibility that transaction and integration costs may be greater than anticipated; (ix) the loss of key executives and employees, talent shortages and employee turnover; (x) changes in consumer spending; (xi) unexpected outcomes and costs of existing or new litigation or other legal proceedings and regulatory actions involving the Company; (xii) the economic impact on the Company and its customers of climate change, natural disasters and exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, floods and blizzards; (xiii) fluctuations in the value of securities held in our securities portfolio, including as a result of changes in interest rates; (xiv) credit risk and risks from concentrations (by type of borrower, geographic area, collateral and industry) within our loan portfolio and large loans to certain borrowers (including CRE loans); (xv) the overall health of the local and national real estate market; (xvi) the ability to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses on loans; (xvii) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current FDIC insurance limits and who may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (xviii) the ability to successfully manage liquidity risk, which may increase dependence on non-core funding sources such as brokered deposits, and may negatively impact the Company’s cost of funds; (xix) the level of non-performing assets on our balance sheet; (xx) interruptions involving our information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (xxi) the occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our third-party vendors’ information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents, including as a result of sophisticated attacks using artificial intelligence and similar tools or as a result of insider fraud; (xxii) changes in the interest rates and repayment rates of the Company’s assets; (xxiii) the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management framework, and (xxiv) the ability of the Company to manage the risks associated with the foregoing. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Additional information concerning the Company and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect the Company’s financial results, is included in the Company’s filings with the SEC.

    Contact:
    Todd A. Gipple
    President
    Chief Financial Officer
    (309) 743-7745
    tgipple@qcrh.com

      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                 
        As of
        March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
         2025   2024   2024   2024   2024 
                 
        (dollars in thousands)
                 
      CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET          
                 
      Cash and due from banks $ 98,994   $ 91,732   $ 103,840   $ 92,173   $ 80,988  
      Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits   225,716     170,592     159,159     102,262     77,020  
      Securities, net of allowance for credit losses   1,220,717     1,200,435     1,146,046     1,033,199     1,031,861  
      Loans receivable held for sale (1)   2,025     2,143     167,047     246,124     275,344  
      Loans/leases receivable held for investment   6,821,142     6,782,261     6,661,755     6,608,262     6,372,992  
      Allowance for credit losses   (90,354 )   (89,841 )   (86,321 )   (87,706 )   (84,470 )
      Intangibles   10,400     11,061     11,751     12,441     13,131  
      Goodwill   138,595     138,595     138,596     139,027     139,027  
      Derivatives   180,997     186,781     261,913     194,354     183,888  
      Other assets   544,547     532,271     524,779     531,855     509,768  
      Total assets $ 9,152,779   $ 9,026,030   $ 9,088,565   $ 8,871,991   $ 8,599,549  
                 
      Total deposits $ 7,337,390   $ 7,061,187   $ 6,984,633   $ 6,764,667   $ 6,806,775  
      Total borrowings   429,921     569,532     660,344     768,671     489,633  
      Derivatives   206,925     214,823     285,769     221,798     211,677  
      Other liabilities   155,796     183,101     181,199     180,536     184,122  
      Total stockholders’ equity   1,022,747     997,387     976,620     936,319     907,342  
      Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 9,152,779   $ 9,026,030   $ 9,088,565   $ 8,871,991   $ 8,599,549  
                 
      ANALYSIS OF LOAN PORTFOLIO          
      Loan/lease mix: (2)          
      Commercial and industrial – revolving $ 388,479   $ 387,991   $ 387,409   $ 362,115   $ 326,129  
      Commercial and industrial – other   1,231,198     1,295,961     1,321,053     1,370,561     1,374,333  
      Commercial and industrial – other – LIHTC   212,921     218,971     89,028     92,637     96,276  
      Total commercial and industrial   1,832,598     1,902,923     1,797,490     1,825,313     1,796,738  
      Commercial real estate, owner occupied   599,488     605,993     622,072     633,596     621,069  
      Commercial real estate, non-owner occupied   1,040,281     1,077,852     1,103,694     1,082,457     1,055,089  
      Construction and land development   403,001     395,557     342,335     331,454     410,918  
      Construction and land development – LIHTC   1,016,207     917,986     913,841     750,894     738,609  
      Multi-family   289,782     303,662     324,090     329,239     296,245  
      Multi-family – LIHTC   888,517     828,448     973,682     1,148,244     1,007,321  
      Direct financing leases   14,773     17,076     19,241     25,808     28,089  
      1-4 family real estate   592,127     588,179     587,512     583,542     563,358  
      Consumer   146,393     146,728     144,845     143,839     130,900  
      Total loans/leases $ 6,823,167   $ 6,784,404   $ 6,828,802   $ 6,854,386   $ 6,648,336  
      Less allowance for credit losses   90,354     89,841     86,321     87,706     84,470  
      Net loans/leases $ 6,732,813   $ 6,694,563   $ 6,742,481   $ 6,766,680   $ 6,563,866  
                 
                 
      ANALYSIS OF SECURITIES PORTFOLIO          
      Securities mix:          
      U.S. government sponsored agency securities $ 17,487   $ 20,591   $ 18,621   $ 20,101   $ 14,442  
      Municipal securities   1,003,985     971,567     965,810     885,046     884,469  
      Residential mortgage-backed and related securities   43,194     50,042     53,488     54,708     56,071  
      Asset backed securities   7,764     9,224     10,455     12,721     14,285  
      Other securities   66,105     65,745     39,190     38,464     40,539  
      Trading securities (3)   82,445     83,529     58,685     22,362     22,258  
      Total securities $ 1,220,980   $ 1,200,698   $ 1,146,249   $ 1,033,402   $ 1,032,064  
      Less allowance for credit losses   263     263     203     203     203  
      Net securities $ 1,220,717   $ 1,200,435   $ 1,146,046   $ 1,033,199   $ 1,031,861  
                 
      ANALYSIS OF DEPOSITS          
      Deposit mix:          
      Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $ 963,851   $ 921,160   $ 969,348   $ 956,445   $ 955,167  
      Interest-bearing demand deposits   5,119,601     4,828,216     4,715,087     4,644,918     4,714,555  
      Time deposits   951,606     953,496     942,847     859,593     875,491  
      Brokered deposits   302,332     358,315     357,351     303,711     261,562  
      Total deposits $ 7,337,390   $ 7,061,187   $ 6,984,633   $ 6,764,667   $ 6,806,775  
                 
      ANALYSIS OF BORROWINGS          
      Borrowings mix:          
      Term FHLB advances $ 145,383   $ 145,383   $ 145,383   $ 135,000   $ 135,000  
      Overnight FHLB advances       140,000     230,000     350,000     70,000  
      Other short-term borrowings   2,050     1,800     2,750     1,600     2,700  
      Subordinated notes   233,595     233,489     233,383     233,276     233,170  
      Junior subordinated debentures   48,893     48,860     48,828     48,795     48,763  
      Total borrowings $ 429,921   $ 569,532   $ 660,344   $ 768,671   $ 489,633  
                 
    (1 ) Loans with a fair value of $0 million, $0 million, $165.9 million, $243.2 million and $274.8 million have been identified for securitization and are included in LHFS at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    (2 ) Loan categories with significant LIHTC loan balances have been broken out separately. Total LIHTC balances within the loan/lease portfolio were $2.2 billion at March 31, 2025.
    (3 ) Trading securities consisted of retained beneficial interests acquired in conjunction with Freddie Mac securitizations completed by the Company.
                 
    QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                 
        For the Quarter Ended
        March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
         2025   2024   2024   2024  2024 
                 
        (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                 
    INCOME STATEMENT            
    Interest income   $ 116,673   $ 121,642   $ 125,420   $ 119,746 $ 115,049  
    Interest expense     56,687     60,438     65,698     63,583   60,350  
    Net interest income     59,986     61,204     59,722     56,163   54,699  
    Provision for credit losses     4,234     5,149     3,484     5,496   2,969  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   $ 55,752   $ 56,055   $ 56,238   $ 50,667 $ 51,730  
                 
                 
    Trust fees (1)   $ 3,686   $ 3,456   $ 3,270   $ 3,103 $ 3,199  
    Investment advisory and management fees (1)     1,254     1,320     1,229     1,214   1,101  
    Deposit service fees     2,183     2,228     2,294     1,986   2,022  
    Gains on sales of residential real estate loans, net     297     734     385     540   382  
    Gains on sales of government guaranteed portions of loans, net     61     49         12   24  
    Capital markets revenue     6,516     20,552     16,290     17,758   16,457  
    Earnings on bank-owned life insurance     524     797     814     2,964   868  
    Debit card fees     1,488     1,555     1,575     1,571   1,466  
    Correspondent banking fees     614     560     507     510   512  
    Loan related fee income     898     950     949     962   836  
    Fair value gain (loss) on derivatives and trading securities     (1,007 )   (1,781 )   (886 )   51   (163 )
    Other     378     205     730     218   154  
    Total noninterest income   $ 16,892   $ 30,625   $ 27,157   $ 30,889 $ 26,858  
                 
                 
    Salaries and employee benefits   $ 27,364   $ 33,610   $ 31,637   $ 31,079 $ 31,860  
    Occupancy and equipment expense     6,455     6,354     6,168     6,377   6,514  
    Professional and data processing fees     5,144     5,480     4,457     4,823   4,613  
    Restructuring expense             1,954        
    FDIC insurance, other insurance and regulatory fees     1,970     1,934     1,711     1,854   1,945  
    Loan/lease expense     381     513     587     151   378  
    Net cost of (income from) and gains/losses on operations of other real estate     (9 )   23     (42 )   28   (30 )
    Advertising and marketing     1,613     1,886     2,124     1,565   1,483  
    Communication and data connectivity     290     345     333     318   401  
    Supplies     207     252     278     259   275  
    Bank service charges     596     635     603     622   568  
    Correspondent banking expense     329     328     325     363   305  
    Intangibles amortization     661     691     690     690   690  
    Goodwill impairment             431        
    Payment card processing     594     516     785     706   646  
    Trust expense     357     381     395     379   425  
    Other     587     551     1,129     674   617  
    Total noninterest expense   $ 46,539   $ 53,499   $ 53,565   $ 49,888 $ 50,690  
                 
    Net income before income taxes   $ 26,105   $ 33,181   $ 29,830   $ 31,668 $ 27,898  
    Federal and state income tax expense     308     2,956     2,045     2,554   1,172  
    Net income   $ 25,797   $ 30,225   $ 27,785   $ 29,114 $ 26,726  
                 
    Basic EPS   $ 1.53   $ 1.80   $ 1.65   $ 1.73 $ 1.59  
    Diluted EPS   $ 1.52   $ 1.77   $ 1.64   $ 1.72 $ 1.58  
                 
                 
    Weighted average common shares outstanding     16,900,785     16,871,652     16,846,200     16,814,814   16,783,348  
    Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding   17,013,992     17,024,481     16,982,400     16,921,854   16,910,675  
                 
    (1) Trust fees and investment advisory and management fees when combined are referred to as wealth management revenue.
      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                 
        As of and for the Quarter Ended
        March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
         2025   2024   2024   2024   2024 
                 
        (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                 
      COMMON SHARE DATA          
      Common shares outstanding   16,920,363     16,882,045     16,861,108     16,824,985     16,807,056  
      Book value per common share (1) $ 60.44   $ 59.08   $ 57.92   $ 55.65   $ 53.99  
      Tangible book value per common share (Non-GAAP) (2) $ 51.64   $ 50.21   $ 49.00   $ 46.65   $ 44.93  
      Closing stock price $ 71.32   $ 80.64   $ 74.03   $ 60.00   $ 60.74  
      Market capitalization $ 1,206,760   $ 1,361,368   $ 1,248,228   $ 1,009,499   $ 1,020,861  
      Market price / book value   117.99 %   136.49 %   127.81 %   107.82 %   112.51 %
      Market price / tangible book value   138.11 %   160.59 %   151.07 %   128.62 %   135.18 %
      Earnings per common share (basic) LTM (3) $ 6.71   $ 6.77   $ 6.93   $ 6.78   $ 6.75  
      Price earnings ratio LTM (3) 10.63 x 11.91 x 10.68 x 8.85 x 9.00 x
      TCE / TA (Non-GAAP) (4)   9.70 %   9.55 %   9.24 %   9.00 %   8.94 %
                 
                 
      CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
      Beginning balance $ 997,387   $ 976,620   $ 936,319   $ 907,342   $ 886,596  
      Net income   25,797     30,225     27,785     29,114     26,726  
      Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax   404     (9,628 )   12,057     (368 )   (5,373 )
      Common stock cash dividends declared   (1,015 )   (1,013 )   (1,012 )   (1,008 )   (1,008 )
      Other (5)   174     1,183     1,471     1,239     401  
      Ending balance $ 1,022,747   $ 997,387   $ 976,620   $ 936,319   $ 907,342  
                 
                 
      REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS (6):          
      Total risk-based capital ratio   14.16 %   14.10 %   13.87 %   14.21 %   14.30 %
      Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   10.79 %   10.57 %   10.33 %   10.49 %   10.50 %
      Tier 1 leverage capital ratio   11.06 %   10.73 %   10.50 %   10.40 %   10.33 %
      Common equity tier 1 ratio   10.26 %   10.03 %   9.79 %   9.92 %   9.91 %
                 
                 
      KEY PERFORMANCE RATIOS AND OTHER METRICS          
      Return on average assets (annualized)   1.14 %   1.34 %   1.24 %   1.33 %   1.25 %
      Return on average total equity (annualized)   10.14 %   12.15 %   11.55 %   12.63 %   11.83 %
      Net interest margin   2.95 %   2.95 %   2.90 %   2.82 %   2.82 %
      Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP)(7)   3.42 %   3.43 %   3.37 %   3.27 %   3.25 %
      Efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP) (8)   60.54 %   58.26 %   61.65 %   57.31 %   62.15 %
      Gross loans/leases held for investment / total assets   74.53 %   75.14 %   73.30 %   74.48 %   74.11 %
      Gross loans/leases held for investment / total deposits   92.96 %   96.05 %   95.38 %   97.69 %   93.63 %
      Effective tax rate   1.18 %   8.91 %   6.86 %   8.06 %   4.20 %
      Full-time equivalent employees   972     980     976     988     986  
                 
                 
      AVERAGE BALANCES          
      Assets $ 9,015,439   $ 9,050,280   $ 8,968,653   $ 8,776,002   $ 8,550,855  
      Loans/leases   6,790,312     6,839,153     6,840,527     6,779,075     6,598,614  
      Deposits   7,146,286     7,109,567     6,858,196     6,687,188     6,595,453  
      Total stockholders’ equity   1,017,487     995,012     962,302     921,986     903,371  
                 
                 
    (1 ) Includes accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).    
    (2 ) Includes accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and excludes intangible assets. See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.
    (3 ) LTM : Last twelve months.     
    (4 ) TCE / TCA : tangible common equity / total tangible assets. See GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations.  
    (5 ) Includes mostly common stock issued for options exercised and the employee stock purchase plan, as well as stock-based compensation.
    (6 ) Ratios for the current quarter are subject to change upon final calculation for regulatory filings due after earnings release.
    (7 ) TEY : Tax equivalent yield. See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.
    (8 ) See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.     
                 
    QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                               
                               
      ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME AND MARGIN                  
                               
          For the Quarter Ended
          March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
          Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Earned or
    Paid
    Average
    Yield or Cost
      Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Earned or
    Paid
    Average
    Yield or Cost
      Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Earned or
    Paid
    Average
    Yield or Cost
                               
          (dollars in thousands)
                               
      Fed funds sold   $ 9,009 $ 99 4.40 %   $ 5,617 $ 67 4.68 %   $ 19,955 $ 269 5.42 %
      Interest-bearing deposits at financial institutions   166,897   1,804 4.38 %     158,151   1,823 4.59 %     91,557   1,200 5.27 %
      Investment securities – taxable   400,779   4,588 4.59 %     375,552   4,230 4.49 %     373,540   4,261 4.55 %
      Investment securities – nontaxable (1)   843,476   11,722 5.57 %     829,544   12,286 5.92 %     685,969   9,349 5.45 %
      Restricted investment securities   30,562   534 6.99 %     33,173   608 7.17 %     38,085   674 7.00 %
      Loans (1)     6,790,312   107,439 6.42 %     6,839,153   112,325 6.53 %     6,598,614   107,673 6.56 %
      Total earning assets (1) $ 8,241,035 $ 126,186 6.20 %   $ 8,241,190 $ 131,339 6.34 %   $ 7,807,720 $ 123,426 6.35 %
                               
      Interest-bearing deposits $ 5,005,853 $ 37,698 3.05 %   $ 4,881,914 $ 39,408 3.21 %   $ 4,529,325 $ 39,072 3.47 %
      Time deposits     1,204,593   12,690 4.27 %     1,248,412   13,868 4.42 %     1,107,622   12,345 4.48 %
      Short-term borrowings   1,839   18 3.97 %     1,862   22 4.67 %     1,763   23 5.16 %
      Federal Home Loan Bank advances   177,883   1,996 4.49 %     236,525   2,802 4.64 %     355,220   4,738 5.28 %
      Subordinated debentures   233,525   3,601 6.17 %     233,419   3,636 6.23 %     233,101   3,480 5.97 %
      Junior subordinated debentures   48,871   684 5.60 %     48,839   701 5.62 %     48,742   692 5.62 %
      Total interest-bearing liabilities $ 6,672,564 $ 56,687 3.44 %   $ 6,650,971 $ 60,437 3.61 %   $ 6,275,773 $ 60,350 3.86 %
                               
      Net interest income (1)   $ 69,499       $ 70,902       $ 63,076  
      Net interest margin (2)     2.95 %       2.95 %       2.82 %
      Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3)     3.42 %       3.43 %       3.25 %
      Adjusted net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3)     3.41 %       3.40 %       3.24 %
      Cost of funds (4)       3.02 %       3.15 %       3.35 %
                               
                               
    (1 ) Includes nontaxable securities and loans. Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate. 
    (2 ) See “Select Financial Data – Subsidiaries” for a breakdown of amortization/accretion included in net interest margin for each period presented.
    (3 ) TEY : Tax equivalent yield. See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.
    (4 ) Cost of funds includes the effect of noninterest-bearing deposits.
      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
                 
        As of
        March 31, December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,
         2025   2024   2024   2024   2024 
                 
        (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                 
      ROLLFORWARD OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES ON LOANS/LEASES          
      Beginning balance $ 89,841   $ 86,321   $ 87,706   $ 84,470   $ 87,200  
      Change in ACL for transfer of loans to LHFS       93     (1,812 )   498     (3,377 )
      Credit loss expense   4,743     6,832     3,828     4,343     3,736  
      Loans/leases charged off   (4,944 )   (4,787 )   (3,871 )   (1,751 )   (3,560 )
      Recoveries on loans/leases previously charged off   714     1,382     470     146     471  
      Ending balance $ 90,354   $ 89,841   $ 86,321   $ 87,706   $ 84,470  
                 
                 
      NONPERFORMING ASSETS          
      Nonaccrual loans/leases $ 47,259   $ 40,080   $ 33,480   $ 33,546   $ 29,439  
      Accruing loans/leases past due 90 days or more   356     4,270     1,298     87     142  
      Total nonperforming loans/leases   47,615     44,350     34,778     33,633     29,581  
      Other real estate owned   402     661     369     369     784  
      Other repossessed assets   122     543     542     512     962  
      Total nonperforming assets $ 48,139   $ 45,554   $ 35,689   $ 34,514   $ 31,327  
                 
                 
      ASSET QUALITY RATIOS          
      Nonperforming assets / total assets   0.53 %   0.50 %   0.39 %   0.39 %   0.36 %
      ACL for loans and leases / total loans/leases held for investment   1.32 %   1.32 %   1.30 %   1.33 %   1.33 %
      ACL for loans and leases / nonperforming loans/leases   189.76 %   202.57 %   248.21 %   260.77 %   285.55 %
      Net charge-offs as a % of average loans/leases   0.06 %   0.05 %   0.05 %   0.02 %   0.05 %
                 
                 
                 
      INTERNALLY ASSIGNED RISK RATING (1)          
      Special mention $ 55,327   $ 73,636   $ 80,121   $ 85,096   $ 111,729  
      Substandard (2)   85,033     84,930     70,022     80,345     70,841  
      Doubtful (2)                    
      Total Criticized loans (3) $ 140,360   $ 158,566   $ 150,143   $ 165,441   $ 182,570  
                 
      Classified loans as a % of total loans/leases (2)   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.03 %   1.17 %   1.07 %
      Total Criticized loans as a % of total loans/leases (3)   2.06 %   2.34 %   2.20 %   2.41 %   2.75 %
                 
    (1 ) Amounts exclude the government guaranteed portion, if any. The Company assigns internal risk ratings of Pass for the government guaranteed portion.
    (2 ) Classified loans are defined as loans with internally assigned risk ratings of 10 or 11, regardless of performance, and include loans identified as Substandard or Doubtful.
    (3 ) Total Criticized loans are defined as loans with internally assigned risk ratings of 9, 10, or 11 , regardless of performance, and include loans identified as Special Mention, Substandard, or Doubtful.
                                     
    QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                   
                   
          For the Quarter Ended
          March 31,   December 31,   March 31,
      SELECT FINANCIAL DATA – SUBSIDIARIES    2025     2024     2024 
          (dollars in thousands)
                   
      TOTAL ASSETS            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)   $ 2,777,634     $ 2,588,587     $ 2,618,727  
      m2 Equipment Finance, LLC     276,096       310,915       350,801  
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     2,617,143       2,614,570       2,423,936  
      Community State Bank     1,583,646       1,531,559       1,445,230  
      Guaranty Bank     2,331,944       2,342,958       2,327,985  
                   
      TOTAL DEPOSITS            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)   $ 2,397,047     $ 2,126,566     $ 2,161,515  
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     1,883,952       1,882,487       1,757,353  
      Community State Bank     1,238,307       1,256,938       1,187,926  
      Guaranty Bank     1,840,774       1,824,139       1,743,514  
                   
      TOTAL LOANS & LEASES            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)   $ 2,041,181     $ 2,048,926     $ 2,046,038  
      m2 Equipment Finance, LLC     284,983       320,237       354,815  
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     1,790,065       1,761,467       1,680,127  
      Community State Bank     1,197,005       1,159,389       1,113,070  
      Guaranty Bank     1,794,915       1,814,622       1,809,101  
                   
      TOTAL LOANS & LEASES / TOTAL DEPOSITS            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     85 %     96 %     95 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     95 %     94 %     96 %
      Community State Bank     97 %     92 %     94 %
      Guaranty Bank     98 %     99 %     104 %
                   
                   
      TOTAL LOANS & LEASES / TOTAL ASSETS            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     73 %     79 %     78 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     68 %     67 %     69 %
      Community State Bank     76 %     76 %     77 %
      Guaranty Bank     77 %     77 %     78 %
                   
      ACL ON LOANS/LEASES HELD FOR INVESTMENT AS A PERCENTAGE OF LOANS/LEASES HELD FOR INVESTMENT            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     1.44 %     1.49 %     1.40 %
      m2 Equipment Finance, LLC     4.37 %     4.22 %     3.75 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     1.38 %     1.44 %     1.34 %
      Community State Bank     1.08 %     0.98 %     1.12 %
      Guaranty Bank     1.30 %     1.25 %     1.15 %
                   
      RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS (ANNUALIZED)            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     1.31 %     1.09 %     0.79 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     2.14 %     3.12 %     3.09 %
      Community State Bank     1.07 %     1.30 %     1.25 %
      Guaranty Bank     0.72 %     0.91 %     0.88 %
                   
      NET INTEREST MARGIN PERCENTAGE (2)            
      Quad City Bank and Trust (1)     3.45 %     3.53 %     3.31 %
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust     4.00 %     3.95 %     3.77 %
      Community State Bank     3.78 %     3.77 %     3.75 %
      Guaranty Bank (3)     3.05 %     3.18 %     2.98 %
                   
      ACQUISITION-RELATED AMORTIZATION/ACCRETION INCLUDED IN NET        
      INTEREST MARGIN, NET            
      Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust   $     $     $  
      Community State Bank     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )
      Guaranty Bank     218       504       396  
      QCR Holdings, Inc. (4)     (33 )     (32 )     (32 )
                   
    (1 ) Quad City Bank and Trust amounts include m2 Equipment Finance, LLC, as this entity is wholly-owned and consolidated with the Bank. m2 Equipment Finance, LLC is also presented separately for certain (applicable) measurements.
    (2 ) Includes nontaxable securities and loans. Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate.
    (3 ) Guaranty Bank’s net interest margin percentage includes various purchase accounting adjustments. Excluding those adjustments, net interest margin (Non-GAAP) would have been 2.91% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, 2.97% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 and 2.91% for the quarter ended March 31, 2024.
    (4 ) Relates to the trust preferred securities acquired as part of the Guaranty Bank acquisition in 2017 and the Community National Bank acquisition in 2013.
         
      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                           
          As of
          March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
      GAAP TO NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS    2025     2024     2024     2024     2024 
          (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
      TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY TO TANGIBLE ASSETS RATIO (1)                    
                           
      Stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $ 1,022,747     $ 997,387     $ 976,620     $ 936,319     $ 907,342  
      Less: Intangible assets     148,995       149,657       150,347       151,468       152,158  
      Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)   $ 873,752     $ 847,730     $ 826,273     $ 784,851     $ 755,184  
                           
      Total assets (GAAP)   $ 9,152,779     $ 9,026,030     $ 9,088,565     $ 8,871,991     $ 8,599,549  
      Less: Intangible assets     148,995       149,657       150,347       151,468       152,158  
      Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 9,003,784     $ 8,876,373     $ 8,938,218     $ 8,720,523     $ 8,447,391  
                           
      Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (non-GAAP)   9.70 %     9.55 %     9.24 %     9.00 %     8.94 %
                           
                           
    (1 ) This ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company’s management believes that this measurement is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes period-to-period in common equity. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to stockholders’ equity and total assets, which are the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.
      QCR Holding, Inc.
    Consolidated Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
                           
      GAAP TO NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS   For the Quarter Ended
          March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,   March 31,
      ADJUSTED NET INCOME (1)    2025     2024     2024     2024     2024 
          (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
                           
      Net income (GAAP)   $ 25,797     $ 30,225     $ 27,785     $ 29,114     $ 26,726  
                           
      Less non-core items (post-tax) (2):                    
      Income:                    
      Fair value loss on derivatives, net     (156 )     (2,594 )     (542 )     (145 )     (144 )
      Total non-core income (non-GAAP)   $ (156 )   $ (2,594 )   $ (542 )   $ (145 )   $ (144 )
                           
      Expense:                    
      Goodwill impairment                 431              
      Restructuring expense                 1,544              
      Total non-core expense (non-GAAP)   $     $     $ 1,975     $     $  
                           
                           
      Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (1)   $ 25,953     $ 32,819     $ 30,302     $ 29,259     $ 26,870  
                           
      ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE (1)                    
                           
      Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (from above)   $ 25,953     $ 32,819     $ 30,302     $ 29,259     $ 26,870  
                           
      Weighted average common shares outstanding     16,900,785       16,871,652       16,846,200       16,814,814       16,783,348  
      Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding     17,013,992       17,024,481       16,982,400       16,921,854       16,910,675  
                           
      Adjusted earnings per common share (non-GAAP):                    
      Basic   $ 1.54     $ 1.95     $ 1.80     $ 1.74     $ 1.60  
      Diluted   $ 1.53     $ 1.93     $ 1.78     $ 1.73     $ 1.59  
                           
      ADJUSTED RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS AND AVERAGE EQUITY (1)                    
                           
      Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (from above)   $ 25,953     $ 32,819     $ 30,302     $ 29,259     $ 26,870  
                           
      Average Assets   $ 9,015,439     $ 9,050,280     $ 8,968,653     $ 8,776,002     $ 8,550,855  
                           
      Adjusted return on average assets (annualized) (non-GAAP)     1.15 %     1.45 %     1.35 %     1.33 %     1.26 %
      Adjusted return on average equity (annualized) (non-GAAP)     10.20 %     13.19 %     12.60 %     12.69 %     11.90 %
                           
      NET INTEREST MARGIN (TEY) (3)                    
                           
      Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 59,986     $ 61,204     $ 59,722     $ 56,163     $ 54,699  
      Plus: Tax equivalent adjustment (4)     9,513       9,698       9,544       8,914       8,377  
      Net interest income – tax equivalent (Non-GAAP)   $ 69,499     $ 70,902     $ 69,266     $ 65,077     $ 63,076  
      Less: Acquisition accounting net accretion     184       471       463       268       363  
      Adjusted net interest income   $ 69,315     $ 70,431     $ 68,803     $ 64,809     $ 62,713  
                           
      Average earning assets   $ 8,241,035     $ 8,241,190     $ 8,183,196     $ 7,999,044     $ 7,807,720  
                           
      Net interest margin (GAAP)     2.95 %     2.95 %     2.90 %     2.82 %     2.82 %
      Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP)     3.42 %     3.43 %     3.37 %     3.27 %     3.25 %
      Adjusted net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP)     3.41 %     3.40 %     3.34 %     3.26 %     3.24 %
                           
      EFFICIENCY RATIO (5)                    
                           
      Noninterest expense (GAAP)   $ 46,539     $ 53,499     $ 53,565     $ 49,888     $ 50,690  
                           
      Net interest income (GAAP)   $ 59,986     $ 61,204     $ 59,722     $ 56,163     $ 54,699  
      Noninterest income (GAAP)     16,892       30,625       27,157       30,889       26,858  
      Total income   $ 76,878     $ 91,829     $ 86,879     $ 87,052     $ 81,557  
                           
      Efficiency ratio (noninterest expense/total income) (Non-GAAP)     60.54 %     58.26 %     61.65 %     57.31 %     62.15 %
      Adjusted efficiency ratio (core noninterest expense/core total income) (Non-GAAP)     60.38 %     56.25 %     58.45 %     57.19 %     62.01 %
                           
    (1 ) Adjusted net income, adjusted earnings per common share, adjusted return on average assets and average equity are non-GAAP financial measures. The Company’s management believes that these measurements are important to investors as they exclude non-core or non-recurring income and expense items, therefore, they provide a more realistic run-rate for future periods. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, these non-GAAP measures are reconciled to net income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.
    (2 ) Non-core or non-recurring items (post-tax) are calculated using an estimated effective federal tax rate of 21% with the exception of goodwill impairment which is not deductible for tax.
    (3 ) Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate.        
    (4 ) Net interest margin (TEY) is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company’s management utilizes this measurement to take into account the tax benefit associated with certain loans and securities. It is also standard industry practice to measure net interest margin using tax-equivalent measures. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to net interest income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. In addition, the Company calculates net interest margin without the impact of acquisition accounting net accretion as this can fluctuate and it’s difficult to provide a more realistic run-rate for future periods.
    (5 ) Efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure. The Company’s management utilizes this ratio to compare to industry peers. The ratio is used to calculate overhead as a percentage of revenue. In compliance with the applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to noninterest expense, net interest income and noninterest income, which are the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Veritex Holdings, Inc. Reports First Quarter 2025 Operating Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DALLAS, April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Veritex Holdings, Inc. (“Veritex”, the “Company”, “we” or “our”) (Nasdaq: VBTX), the holding company for Veritex Community Bank, today announced the results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    “We continue to strengthen our balance sheet in support of our clients during a time of change and uncertainty,” said C. Malcolm Holland, III, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. “Key operating financial and credit performance metrics continue to improve and we remain focused on producing previously communicated 2025 goals, including a ROAA that exceeds 1%. Our focus also remains on disciplined loan growth, which is an industry wide challenge in the current environment.”

      Quarter to Date
    Financial Highlights Q1 2025   Q4 2024   Q1 2024
      (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    (unaudited)
    GAAP          
    Net income $ 29,070     $ 24,882     $ 24,156  
    Diluted EPS   0.53       0.45       0.44  
    Book value per common share   30.08       29.37       28.23  
    Return on average assets1   0.94 %     0.78 %     0.79 %
    Return on average equity1   7.27       6.17       6.33  
    Net interest margin   3.31       3.20       3.24  
    Efficiency ratio   60.91       67.04       62.45  
    Non-GAAP2          
    Operating earnings $ 29,707     $ 29,769     $ 29,137  
    Diluted operating EPS   0.54       0.54       0.53  
    Tangible book value per common share   22.33       21.61       20.33  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings   43,413       40,945       43,656  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets1   1.41 %     1.28 %     1.42 %
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans1   1.89       1.72       1.84  
    Operating return on average assets1   0.96       0.93       0.95  
    Return on average tangible common equity1   10.49       9.04       9.52  
    Operating return on average tangible common equity1   10.70       10.69       11.34  
    Operating efficiency ratio   60.62       62.98       58.73  

    1 Annualized ratio.
    2 Refer to the section titled “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of these non-generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.

    Other First Quarter Financial, Credit and Company Highlights

    • Net interest margin (“NIM”) increased by 11 bps to 3.31%;
    • Criticized assets decreased approximately $17.7 million during the quarter;
    • Redeemed $75.0 million in subordinated notes on February 18, 2025, the associated rate of which switched from fixed to floating, SOFR + 347 bps, on November 15, 2024;
    • Total loan to deposit ratio declined to 88.9% as of March 31, 2025, compared to 89.3% as of December 31, 2024 and 91.7% as of March 31, 2024;
    • Repurchased 377,346 shares of our common stock, for approximately $9.5 million, during the quarter, which amounts to 555,016 total shares repurchased, for approximately $13.1 million, under the current Stock Buyback Program;
    • Announced the extension of the Stock Buyback Program through March 31, 2026;
    • Book value per share increased $0.71 to $30.08 and tangible book value (non-GAAP) per share increased $0.72 to $22.33;
    • Allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) to total loans held for investment (“LHI”) increased to 1.19%, compared to 1.18% as of December 31, 2024 and 1.15% as of March 31, 2024; and
    • Declared and increased our quarterly cash dividend to $0.22 per share of outstanding common stock payable on May 22, 2025.

    Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025

    Net Interest Income

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, net interest income before provision for credit losses was $95.4 million and NIM was 3.31% compared to $96.1 million and 3.20%, respectively, for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The approximately $700 thousand decrease, or 0.7%, in net interest income before provision for credit losses was primarily due to a $8.5 million decrease in interest income on loans and a $2.6 million decrease in interest income on deposits in financial institutions and fed funds sold partially offset by a $10.0 million decrease in interest expense on certificates and other time deposits during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024. NIM increased 11 bps compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024, primarily due to a decrease in funding costs on deposits and the redemption of $75.0 million of subordinated notes during the three months ended March 31, 2025, partially offset by a decrease in loan yields and average balances.

    Compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024, net interest income before provision for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2025 increased by $2.6 million, or 2.8%. The increase was primarily due to decreases in interest expense including $10.2 million on certificates and other time deposits, $1.6 million on transaction and savings deposits and $1.4 million on advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), as well as increases in interest income of $1.2 million on deposits in financial institutions and fed funds sold and $3.4 million on debt securities. The increase was partially offset by a $15.4 million decrease in interest income on loans. NIM increased 7 bps from 3.24% for the three months ended March 31, 2024 to 3.31% for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The increase was primarily due to decreased funding costs on deposits and advances resulting from interest rate cuts for the year over year period, partially offset by the related declines in rates earned on interest-earnings assets, primarily loans and interest-bearing deposits in other banks.

    Noninterest Income

    Noninterest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $14.3 million, an increase of $4.2 million, or 42.1%, compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024. The change was primarily due to the $4.4 million loss on sales of debt securities recognized in the three months ended December 31, 2024 with no corresponding loss recorded in the three months ended March 31, 2025. In addition, there was a $1.5 million increase in other noninterest income, driven by a $1.2 million increase in loan servicing income and a $492 thousand increase in equity securities income recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024. The increase was partially offset by a $2.1 million decrease in government guaranteed loan income, net, as well as lower BOLI income during the period due to $517 thousand in charges on BOLI policies exchanged under a 1035 exchange which is tax-free under the Internal Revenue Code.

    Compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024, noninterest income for the three months ended March 31, 2025 increased by $7.6 million, or 114.5%. The increase was primarily due to a $6.3 million loss on sales of debt securities recognized in the three months ended March 31, 2024 with no corresponding loss recorded in the three months ended March 31, 2025. In addition, there was a $715 thousand increase in service charge and fee income and a $687 thousand increase in government guaranteed loan income for the year over year period.

    Noninterest Expense

    Noninterest expense was $66.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $71.2 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024, a decrease of $4.4 million, or 6.1%. The decrease was primarily due to an $822 thousand decrease in salaries and employee benefits primarily due to lower severance costs, offset by an increase in payroll taxes, which are historically higher in the first quarter, a $1.7 million decrease in other noninterest expense primarily driven by lower earnings credit rebates, a $864 thousand decrease in marketing expenses, a $633 thousand decrease in professional and regulatory fees and a $338 thousand decrease in data processing and software costs compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    Compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024, noninterest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025 increased by $4.7 million, or 7.6%. The increase was primarily due to a $3.3 million increase in salaries and employee benefits primarily due a $4.1 million increase in salaries expense and incentives accruals, offset by $1.4 million in higher deferred loan origination costs, which reduce salaries and employee benefit expenses. In addition, there was a $1.5 million increase in other noninterest expense, driven primarily by higher OREO expenses, a $547 thousand increase in data processing and software expense and a $486 thousand increase in marketing expenses. The increase was partially offset by a $1.1 million decrease in professional and regulatory fees compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Income Tax

    Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025 totaled $8.5 million, an increase of $304 thousand, or 3.7%, compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024. The Company’s effective tax rate was approximately 22.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and was due to the recognition of an excess tax expense realized on share-based payment awards.

    Financial Condition

    Total LHI was $8.83 billion at March 31, 2025, a decrease of $70.5 million compared to December 31, 2024.

    Total deposits were $10.67 billion at March 31, 2025, a decrease of $87.5 million, or 3.3% linked quarter annualized. The decrease was primarily the result of decreases of $279.6 million in certificates and other time deposits and $54.4 million in correspondent money market accounts, partially offset by increases of $127.2 million in noninterest bearing deposits and $119.3 million in interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits.

    Credit Quality

    Nonperforming assets (“NPAs”) totaled $96.9 million, or 0.77% of total assets, of which $72.6 million represents LHI and $24.3 million represents OREO at March 31, 2025, compared to $79.2 million, or 0.62% of total assets, at December 31, 2024. The Company had net charge-offs of $4.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025. Annualized net charge-offs to average loans outstanding were 17 bps for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to 32 bps and 22 bps for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.

    ACL as a percentage of LHI was 1.19%, 1.18% and 1.15% at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively. The Company recorded a provision for credit losses on loans of $4.0 million, $2.3 million and $7.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively. The recorded provision for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024, was primarily attributable to an increase in general reserves as a result of changes in economic factors which now represents 95% of the total ACL. The balance for unfunded commitments increased to $7.4 million as of March 31, 2025, compared to $6.1 million at December 31, 2024 and we recorded a $1.3 million provision for unfunded commitments for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to a $401 thousand benefit for unfunded commitments for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and a $1.5 million benefit for unfunded commitments for the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Dividend Information

    After the close of the market on Tuesday, April 22, 2025, Veritex’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.22 per share on its outstanding shares of common stock. The dividend will be paid on or after May 22, 2025 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on May 8, 2025.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    Veritex’s management uses certain non-GAAP (U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) financial measures to evaluate its operating performance and provide information that is important to investors. However, non-GAAP financial measures are supplemental and should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative for, Veritex’s reported results prepared in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, Veritex reviews and reports tangible book value per common share of the Company; operating earnings; tangible common equity to tangible assets; return on average tangible common equity; pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings; pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets; pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans; diluted operating earnings per share; operating return on average assets; operating return on average tangible common equity; and operating efficiency ratio. Veritex has included in this earnings release information related to these non-GAAP financial measures for the applicable periods presented. Please refer to “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” after the financial highlights at the end of this earnings release for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures.

    Conference Call

    The Company will host an investor conference call and webcast to review the results on Wednesday, April 23, 2025, at 8:30 a.m. Central Time. Participants may pre-register for the call by visiting https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/7qpcarsr/ and will receive a unique PIN, which can be used when dialing in for the call.

    Participants may also register via teleconference: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BIcb9226ec9df94b1bbbc063029950af5d. Once registration is completed, participants will be provided with a dial-in number containing a personalized conference code to access the call. All participants are instructed to dial-in 15 minutes prior to the start time.

    A replay will be available within approximately two hours after the completion of the call, and made accessible for one week thereafter. You may access the replay via webcast through the investor relations section of Veritex’s website.

    About Veritex Holdings, Inc.

    Headquartered in Dallas, Texas, Veritex is a bank holding company that conducts banking activities through its wholly owned subsidiary, Veritex Community Bank, with locations throughout the Dallas-Fort Worth metroplex and in the Houston metropolitan area. Veritex Community Bank is a Texas state chartered bank regulated by the Texas Department of Banking and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. For more information, visit www.veritexbank.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This earnings release includes “forward-looking statements”, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are based on various facts and derived utilizing assumptions, current expectations, estimates and projections and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which change over time and are beyond our control, that may cause actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements relating to the expected payment of Veritex Holdings, Inc.’s (“Veritex”) quarterly cash dividend; the impact of certain changes in Veritex’s accounting policies, standards and interpretations; turmoil in the banking industry, responsive measures to mitigate and manage such turmoil and related supervisory and regulatory actions and costs; and Veritex’s future financial performance, business and growth strategy, projected plans and objectives, as well as other projections based on macroeconomic and industry trends, which are inherently unreliable due to the multiple factors that impact broader economic and industry trends, and any such variations may be material. Statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “projects,” “estimates,” “seeks,” “targets,” “outlooks,” “plans” and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,” “may” and “could” are generally forward-looking in nature and not historical facts, although not all forward-looking statements include the foregoing words. We refer you to the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of Veritex’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, Current Reports on Form 8-K and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), which are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if Veritex’s underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what Veritex anticipates. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Veritex does not undertake any obligation, and specifically declines any obligation, to supplement, update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law. All forward-looking statements, expressed or implied, included in this earnings release are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. This cautionary statement should also be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that Veritex or persons acting on Veritex’s behalf may issue.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
       
      For the Quarter Ended
      Mar 31, 2025   Dec 31, 2024   Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
      (Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
    Per Share Data (Common Stock):                  
    Basic EPS $ 0.53     $ 0.46     $ 0.57     $ 0.50     $ 0.44  
    Diluted EPS   0.53       0.45       0.56       0.50       0.44  
    Book value per common share   30.08       29.37       29.53       28.49       28.23  
    Tangible book value per common share1   22.33       21.61       21.72       20.62       20.33  
    Dividends paid per common share outstanding2   0.22       0.20       0.20       0.20       0.20  
                       
    Common Stock Data:                  
    Shares outstanding at period end   54,297       54,517       54,446       54,350       54,496  
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding for the period   54,486       54,489       54,409       54,457       54,444  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the period   55,123       55,237       54,932       54,823       54,842  
                       
    Summary of Credit Ratios:                  
    ACL to total LHI   1.19 %     1.18 %     1.21 %     1.16 %     1.15 %
    NPAs to total assets   0.77       0.62       0.52       0.65       0.82  
    NPAs to total loans and OREO   1.03       0.83       0.70       0.85       1.06  
    Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding3   0.17       0.32       0.01       0.28       0.22  
                       
    Summary Performance Ratios:                  
    Return on average assets3   0.94 %     0.78 %     0.96 %     0.87 %     0.79 %
    Return on average equity3   7.27       6.17       7.79       7.10       6.33  
    Return on average tangible common equity1, 3   10.49       9.04       11.33       10.54       9.52  
    Efficiency ratio   60.91       67.04       61.94       59.11       62.45  
    Net interest margin   3.31       3.20       3.30       3.29       3.24  
                       
    Selected Performance Metrics – Operating:                  
    Diluted operating EPS1 $ 0.54     $ 0.54     $ 0.59     $ 0.52     $ 0.53  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets1, 3   1.41 %     1.28 %     1.38 %     1.42 %     1.42 %
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans1, 3   1.89       1.72       1.83       1.83       1.84  
    Operating return on average assets1,3   0.96       0.93       1.00       0.91       0.95  
    Operating return on average tangible common equity1,3   10.70       10.69       11.74       10.94       11.34  
    Operating efficiency ratio1   60.62       62.98       60.63       58.41       58.73  
                       
    Veritex Holdings, Inc. Capital Ratios:                  
    Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets   12.96 %     12.58 %     12.31 %     12.26 %     12.43 %
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets1   9.95       9.54       9.37       9.14       9.02  
    Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage)   10.55       10.32       10.06       10.06       10.12  
    Common equity tier 1 capital   11.04       11.09       10.86       10.49       10.37  
    Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets   11.31       11.36       11.13       10.75       10.63  
    Total capital to risk-weighted assets   13.46       13.96       13.91       13.45       13.33  
    Risk weighted assets $ 11,318,220     $ 11,247,813     $ 11,290,800     $ 11,450,997     $ 11,407,446  

    1 Refer to the section titled “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” after the financial highlights for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.
    2 Dividend amount represents dividend paid per common share subsequent to each respective quarter end.
    3 Annualized ratio for quarterly metrics.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (In thousands)
     
      Mar 31, 2025   Dec 31, 2024   Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
      (unaudited)       (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)
    ASSETS                  
    Cash and due from banks $ 81,088     $ 52,486     $ 54,165     $ 53,462     $ 41,884  
    Interest bearing deposits in other banks   768,702       802,714       1,046,625       598,375       698,885  
    Cash and cash equivalents   849,790       855,200       1,100,790       651,837       740,769  
    Debt securities, net   1,463,157       1,478,538       1,423,610       1,349,354       1,344,930  
    Other investments   69,452       69,638       71,257       75,885       76,788  
    Loans held for sale (“LHFS”)   69,236       89,309       48,496       57,046       64,762  
    LHI, mortgage warehouse (“MW”)   571,775       605,411       630,650       568,047       449,531  
    LHI, excluding MW   8,828,672       8,899,133       9,028,575       9,209,094       9,249,551  
    Total loans   9,469,683       9,593,853       9,707,721       9,834,187       9,763,844  
    ACL   (111,773 )     (111,745 )     (117,162 )     (113,431 )     (112,032 )
    Bank-owned life insurance   85,424       85,324       84,776       84,233       85,359  
    Bank premises, furniture and equipment, net   112,801       113,480       114,202       105,222       105,299  
    Other real estate owned (“OREO”)   24,268       24,737       9,034       24,256       18,445  
    Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization   27,974       28,664       32,825       35,817       38,679  
    Goodwill   404,452       404,452       404,452       404,452       404,452  
    Other assets   210,863       226,200       211,471       232,518       241,863  
    Total assets $ 12,606,091     $ 12,768,341     $ 13,042,976     $ 12,684,330     $ 12,708,396  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                  
    Deposits:                  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits $ 2,318,645     $ 2,191,457     $ 2,643,894     $ 2,416,727     $ 2,349,211  
    Interest-bearing transaction and savings deposits   5,180,495       5,061,157       4,204,708       3,979,454       4,220,114  
    Certificates and other time deposits   2,679,221       2,958,861       3,625,920       3,744,596       3,486,805  
    Correspondent money market deposits   486,762       541,117       561,489       584,067       597,690  
    Total deposits   10,665,123       10,752,592       11,036,011       10,724,844       10,653,820  
    Accounts payable and other liabilities   151,579       183,944       168,415       180,585       186,027  
    Advances from FHLB                           100,000  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes   155,909       230,736       230,536       230,285       230,034  
    Total liabilities   10,972,611       11,167,272       11,434,962       11,135,714       11,169,881  
    Stockholders’ equity:                  
    Common stock   615       613       613       612       611  
    Additional paid-in capital   1,329,626       1,328,748       1,324,929       1,321,995       1,319,144  
    Retained earnings   526,044       507,903       493,921       473,801       457,499  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (42,170 )     (65,076 )     (40,330 )     (76,713 )     (71,157 )
    Treasury stock   (180,635 )     (171,119 )     (171,119 )     (171,079 )     (167,582 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   1,633,480       1,601,069       1,608,014       1,548,616       1,538,515  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 12,606,091     $ 12,768,341     $ 13,042,976     $ 12,684,330     $ 12,708,396  
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (In thousands, except per share data)
     
      For the Quarter Ended
      Mar 31, 2025   Dec 31, 2024   Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
      (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)   (unaudited)
    Interest income:                  
    Loans, including fees $ 146,505     $ 154,998     $ 167,261     $ 166,979     $ 161,942  
    Debt securities   17,106       16,893       15,830       15,408       13,695  
    Deposits in financial institutions and Fed Funds sold   9,244       11,888       12,571       7,722       8,050  
    Equity securities and other investments   870       940       1,001       1,138       900  
    Total interest income   173,725       184,719       196,663       191,247       184,587  
    Interest expense:                  
    Transaction and savings deposits   45,165       44,841       47,208       45,619       46,784  
    Certificates and other time deposits   30,268       40,279       46,230       44,811       40,492  
    Advances from FHLB   27       130       47       1,468       1,391  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes   2,824       3,328       3,116       3,113       3,114  
    Total interest expense   78,284       88,578       96,601       95,011       91,781  
    Net interest income   95,441       96,141       100,062       96,236       92,806  
    Provision for credit losses   4,000       2,300       4,000       8,250       7,500  
    Provision (benefit) for unfunded commitments   1,300       (401 )                 (1,541 )
    Net interest income after provisions   90,141       94,242       96,062       87,986       86,847  
    Noninterest income:                  
    Service charges and fees on deposit accounts   5,611       5,612       5,442       4,974       4,896  
    Loan fees   2,495       2,265       3,278       2,207       2,510  
    Loss on sales of debt securities         (4,397 )                 (6,304 )
    Government guaranteed loan income, net   3,301       5,368       780       1,320       2,614  
    Customer swap income   700       509       271       326       449  
    Other income   2,182       699       3,335       1,751       2,497  
    Total noninterest income   14,289       10,056       13,106       10,578       6,662  
    Noninterest expense:                  
    Salaries and employee benefits   36,624       37,446       37,370       32,790       33,365  
    Occupancy and equipment   4,650       4,633       4,789       4,585       4,677  
    Professional and regulatory fees   4,931       5,564       4,903       5,617       6,053  
    Data processing and software expense   5,403       5,741       5,268       5,097       4,856  
    Marketing   2,032       2,896       2,781       1,976       1,546  
    Amortization of intangibles   2,438       2,437       2,438       2,438       2,438  
    Telephone and communications   330       323       335       365       261  
    Other   10,426       12,154       12,216       10,273       8,920  
    Total noninterest expense   66,834       71,194       70,100       63,141       62,116  
    Income before income tax expense   37,596       33,104       39,068       35,423       31,393  
    Income tax expense   8,526       8,222       8,067       8,221       7,237  
    Net income $ 29,070     $ 24,882     $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 24,156  
                       
    Basic EPS $ 0.53     $ 0.46     $ 0.57     $ 0.50     $ 0.44  
    Diluted EPS $ 0.53     $ 0.45     $ 0.56     $ 0.50     $ 0.44  
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding   54,486       54,489       54,409       54,457       54,444  
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding   55,123       55,237       54,932       54,823       54,842  
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
      For the Quarter Ended
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2024
      Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
      Interest
    Earned/
    Interest
    Paid
      Average
    Yield/
    Rate
      Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
      Interest
    Earned/
    Interest
    Paid
      Average
    Yield/
    Rate
      Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
      Interest
    Earned/
    Interest
    Paid
      Average
    Yield/
    Rate
      (Dollars in thousands)
    Assets                                  
    Interest-earning assets:                                  
    Loans1 $ 8,886,905     $ 140,329     6.40 %   $ 8,957,193     $ 147,782     6.56 %   $ 9,283,815     $ 157,585       6.83 %
    LHI, MW   426,724       6,176     5.87       492,372       7,216     5.83       279,557       4,357       6.27  
    Debt securities   1,467,220       17,106     4.73       1,458,057       16,893     4.61       1,294,994       13,695       4.25  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks   827,751       9,244     4.53       971,451       11,888     4.87       584,593       8,050       5.54  
    Equity securities and other investments   70,696       870     4.99       72,223       940     5.18       76,269       900       4.75  
    Total interest-earning assets   11,679,296       173,725     6.03       11,951,296       184,719     6.15       11,519,228       184,587       6.44  
    ACL   (111,563 )             (117,293 )             (112,229 )        
    Noninterest-earning assets   938,401               916,969               929,043          
    Total assets $ 12,506,134             $ 12,750,972             $ 12,336,042          
                                       
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                                  
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                  
    Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits $ 5,449,091     $ 45,165     3.36 %   $ 5,001,159     $ 44,841     3.57 %   $ 4,639,445     $ 46,784       4.06 %
    Certificates and other time deposits   2,726,309       30,268     4.50       3,319,628       40,279     4.83       3,283,735       40,492       4.96  
    Advances from FHLB and Other   2,333       27     4.69       10,598       130     4.88       100,989       1,391       5.54  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes   191,638       2,824     5.98       230,633       3,328     5.74       229,881       3,114       5.45  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   8,369,371       78,284     3.79       8,562,018       88,578     4.12       8,254,050       91,781       4.47  
                                       
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities:                                  
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   2,345,586               2,400,809               2,355,315          
    Other liabilities   170,389               183,810               192,809          
    Total liabilities   10,885,346               11,146,637               10,802,174          
    Stockholders’ equity   1,620,788               1,604,335               1,533,868          
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 12,506,134             $ 12,750,972             $ 12,336,042          
                                       
    Net interest rate spread2         2.24 %           2.03 %             1.97 %
    Net interest income and margin3     $ 95,441     3.31 %       $ 96,141     3.20 %       $ 92,806       3.24 %

    1 Includes average outstanding balances of LHFS of $66.3 million, $46.4 million and $53.9 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively, and average balances of LHI, excluding MW.
    2 Net interest rate spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
    3 Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
    Yield Trend
     
      For the Quarter Ended
      Mar 31,
    2025
      Dec 31,
    2024
      Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
    Average yield on interest-earning assets:                  
    Loans1   6.40 %     6.56 %     6.89 %     6.90 %     6.83 %
    LHI, MW   5.87       5.83       6.75       6.36       6.27  
    Total Loans   6.38       6.53       6.89       6.88       6.81  
    Debt securities   4.73       4.61       4.55       4.58       4.25  
    Interest-bearing deposits in other banks   4.53       4.87       5.41       5.54       5.54  
    Equity securities and other investments   4.99       5.18       5.25       5.80       4.75  
    Total interest-earning assets   6.03 %     6.15 %     6.49 %     6.54 %     6.44 %
                       
    Average rate on interest-bearing liabilities:                  
    Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits   3.36 %     3.57 %     4.00 %     4.01 %     4.06 %
    Certificates and other time deposits   4.50       4.83       5.00       5.02       4.96  
    Advances from FHLB and other   4.69       4.88       5.73       5.54       5.54  
    Subordinated debentures and subordinated notes   5.98       5.74       5.38       5.44       5.45  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   3.79 %     4.12 %     4.46 %     4.50 %     4.47 %
                       
    Net interest rate spread2   2.24 %     2.03 %     2.03 %     2.04 %     1.97 %
    Net interest margin3   3.31 %     3.20 %     3.30 %     3.29 %     3.24 %

    1Includes average outstanding balances of LHFS of $66.3 million, $46.4 million, $54.3 million, $58.5 million and $53.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively, and average balances of LHI, excluding MW.
    2 Net interest rate spread is the average yield on interest-earning assets minus the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities.
    3 Net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

    Supplemental Yield Trend

      For the Quarter Ended
      Mar 31,
    2025
      Dec 31,
    2024
      Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
    Average cost of interest-bearing deposits   3.74 %     4.07 %     4.44 %     4.46 %     4.43 %
    Average costs of total deposits, including noninterest-bearing   2.91       3.16       3.42       3.46       3.42  
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
     
    LHI and Deposit Portfolio Composition
     
      Mar 31,
    2025
      Dec 31,
    2024
      Sep 30,
    2024
      Jun 30,
    2024
      Mar 31,
    2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
    LHI1                                      
    Commercial and Industrial (“C&I”) $ 2,717,037       30.7 %   $ 2,693,538       30.2 %   $ 2,728,544       30.2 %   $ 2,798,260       30.4 %   $ 2,785,987       30.1 %
    Real Estate:                                      
    Owner occupied commercial (“OOCRE”)   795,808       9.0       780,003       8.8       807,223       8.9       806,285       8.7       788,376       8.5  
    Non-owner occupied commercial (“NOOCRE”)   2,266,526       25.6       2,382,499       26.7       2,338,094       25.9       2,369,848       25.7       2,352,993       25.5  
    Construction and land   1,214,260       13.7       1,303,711       14.7       1,436,540       15.8       1,536,580       16.7       1,568,257       16.9  
    Farmland   31,339       0.4       31,690       0.4       32,254       0.4       30,512       0.3       30,979       0.3  
    1-4 family residential   1,021,293       11.6       957,341       10.7       944,755       10.5       917,402       10.0       969,401       10.5  
    Multi-family residential   782,412       8.9       750,218       8.4       738,090       8.2       748,740       8.1       751,607       8.1  
    Consumer   8,597       0.1       9,115       0.1       11,292       0.1       9,245       0.1       8,882       0.1  
    Total LHI1 $ 8,837,272       100 %   $ 8,908,115       100 %   $ 9,036,792       100 %   $ 9,216,872       100 %   $ 9,256,482       100 %
                                           
    MW   571,775           605,411           630,650           568,047           449,531      
                                           
    Total LHI1 $ 9,409,047         $ 9,513,526         $ 9,667,442         $ 9,784,919         $ 9,706,013      
                                           
    Total LHFS   69,236           89,309           48,496           57,046           64,762      
                                           
    Total loans $ 9,478,283         $ 9,602,835         $ 9,715,938         $ 9,841,965         $ 9,770,775      
                                           
    Deposits                                      
    Noninterest-bearing $ 2,318,645       21.7 %   $ 2,191,457       20.4 %   $ 2,643,894       24.0 %   $ 2,416,727       22.5 %   $ 2,349,211       22.1 %
    Interest-bearing transaction   863,462       8.1       839,005       7.8       421,059       3.8       523,272       4.9       724,171       6.8  
    Money market   3,730,446       35.0       3,772,964       35.1       3,462,709       31.4       3,268,286       30.5       3,326,742       31.2  
    Savings   586,587       5.5       449,188       4.2       320,940       2.9       187,896       1.8       169,201       1.6  
    Certificates and other time deposits   2,679,221       25.1       2,958,861       27.5       3,625,920       32.8       3,744,596       34.9       3,486,805       32.7  
    Correspondent money market accounts   486,762       4.6       541,117       5.0       561,489       5.1       584,067       5.4       597,690       5.6  
    Total deposits $ 10,665,123       100 %   $ 10,752,592       100 %   $ 11,036,011       100 %   $ 10,724,844       100 %   $ 10,653,820       100 %
                                           
    Total loans to deposits ratio   88.9 %         89.3 %         88.0 %         91.8 %         91.7 %    
                                           
    Total loans to deposit ratio, excluding MW loans and LHFS   82.9 %         82.8 %         81.9 %         85.9 %         86.9 %    

    1 Total LHI does not include deferred fees of $8.6 million, $9.0 million, $8.2 million, $7.8 million and $6.9 million at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024, June 30, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Financial Highlights
    (Unaudited)
    Asset Quality
     
      For the Quarter Ended
      Mar 31, 2025   Dec 31, 2024   Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
    NPAs:                  
    Nonaccrual loans $ 69,188     $ 52,521     $ 55,335     $ 58,537     $ 75,721  
    Nonaccrual PCD loans1   196             70       73       9,419  
    Accruing loans 90 or more days past due2   3,249       1,914       2,860       143       220  
    Total nonperforming loans held for investment (“NPLs”)   72,633       54,435       58,265       58,753       85,360  
    Other real estate owned (“OREO”)   24,268       24,737       9,034       24,256       18,445  
    Total NPAs $ 96,901     $ 79,172     $ 67,299     $ 83,009     $ 103,805  
                       
    Charge-offs:                  
    1-4 family residential $     $     $     $ (31 )   $  
    Multifamily                     (198 )      
    OOCRE                           (120 )
    NOOCRE   (3,090 )     (5,113 )           (1,969 )     (4,293 )
    C&I   (918 )     (4,586 )     (2,259 )     (5,601 )     (946 )
    Consumer   (212 )     (420 )     (54 )     (30 )     (71 )
    Total charge-offs $ (4,220 )   $ (10,119 )   $ (2,313 )   $ (7,829 )   $ (5,430 )
                       
    Recoveries:                  
    1-4 family residential $ 21     $ 2     $ 3     $     $ 1  
    OOCRE                     120        
    NOOCRE         1,323                    
    C&I   32       1,047       1,962       361       96  
    MW               46              
    Consumer   195       30       33       497       49  
    Total recoveries $ 248     $ 2,402     $ 2,044     $ 978     $ 146  
                       
    Net charge-offs $ (3,972 )   $ (7,717 )   $ (269 )   $ (6,851 )   $ (5,284 )
                       
    Provision for credit losses $ 4,000     $ 2,300     $ 4,000     $ 8,250     $ 7,500  
                       
    ACL $ 111,773     $ 111,745     $ 117,162     $ 113,431     $ 112,032  
                       
    Asset Quality Ratios:                  
    NPAs to total assets   0.77 %     0.62 %     0.52 %     0.65 %     0.82 %
    NPAs, excluding nonaccrual PCD loans, to total assets   0.77       0.62       0.52       0.65       0.74  
    NPAs to total LHI and OREO   1.03       0.83       0.70       0.85       1.06  
    NPLs to total LHI   0.77       0.57       0.60       0.60       0.88  
    NPLs, excluding nonaccrual PCD loans, to total LHI   0.77       0.57       0.60       0.60       0.78  
    ACL to total LHI   1.19       1.18       1.21       1.16       1.15  
    ACL to total loans, excluding MW and LHFS   1.27       1.25       1.30       1.23       1.21  
    Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding3   0.17       0.32       0.01       0.28       0.22  

    1 Nonaccrual PCD loans consist of PCD loans that transitioned upon adoption of ASC 326 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses and were accounted for on a pooled basis that have subsequently been placed on nonaccrual status.
    2 Accruing loans greater than 90 days past due exclude purchase credit deteriorated loans greater than 90 days past due that are accounted for on a pooled basis.
    3 Annualized ratio for quarterly metrics.

    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (Unaudited)
     

    We identify certain financial measures discussed in this earnings release as being “non-GAAP financial measures.” In accordance with SEC rules, we classify a financial measure as being a non-GAAP financial measure if that financial measure excludes or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding or including amounts, that are included or excluded, as the case may be, in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, in our statements of income, balance sheets or statements of cash flows. Non-GAAP financial measures do not include operating and other statistical measures or ratios calculated using exclusively either one or both of (i) financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP and (ii) operating measures or other measures that are not non-GAAP financial measures.

    The non-GAAP financial measures that we present in this earnings release should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable or other financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate the non-GAAP financial measures that we present in this earnings release may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names. You should understand how such other financial institutions calculate their financial measures that appear to be similar or have similar names to the non-GAAP financial measures we have discussed in this earnings release when comparing such non-GAAP financial measures.

    Tangible Book Value Per Common Share. Tangible book value is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate: (a) tangible common equity as total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; and (b) tangible book value per common share as tangible common equity (as described in clause (a)) divided by number of common shares outstanding. For tangible book value per common share, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is book value per common share.

    We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes from period to period in book value per common share exclusive of changes in core deposit intangibles. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing total book value while not increasing our tangible book value.

    The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity and presents our tangible book value per common share compared with our book value per common share:

      As of
      Mar 31, 2025   Dec 31, 2024   Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
      (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    Tangible Common Equity                  
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 1,633,480     $ 1,601,069     $ 1,608,014     $ 1,548,616     $ 1,538,515  
    Adjustments:                  
    Goodwill   (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Core deposit intangibles   (16,306 )     (18,744 )     (21,182 )     (23,619 )     (26,057 )
    Tangible common equity $ 1,212,722     $ 1,177,873     $ 1,182,380     $ 1,120,545     $ 1,108,006  
    Common shares outstanding   54,297       54,517       54,446       54,350       54,496  
                       
    Book value per common share $ 30.08     $ 29.37     $ 29.53     $ 28.49     $ 28.23  
    Tangible book value per common share $ 22.33     $ 21.61     $ 21.72     $ 20.62     $ 20.33  
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (Unaudited)
     

    Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets. Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate: (a) tangible common equity as total stockholders’ equity, less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; (b) tangible assets as total assets less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; and (c) tangible common equity to tangible assets as tangible common equity (as described in clause (a)) divided by tangible assets (as described in clause (b)). For tangible common equity to tangible assets, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is total stockholders’ equity to total assets.

    We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the relative changes from period to period in common equity and total assets, in each case, exclusive of changes in core deposit intangibles. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing both total stockholders’ equity and assets while not increasing our tangible common equity or tangible assets.

    The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, total stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity and total assets to tangible assets and presents our tangible common equity to tangible assets:

      As of
      Mar 31, 2025   Dec 31, 2024   Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
    Tangible Common Equity                  
    Total stockholders’ equity $ 1,633,480     $ 1,601,069     $ 1,608,014     $ 1,548,616     $ 1,538,515  
    Adjustments:                  
    Goodwill   (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Core deposit intangibles   (16,306 )     (18,744 )     (21,182 )     (23,619 )     (26,057 )
    Tangible common equity $ 1,212,722     $ 1,177,873     $ 1,182,380     $ 1,120,545     $ 1,108,006  
    Tangible Assets                  
    Total assets $ 12,606,091     $ 12,768,341     $ 13,042,976     $ 12,684,330     $ 12,708,396  
    Adjustments:                  
    Goodwill   (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Core deposit intangibles   (16,306 )     (18,744 )     (21,182 )     (23,619 )     (26,057 )
    Tangible Assets $ 12,185,333     $ 12,345,145     $ 12,617,342     $ 12,256,259     $ 12,277,887  
    Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets   9.95 %     9.54 %     9.37 %     9.14 %     9.02 %
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (Unaudited)
     

    Return on Average Tangible Common Equity. Return on average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. We calculate: (a) net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles (which we refer to as “return”) as net income, plus amortization of core deposit intangibles, less tax benefit at the statutory rate; (b) average tangible common equity as total average stockholders’ equity less average goodwill and average core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization; and (c) return (as described in clause (a)) divided by average tangible common equity (as described in clause (b)). For return on average tangible common equity, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is return on average equity.

    We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the return on common equity, exclusive of the impact of core deposit intangibles. Goodwill and core deposit intangibles have the effect of increasing total stockholders’ equity while not increasing our tangible common equity. This measure is particularly relevant to acquisitive institutions that may have higher balances in goodwill and core deposit intangibles than non-acquisitive institutions.

    The following table reconciles, as of the dates set forth below, average tangible common equity to average common equity and net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles, net of taxes to net income and presents our return on average tangible common equity:

      For the Quarter Ended
      Mar 31, 2025   Dec 31, 2024   Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
    Net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles                  
    Net income $ 29,070     $ 24,882     $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 24,156  
    Adjustments:                  
    Plus: Amortization of core deposit intangibles   2,438       2,437       2,438       2,438       2,438  
    Less: Tax benefit at the statutory rate   512       512       512       512       512  
    Net income available for common stockholders adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles $ 30,996     $ 26,807     $ 32,927     $ 29,128     $ 26,082  
                       
    Average Tangible Common Equity                  
    Total average stockholders’ equity $ 1,620,788     $ 1,604,335     $ 1,583,401     $ 1,541,609     $ 1,533,868  
    Adjustments:                  
    Average goodwill   (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Average core deposit intangibles   (17,904 )     (20,342 )     (22,789 )     (25,218 )     (27,656 )
    Average tangible common equity $ 1,198,432     $ 1,179,541     $ 1,156,160     $ 1,111,939     $ 1,101,760  
    Return on Average Tangible Common Equity (Annualized)   10.49 %     9.04 %     11.33 %     10.54 %     9.52 %
    VERITEX HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (Unaudited)
     

    Operating Earnings, Pre-tax, Pre-provision Operating Earnings and performance metrics calculated using Operating Earnings and Pre-tax, Pre-provision Operating Earnings, including Diluted Operating Earnings per Share, Operating Return on Average Assets, Pre-tax, Pre-Provision Operating Return on Average Assets, Pre-tax, Pre-Provision Operating Return on Average Loans, Operating Return on Average Tangible Common Equity and Operating Efficiency Ratio. Operating earnings, pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings and the performance metrics calculated using these metrics, listed below, are non-GAAP measures used by management to evaluate the Company’s financial performance. We calculate (a) operating earnings as net income plus BOLI 1035 exchange charges, plus severance payments, plus loss on sales of debt securities available for sale (“AFS”), net, plus FDIC special assessment, less tax impact of adjustments, plus nonrecurring tax adjustments. We calculate (b) diluted operating earnings per share as operating earnings as described in clause (a) divided by weighted average diluted shares outstanding. We calculate (c) pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings as operating earnings as described in clause (a) plus provision for income taxes, plus provision (benefit) for credit losses and unfunded commitments. We calculate (d) pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets as pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings as described in clause (a) divided by total average assets. We calculate (e) operating return on average assets as operating earnings as described in clause (a) divided by total average assets. We calculate (f) operating return on average tangible common equity as operating earnings as described in clause (a), adjusted for the amortization of intangibles and tax benefit at the statutory rate, divided by total average tangible common equity (average stockholders’ equity less average goodwill and average core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization). We calculate (g) operating efficiency ratio as noninterest expense plus adjustments to operating noninterest expense divided by noninterest income plus adjustments to operating noninterest income, plus net interest income.

    We believe that these measures and the operating metrics calculated utilizing these measures are important to management and many investors in the marketplace who are interested in understanding the ongoing operating performance of the Company and provide meaningful comparisons to its peers.

    The following tables reconcile, as of the dates set forth below, operating net income and pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings and related metrics:

      For the Quarter Ended
      Mar 31, 2025   Dec 31, 2024   Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
      (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
    Operating Earnings                  
    Net income $ 29,070     $ 24,882     $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 24,156  
    Plus: BOLI 1035 exchange charges1   517                          
    Plus: Severance payments2         1,545       1,487       613        
    Plus: Loss on sales of AFS securities, net         4,397                   6,304  
    Plus: FDIC special assessment                     134        
    Operating pre-tax income   29,587       30,824       32,488       27,949       30,460  
    Less: Tax impact of adjustments   109       1,248       307       166       1,323  
    Plus: Nonrecurring tax adjustments   229       193             527        
    Operating earnings $ 29,707     $ 29,769     $ 32,181     $ 28,310     $ 29,137  
                       
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding   55,123       55,237       54,932       54,823       54,842  
    Diluted EPS $ 0.53     $ 0.45     $ 0.56     $ 0.50     $ 0.44  
    Diluted operating EPS $ 0.54     $ 0.54     $ 0.59     $ 0.52     $ 0.53  

    1Represents non-recurring charges for the completion of a 1035 exchange of BOLI contracts.
    2Severance payments relate to certain restructurings made during the periods disclosed.

      For the Quarter Ended
      Mar 31, 2025   Dec 31, 2024   Sep 30, 2024   Jun 30, 2024   Mar 31, 2024
      (Dollars in thousands)
    Pre-Tax, Pre-Provision Operating Earnings                  
    Net income $ 29,070     $ 24,882     $ 31,001     $ 27,202     $ 24,156  
    Plus: Provision for income taxes   8,526       8,222       8,067       8,221       7,237  
    Plus: Provision for credit losses and unfunded commitments   5,300       1,899       4,000       8,250       5,959  
    Plus: Severance payments         1,545       1,487       613        
    Plus: Loss on sale of AFS securities, net         4,397                   6,304  
    Plus: BOLI 1035 exchange charges   517                          
    Plus: FDIC special assessment                     134        
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating earnings $ 43,413     $ 40,945     $ 44,555     $ 44,420     $ 43,656  
                       
    Average total assets $ 12,506,134     $ 12,750,972     $ 12,861,918     $ 12,578,706     $ 12,336,042  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average assets1   1.41 %     1.28 %     1.38 %     1.42 %     1.42 %
                       
    Average loans $ 9,313,629     $ 9,449,565     $ 9,661,774     $ 9,765,428     $ 9,563,372  
    Pre-tax, pre-provision operating return on average loans1   1.89 %     1.72 %     1.83 %     1.83 %     1.84 %
                       
    Average total assets $ 12,506,134     $ 12,750,972     $ 12,861,918     $ 12,578,706     $ 12,336,042  
    Return on average assets1   0.94 %     0.78 %     0.96 %     0.87 %     0.79 %
    Operating return on average assets1   0.96       0.93       1.00       0.91       0.95  
                       
    Operating earnings adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles                  
    Operating earnings $ 29,707     $ 29,769     $ 32,181     $ 28,310     $ 29,137  
    Adjustments:                  
    Plus: Amortization of core deposit intangibles   2,438       2,437       2,438       2,438       2,438  
    Less: Tax benefit at the statutory rate   512       512       512       512       512  
    Operating earnings adjusted for amortization of core deposit intangibles $ 31,633     $ 31,694     $ 34,107     $ 30,236     $ 31,063  
                       
    Average Tangible Common Equity                  
    Total average stockholders’ equity $ 1,620,788     $ 1,604,335     $ 1,583,401     $ 1,541,609     $ 1,533,868  
    Adjustments:                  
    Less: Average goodwill   (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )     (404,452 )
    Less: Average core deposit intangibles   (17,904 )     (20,342 )     (22,789 )     (25,218 )     (27,656 )
    Average tangible common equity $ 1,198,432     $ 1,179,541     $ 1,156,160     $ 1,111,939     $ 1,101,760  
    Operating return on average tangible common equity1   10.70 %     10.69 %     11.74 %     10.94 %     11.34 %
                       
    Efficiency ratio   60.91 %     67.04 %     61.94 %     59.11 %     62.45 %
    Operating efficiency ratio                  
    Net interest income $ 95,441     $ 96,141     $ 100,062     $ 96,236     $ 92,806  
    Noninterest income   14,289       10,056       13,106       10,578       6,662  
    Plus: BOLI 1035 exchange charges   517                          
    Plus: Loss on sale of AFS securities, net         4,397                   6,304  
    Operating noninterest income   14,806       14,453       13,106       10,578       12,966  
    Noninterest expense   66,834       71,194       70,100       63,141       62,116  
    Less: FDIC special assessment                     134        
    Less: Severance payments         1,545       1,487       613        
    Operating noninterest expense $ 66,834     $ 69,649     $ 68,613     $ 62,394     $ 62,116  
    Operating efficiency ratio   60.62 %     62.98 %     60.63 %     58.41 %     58.73 %

    1 Annualized ratio for quarterly metrics.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: FS Bancorp, Inc. Reports First Quarter Net Income of $8.0 Million or $1.01 Per Diluted Share and the Forty-Ninth Consecutive Quarterly Cash Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MOUNTLAKE TERRACE, Wash., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — FS Bancorp, Inc. (NASDAQ: FSBW) (the “Company”), the holding company for 1st Security Bank of Washington (the “Bank”) today reported 2025 first quarter net income of $8.0 million, or $1.01 per diluted share, compared to $8.4 million, or $1.06 per diluted share, for the comparable quarter one year ago. 

    “Deposit growth exceeded expectations in the first quarter of 2025, enabling the Bank to be well positioned for our loan pipeline going into the second quarter,” stated Matthew Mullet, President/CFO.

    “We are also pleased that our Board of Directors approved our forty-ninth consecutive quarterly cash dividend of $0.28 per common share, demonstrating our continued commitment to returning value to shareholders.  The cash dividend will be paid on May 22, 2025, to shareholders of record as of May 8, 2025,” noted Joe Adams, CEO.

    2025 First Quarter Highlights

    • Net income was $8.0 million for the first quarter of 2025, compared to $7.4 million for the previous quarter, and $8.4 million for the comparable quarter one year ago;
    • Total deposits increased $275.7 million, or 11.8%, to $2.62 billion at March 31, 2025, primarily due to an increase of $226.9 million in brokered deposits, compared to $2.34 billion at December 31, 2024, and increased $149.9 million, or 6.1%, from $2.47 billion at March 31, 2024.  Noninterest-bearing deposits were $676.7 million at March 31, 2025, $638.2 million at December 31, 2024, and $646.9 million at March 31, 2024, reflecting growth in core deposits; 
    • Borrowings decreased $239.0 million, or 77.6% to $68.8 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $307.8 million at December 31, 2024, and decreased $61.1 million, or 47.0%, from $129.9 million at March 31, 2024, and were primarily repositioned into wholesale brokered CDs noted above; 
    • Loans receivable, net was virtually unchanged at $2.50 billion at both March 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, and increased $85.7 million, or 3.5%, from $2.42 billion at March 31, 2024;
    • Consumer loans, of which 87.4% are home improvement loans, decreased $11.3 million, or 1.8%, to $608.9 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $620.2 million in the previous quarter, and decreased $37.2 million, or 5.8%, from $646.1 million in the comparable quarter one year ago. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, consumer loan originations included 79.9% of home improvement loans originated with a Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) score above 720;
    • Repurchased 98,317 shares of the Company’s common stock in the first quarter of 2025 at an average price of $39.06 per share with $873,000 remaining for future purchases under the existing share repurchase plan. On April 4, 2025, the Board authorized an additional share repurchase program of up to $5.0 million of the Company’s common stock;
    • Book value per share increased $0.86 to $39.12 at March 31, 2025, compared to $38.26 at December 31, 2024, and increased $3.06 from $36.06 at March 31, 2024.  Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP financial measure) increased $0.94 to $36.96 at March 31, 2025, compared to $36.02 at December 31, 2024, and increased $3.49 from $33.47 at March 31, 2024. See, “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
    • Segment reporting in the first quarter of 2025 reflected net income of $7.8 million for the Commercial and Consumer Banking segment and $241,000 for the Home Lending segment, compared to net income of $7.4 million and net loss of $39,000 in the prior quarter, and net income of $8.2 million and $246,000 in the first quarter of 2024, respectively; and
    • Regulatory capital ratios at the Bank were 14.4% for total risk-based capital and 11.3% for Tier 1 leverage capital at March 31, 2025, compared to 14.2% for total risk-based capital and 11.2% for Tier 1 leverage capital at December 31, 2024.

    Segment Reporting

    The Company reports on two segments: Commercial and Consumer Banking and Home Lending. The Commercial and Consumer Banking segment provides diversified financial products and services to our commercial and consumer customers. These products and services include deposit products; residential, consumer, business and commercial real estate lending and cash management services. This segment is also responsible for managing the Bank’s investment portfolio and other assets. The Home Lending segment originates one-to-four-family residential mortgage loans primarily for sale in the secondary markets as well as loans held for investment.

    The tables below provide a summary of segment reporting at or for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 (dollars in thousands):

        At or For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025  
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and
    Consumer Banking
        Home Lending     Total  
    Net interest income (1)   $ 28,407     $ 2,575     $ 30,982  
    Provision for credit losses     (1,321 )     (271 )     (1,592 )
    Noninterest income (2)     2,246       2,880       5,126  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (20,176 )     (4,879 )     (25,055 )
    Income before provision for income taxes     9,156       305       9,461  
    Provision for income taxes     (1,376 )     (64 )     (1,440 )
    Net income   $ 7,780     $ 241     $ 8,021  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,414,100     $ 618,412     $ 3,032,512  
    Full-time employees (“FTEs”)     454       113       567  
                             
        At or For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2024
    Condensed income statement:   Commercial and
    Consumer Banking
      Home Lending   Total
    Net interest income (1)   $ 28,086     $ 2,260     $ 30,346  
    Provision for credit losses     (1,251 )     (148 )     (1,399 )
    Noninterest income (2)     2,393       2,718       5,111  
    Noninterest expense (3)     (19,008 )     (4,521 )     (23,529 )
    Income before provision for income taxes     10,220       309       10,529  
    Provision for income taxes     (2,069 )     (63 )     (2,132 )
    Net income   $ 8,151     $ 246     $ 8,397  
    Total average assets for period ended   $ 2,401,864     $ 556,683     $ 2,958,547  
    FTEs     440       130       570  
                             

    __________________________________

    (1 ) Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets and, if the segment has excess liabilities, interest credits for providing funding to the other segment. The cost of liabilities includes interest expense on segment liabilities and, if the segment does not have enough liabilities to fund its assets, a funding charge based on the cost of assigned liabilities to fund segment assets.
    (2 ) Noninterest income includes activity from certain residential mortgage loans that were initially originated for sale and measured at fair value and subsequently transferred to loans held for investment. Gains and losses from changes in fair value for these loans are reported in earnings as a component of noninterest income. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded a net increase in fair value of $263,000, compared to a net increase in fair value of $2,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, there were $14.5 million and $15.0 million, respectively, in residential mortgage loans recorded at fair value as they were previously transferred from loans held for sale to loans held for investment.
    (3 ) Noninterest expense includes allocated overhead expense from general corporate activities. Allocation is determined based on a combination of segment assets and FTEs. For the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Home Lending segment included allocated overhead expenses of $1.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively.   
         

    Asset Summary

    Total assets increased $36.9 million, or 1.2%, to $3.07 billion at March 31, 2025, compared to $3.03 billion at December 31, 2024, and increased $96.4 million, or 3.2%, from $2.97 billion at March 31, 2024.  The increase in total assets at March 31, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024, included increases of $31.1 million in total cash and cash equivalents, $10.0 million in securities available-for-sale, $3.4 million in other assets, $3.2 million in loans held for sale (“HFS”) and $2.0 million in securities held-to-maturity, partially offset by decreases in FHLB stock of $10.4 million, loans receivable, net of $834,000 and core deposit intangible (“CDI”), net of $831,000. The increase compared to March 31, 2024, was primarily due to increases in loans receivable, net of $85.7 million, other assets of $21.1 million, total cash and cash equivalents of $17.3 million, and securities available-for-sale of $11.5 million. These increases were partially offset by decreases in certificates of deposit at other financial institutions of $22.0 million, loans HFS of $18.9 million, and CDI, net of $3.5 million.

    LOAN PORTFOLIO                                                                
    (Dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024     March 31, 2024                  
    COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE (“CRE”) LOANS   Amount       %   Amount       %   Amount       %   Linked Quarter $ Change     Prior Year Quarter $ Change  
    CRE owner occupied   $ 164,911       6.5 %   $ 170,396       6.7 %   $ 174,946       7.2 %   $ (5,485 )   $ (10,035 )
    CRE non-owner occupied     174,188       6.9       174,921       6.9       184,109       7.5       (733 )     (9,921 )
    Commercial and speculative construction and development     288,978       11.4       280,798       11.1       244,217       10.0       8,180       44,761  
    Multi-family     244,940       9.7       245,222       9.7       222,410       9.1       (282 )     22,530  
    Total CRE loans     873,017       34.5       871,337       34.4       825,682       33.8       1,680       47,335  
                                                                     
    RESIDENTIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS                                                                
    One-to-four-family (excludes HFS)     637,299       25.2       617,322       24.4       580,050       23.7       19,977       57,249  
    Home equity     73,846       2.9       75,147       3.0       73,323       3.0       (1,301 )     523  
    Residential custom construction     48,810       1.9       49,902       2.0       57,129       2.3       (1,092 )     (8,319 )
    Total residential real estate loans     759,955       30.0       742,371       29.4       710,502       29.0       17,584       49,453  
                                                                     
    CONSUMER LOANS                                                                
    Indirect home improvement     532,038       21.0       541,946       21.4       568,802       23.2       (9,908 )     (36,764 )
    Marine     73,737       2.9       74,931       3.0       73,921       3.0       (1,194 )     (184 )
    Other consumer     3,118       0.1       3,304       0.1       3,409       0.1       (186 )     (291 )
    Total consumer loans     608,893       24.0       620,181       24.5       646,132       26.3       (11,288 )     (37,239 )
                                                                     
    COMMERCIAL BUSINESS LOANS                                                                
    Commercial and industrial (“C&I”)     274,956       10.9       287,014       11.3       256,429       10.6       (12,058 )     18,527  
    Warehouse lending     15,949       0.6       12,918       0.4       8,113       0.3       3,031       7,836  
    Total commercial business loans     290,905       11.5       299,932       11.7       264,542       10.9       (9,027 )     26,363  
    Total loans receivable, gross     2,532,770       100.0 %     2,533,821       100.0 %     2,446,858       100.0 %     (1,051 )     85,912  
                                                                     
    Allowance for credit losses on loans     (31,653 )             (31,870 )             (31,479 )             217       (174 )
    Total loans receivable, net   $ 2,501,117             $ 2,501,951             $ 2,415,379             $ (834 )   $ 85,738  
                                                                     

    The composition of CRE loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)   Mar 31, 2025     Dec 31, 2024     Mar 31, 2024  
    CRE by Type:   Amount     Amount     Amount  
    CRE non-owner occupied:                  
    Office   $ 39,406     $ 39,697     $ 41,625  
    Retail     35,520       36,568       38,712  
    Hospitality/restaurant     27,377       27,562       24,751  
    Self-storage     19,092       19,111       21,383  
    Mixed use     18,868       17,721       19,186  
    Industrial     15,033       15,125       17,475  
    Senior housing/assisted living     7,506       7,565       8,446  
    Other (1)     6,579       6,631       6,785  
    Land     2,314       2,421       3,151  
    Education/worship     2,493       2,520       2,595  
    Total CRE non-owner occupied     174,188       174,921       184,109  
    CRE owner occupied:                  
    Agriculture     3,990       3,834       3,744  
    Industrial     66,618       67,064       63,683  
    Office     40,447       42,223       41,652  
    Retail     20,535       20,718       21,836  
    Hospitality/restaurant     7,306       10,396       10,933  
    Other (2)     8,529       8,612       8,438  
    Car wash                 7,713  
    Automobile related     7,266       7,325       7,479  
    Education/worship     4,641       4,608       4,604  
    Mixed use     5,579       5,616       4,864  
    Total CRE owner occupied     164,911       170,396       174,946  
    Total     339,099       345,317       359,055  

    __________________________________

    (1 ) Primarily includes loans secured by mobile home parks totaling $758,000, $766,000, and $789,000, RV parks totaling $681,000, $685,000, and $696,000, automobile-related collateral totaling $584,000, $589,000, and $604,000, and other collateral totaling $4.6 million, $4.6 million, and $4.7 million at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    (2 ) Primarily includes loans secured by gas stations totaling $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.7 million, non-profit organization totaling $1.4 million, $1.5 million and $915,000, and other collateral totaling $5.6 million, $5.6 million and $5.8 million at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and March 31, 2024, respectively.
         

    The following table includes CRE loans repricing or maturing within the next two years, excluding loans that reprice simultaneously with changes to the prime rate:

    (Dollars in thousands)     For the Quarter Ended          
    CRE by type:   Jun 30, 2025   Sep 30, 2025   Dec 31, 2025   Mar 31, 2026   Jun 30, 2026   Sep 30, 2026   Dec 31, 2026   Mar 31, 2027   Total   Current Weighted
    Average Rate
    Agriculture   $ 723   $   $ 312   $ 175   $   $ 292   $   $   $ 1,502   6.14 %
    Apartment     4,510     1,701     18,573     1,268     13,868     9,763     8,241     27,900     85,824   5.65  
    Auto related     790                                 790   4.15  
    Hotel / hospitality     1,760     1,315         115     1,265                 4,455   4.75  
    Industrial         161     10,122     981     590     1,594         13,481     26,929   5.13  
    Mixed use     3,469     244     313     2,119             382         6,527   5.74  
    Office     11,077     4,127     966     519     1,641     559     7,749     2,878     29,516   4.96  
    Other     1,309     1,147     241     890         2,493     1,497     283     7,860   5.05  
    Retail     1,738     63         436     3,474         3,423     3,059     12,193   4.11  
    Senior housing and assisted living                 2,157                     2,157   4.75 %
    Total   $ 25,376   $ 8,758   $ 30,527   $ 8,660   $ 20,838   $ 14,701   $ 21,292   $ 47,601   $ 177,753    
                                                               

    A breakdown of construction loans at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024  
    Construction Types:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    Commercial construction – retail   $ 8,157       2.4 %   $ 8,079       2.4 %
    Commercial construction – office     6,487       1.9       4,979       1.5  
    Commercial construction – self storage     16,012       4.7       13,480       4.1  
    Commercial construction – hotel     402       0.1              
    Multi-family     31,275       9.3       30,945       9.4  
    Custom construction – single family residential and single family manufactured residential     41,143       12.2       42,040       12.7  
    Custom construction – land, lot and acquisition and development     7,667       2.3       7,862       2.4  
    Speculative residential construction – vertical     186,042       55.1       180,381       54.5  
    Speculative residential construction – land, lot and acquisition and development     40,603       12.0       42,934       13.0  
    Total   $ 337,788       100.0 %   $ 330,700       100.0 %
                                     
    (Dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2025     March 31, 2024  
    Construction Types:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    Commercial construction – retail   $ 8,157       2.4 %   $ 8,290       2.8 %
    Commercial construction – office     6,487       1.9       4,737       1.6  
    Commercial construction – self storage     16,012       4.7       10,000       3.3  
    Commercial construction – hotel     402       0.1       7,807       2.6  
    Multi-family     31,275       9.3       53,288       17.7  
    Custom construction – single family residential and single family manufactured residential     41,143       12.2       50,674       16.8  
    Custom construction – land, lot and acquisition and development     7,667       2.3       6,455       2.1  
    Speculative residential construction – vertical     186,042       55.1       134,047       44.5  
    Speculative residential construction – land, lot and acquisition and development     40,603       12.0       26,048       8.6  
    Total   $ 337,788       100.0 %   $ 301,346       100.0 %
                                     

    Originations of one-to-four-family loans to purchase and refinance a home for the periods indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended                  
        March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 120,719       83.0 %   $ 129,232       83.2 %   $ (8,513 )     (6.6 )%
    Refinance     24,677       17.0       26,116       16.8       (1,439 )     (5.5 )%
    Total   $ 145,396       100.0 %   $ 155,348       100.0 %   $ (9,952 )     (6.4 )%
                                                     
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended March 31,                  
        2025     2024                  
        Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Purchase   $ 120,719       83.0 %   $ 135,577       88.1 %   $ (14,858 )     (11.0 )%
    Refinance     24,677       17.0       18,371       11.9       6,306       34.3 %
    Total   $ 145,396       100.0 %   $ 153,948       100.0 %   $ (8,552 )     (5.6 )%
                                                     

    During the quarter ended March 31, 2025, the Company sold $91.9 million of one-to-four-family loans compared to $138.9 million during the previous quarter and $93.9 million during the same quarter one year ago. The decrease in the volume of loans sold during the current quarter compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to seasonal factors combined with economic volatility. Gross margins on home loan sales increased to 3.26% for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, compared to 3.14% in the previous quarter and decreased from 3.43% in the same quarter one year ago. Gross margins are defined as the margin on loans sold (cash sales) without the impact of deferred costs.

    Liabilities and Equity Summary

    Changes in deposits at the dates indicated were as follows:

    (Dollars in thousands)                                                
        March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024                  
    Transactional deposits:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Noninterest-bearing checking   $ 659,417       25.2 %   $ 627,679       26.8 %   $ 31,738       5.1 %
    Interest-bearing checking (1)     201,469       7.7       176,561       7.5       24,908       14.1  
    Escrow accounts related to mortgages serviced (2)     17,289       0.7       10,479       0.5       6,810       65.0  
    Subtotal     878,175       33.6       814,719       34.8       63,456       7.8  
    Savings     160,332       6.1       154,188       6.6       6,144       4.0  
    Money market (3)     343,349       13.1       341,615       14.6       1,734       0.5  
    Subtotal     503,681       19.2       495,803       21.2       7,878       1.6  
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 (4)     639,947       24.5       440,257       18.8       199,690       45.4  
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000     450,836       17.2       455,594       19.5       (4,758 )     (1.0 )
    Certificates of deposit greater than $250,000     142,512       5.5       133,045       5.7       9,467       7.1  
    Subtotal     1,233,295       47.2       1,028,896       44.0       204,399       19.9  
    Total   $ 2,615,151       100.0 %   $ 2,339,418       100.0 %   $ 275,733       11.8 %
                                                     
    (Dollars in thousands)                                                
        March 31, 2025     March 31, 2024                  
    Transactional deposits:   Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     $ Change     % Change  
    Noninterest-bearing checking   $ 659,417       25.2 %   $ 618,526       25.1 %   $ 40,891       6.6 %
    Interest-bearing checking (1)     201,469       7.7       188,050       7.6       13,419       7.1  
    Escrow accounts related to mortgages serviced (2)     17,289       0.7       28,373       1.2       (11,084 )     (39.1 )
    Subtotal     878,175       33.6       834,949       33.9       43,226       5.2  
    Savings     160,332       6.1       153,025       6.2       7,307       4.8  
    Money market (3)     343,349       13.1       364,944       14.8       (21,595 )     (5.9 )
    Subtotal     503,681       19.2       517,969       21.0       (14,288 )     (2.8 )
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 (4)     639,947       24.5       579,153       23.5       60,794       10.5  
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 through $250,000     450,836       17.2       424,463       17.2       26,373       6.2  
    Certificates of deposit greater than $250,000     142,512       5.5       108,763       4.4       33,749       31.0  
    Subtotal     1,233,295       47.2       1,112,379       45.1       120,916       10.9  
    Total   $ 2,615,151       100.0 %   $ 2,465,297       100.0 %   $ 149,854       6.1 %
                                                     

    __________________________________

    (1 ) Includes $30.1 million of brokered deposits at March 31, 2025, and no brokered deposits at December 31, 2024, and at March 31, 2024.                  
    (2 ) Primarily noninterest-bearing accounts based on applicable state law.
    (3 ) Includes $251,000, $279,000 and $8.0 million of brokered deposits at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.
    (4 ) Includes $339.9 million, $143.1 million, and $331.3 million of brokered deposits at March 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2024, respectively.
         

    At March 31, 2025, CDs, which include retail and non-retail CDs, totaled $1.23 billion, compared to $1.03 billion at December 31, 2024 and $1.11 billion at March 31, 2024, with non-retail CDs representing 28.5%, 15.0% and 31.0% of total CDs at such dates, respectively. At March 31, 2025, non-retail CDs, which include brokered CDs, online CDs and public funds CDs, increased $196.9 million to $351.7 million, compared to $154.8 million at December 31, 2024, primarily due to an increase of $196.8 million in brokered CDs.  The increase in brokered CDs provided funds to pay down higher cost borrowings. Non-retail CDs totaled $351.7 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $344.5 million at March 31, 2024.

    At March 31, 2025, the Bank had uninsured deposits of approximately $679.4 million, compared to approximately $652.7 million at December 31, 2024, and $614.1 million at March 31, 2024.  The uninsured amounts are estimates based on the methodologies and assumptions used for the Bank’s regulatory reporting requirements.

    At March 31, 2025, borrowings decreased $239.0 million to $68.8 million at March 31, 2025, from $307.8 million at December 31, 2024, and decreased $61.1 million from $129.9 million at March 31, 2024. These borrowings were comprised solely of FHLB advances.

    Total stockholders’ equity increased $3.1 million to $298.8 million at March 31, 2025, from $295.8 million at December 31, 2024, and increased $20.9 million, from $277.9 million at March 31, 2024. The increase in stockholders’ equity at March 31, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024, was primarily due to net income of $8.0 million and $513,000 in equity award compensation, partially offset by share repurchases of $3.8 million and cash dividends paid of $2.2 million. Stockholders’ equity was also impacted by decreases in unrealized net losses on securities available for sale of $2.7 million, net of tax, and decreases in unrealized net gains on fair value and cash flow hedges of $2.6 million, net of tax, reflecting changes in market interest rates during the quarter, resulting in a $151,000 decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. Book value per common share was $39.12 at March 31, 2025, compared to $38.26 at December 31, 2024, and $36.06 at March 31, 2024.

    The Bank is considered “well capitalized” under the capital requirements established by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.4%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 11.3%, and a common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital ratio of 13.2% at March 31, 2025.

    The Company exceeded all regulatory capital requirements with a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.7%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 9.9%, and a CET1 ratio of 11.5% at March 31, 2025.

    Credit Quality

    The allowance for credit losses on loans (“ACLL”) was $31.7 million, or 1.25% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS) at March 31, 2025, compared to $31.9 million, or 1.26% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS), at December 31, 2024, and $31.5 million, or 1.29% of gross loans receivable (excluding loans HFS), at March 31, 2024. The slight decrease in the ACLL at March 31, 2025, compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to a decrease in the balance of higher risk consumer loans.  The increase of $174,000 in the ACLL from the same quarter the prior year was primarily due to increases in CRE loans. The allowance for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments increased $66,000 to $1.5 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $1.4 million at December 31, 2024, and decreased $35,000 from $1.5 million at March 31, 2024, primarily due to an increase in the volume of unfunded commitments on construction loans

    Nonperforming loans increased $870,000 to $14.5 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $13.6 million at December 31, 2024, and increased $2.4 million from $12.1 million at March 31, 2024. The increase in nonperforming loans compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to increases in nonperforming CRE construction and development loans of $1.5 million, nonperforming indirect home improvement loans of $1.1 million, and nonperforming one-to-four-family loans of $970,000, partially offset by decreases in nonperforming CRE loans of $1.6 million and nonperforming commercial business loans of $1.5 million. The increase in nonperforming loans compared to the same quarter the prior year was primarily due to increases in nonperforming construction and development loans of $1.8 million, nonperforming one-to-four-family loans of $961,000, and nonperforming indirect home improvement loans of $626,000, partially offset by a decrease in nonperforming commercial business loans of $1.4 million.

    Loans classified as substandard increased $602,000 to $23.5 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $22.9 million at December 31, 2024, and decreased $1.4 million from $24.9 million at March 31, 2024.  The increase in substandard loans compared to the prior quarter was primarily due to an increase of $1.5 million in CRE construction and development loans, $1.1 million in indirect home improvement loans, and $953,000 in one-to-four-family loans, partially offset by decreases in commercial business loans of $1.8 million and CRE of $1.6 million.  The decrease in substandard loans compared to the prior year was primarily due to decreases of $3.1 million in C&I loans and $1.9 million in CRE loans, partially offset by increases of $1.8 million in CRE construction and development loans, $794,000 in one-to-four-family loans, and $626,000 in indirect home improvement loans. 

    Operating Results

    Net interest income increased $636,000 to $31.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $30.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to an increase in total interest income of $1.9 million, partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $1.3 million. The $1.9 million increase in total interest income was primarily due to an increase of $2.3 million in interest income on loans receivable, including fees, primarily as a result of net loan growth and variable rate loans repricing higher. The $1.3 million increase in total interest expense was primarily the result of higher market interest rates and a net increase in interest bearing liabilities.

    NIM (annualized) increased six basis points to 4.32% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from 4.26% for the same period in the prior year. The increase in NIM for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024, reflects the increased yields on interest-earning assets. 

    The average total cost of funds, including noninterest-bearing checking, increased 17 basis points to 2.38% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from 2.21% for the three months ended March 31, 2024. This increase was predominantly due to higher market rates for borrowings. 

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the provision for credit losses on loans was $1.5 million, compared to $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The provision for credit losses on loans reflects an increase in charge-off activity. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, net charge-offs increased $247,000 to $1.7 million, compared to $1.5 million for the same period last year. This increase was the result of increased net charge-offs of $487,000 in indirect home improvement loans and $25,000 in commercial business loans, partially offset by a net reduction of net charge-offs of $213,000 in marine loans and $46,000 in other consumer loans. Management attributes the increase in net charge-offs over the year primarily to volatile economic conditions.

    Total noninterest income was unchanged at $5.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. Total noninterest expense was $25.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $23.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024.  The $1.5 million increase was primarily due to a $976,000 increase in salaries and benefits and a $437,000 increase in operations expense.

    About FS Bancorp

    FS Bancorp, Inc., a Washington corporation, is the holding company for 1st Security Bank of Washington. The Bank offers a range of loan and deposit services primarily to small- and middle-market businesses and individuals in Washington and Oregon.  It operates through 27 bank branches, one headquarters office that provides loans and deposit services, and loan production offices in various suburban communities in the greater Puget Sound area, the Kennewick-Pasco-Richland metropolitan area of Washington, also known as the Tri-Cities, and in Vancouver, Washington. Additionally, the Bank services home mortgage customers across the Northwest, focusing on markets in Washington State including the Puget Sound, Tri-Cities, and Vancouver.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    When used in this press release and in other documents filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), in press releases or other public stockholder communications, or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases “believe,” “will,” “will likely result,” “are expected to,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “project,” “plans,” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead represent management’s current expectations and forecasts regarding future events, many of which are inherently uncertain and outside of our control. Actual results may differ, possibly materially from those currently expected or projected in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements, include but are not limited to, the following: adverse impacts to economic conditions in the Company’s local market areas, other markets where the Company has lending relationships, or other aspects of the Company’s business operations or financial markets, including, without limitation, as a result of employment levels; labor shortages, the effects of inflation, a recession or slowed economic growth; changes in the interest rate environment, including the increases and decrease in the Federal Reserve benchmark rate and duration at which such interest rate levels are maintained, which could adversely affect our revenues and expenses, the values of our assets and obligations, and the availability and cost of capital and liquidity; the impact of inflation and the current and future monetary policies of the Federal Reserve in response thereto; the effects of any federal government shutdown;  increased competitive pressures, including repricing and competitors’ pricing initiatives, and their impact on our market position, loan, and deposit products; adverse changes in the securities markets, the Company’s ability to execute its plans to grow its residential construction lending, mortgage banking, and warehouse lending operations, and the geographic expansion of its indirect home improvement lending; challenges arising from expanding into new geographic markets, products, or services; secondary market conditions for loans and the Company’s ability to originate loans for sale and sell loans in the secondary market; volatility in the mortgage industry; fluctuations in deposits; liquidity issues, including our ability to borrow funds or raise additional capital, if necessary; the impact of bank failures or adverse developments at other banks and related negative press about the banking industry in general on investor and depositor sentiment; legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities and tax law, in regulatory policies and principles, or the interpretation of regulatory capital or other rules; disruptions, security breaches, or other adverse events, failures or interruptions in, or attacks on, our information technology systems or on the third-party vendors who perform critical processing functions for us; the potential for new or increased tariffs, trade restrictions or geopolitical tensions that could affect economic activity or specific industry sectors; environmental, social and governance goals; the effects of climate change, severe weather events, natural disasters, pandemics, epidemics and other public health crises, acts of war or terrorism, civil unrest and other external events on our business; and other factors described in the Company’s latest Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and other reports filed with or furnished to the SEC which are available on its website at www.fsbwa.com and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov

    Any of the forward-looking statements that the Company makes in this press release and in the other public statements are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions at the time they are made and may turn out to be incorrect because of the inaccurate assumptions the Company might make, because of the factors illustrated above or because of other factors that cannot be foreseen by the Company. Therefore, these factors should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements, and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Company does not undertake and specifically disclaims any obligation to revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements. 

    FS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Dollars in thousands) (Unaudited)
                                         
                                Linked     Prior Year  
        March 31,     December 31,     March 31,     Quarter     Quarter  
        2025     2024     2024     % Change     % Change  
    ASSETS                                        
    Cash and due from banks   $ 18,657     $ 19,280     $ 17,149       (3 )     9  
    Interest-bearing deposits at other financial institutions     44,084       12,355       28,257       257       56  
    Total cash and cash equivalents     62,741       31,635       45,406       98       38  
    Certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     1,234       1,727       23,222       (29 )     (95 )
    Securities available-for-sale, at fair value     291,133       281,175       279,643       4       4  
    Securities held-to-maturity, net     10,434       8,455       8,455       23       23  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value     31,038       27,835       49,957       12       (38 )
    Loans receivable, net     2,501,117       2,501,951       2,415,379             4  
    Accrued interest receivable     14,406       13,881       14,455       4        
    Premises and equipment, net     29,451       29,756       30,326       (1 )     (3 )
    Operating lease right-of-use     4,979       5,378       6,202       (7 )     (20 )
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost     5,256       15,621       2,909       (66 )     81  
    Deferred tax asset, net     7,009       7,059       4,832       (1 )     45  
    Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”), net     38,778       38,528       37,958       1       2  
    MSRs, held at the lower of cost or fair value     8,926       9,204       9,009       (3 )     (1 )
    Goodwill     3,592       3,592       3,592              
    Core deposit intangible, net     12,879       13,710       16,402       (6 )     (21 )
    Other assets     43,105       39,670       21,958       9       96  
    TOTAL ASSETS   $ 3,066,078     $ 3,029,177     $ 2,969,705       1       3  
    LIABILITIES                                        
    Deposits:                                        
    Noninterest-bearing accounts   $ 676,706     $ 638,158     $ 646,899       6       5  
    Interest-bearing accounts     1,938,445       1,701,260       1,818,398       14       7  
    Total deposits     2,615,151       2,339,418       2,465,297       12       6  
    Borrowings     68,805       307,806       129,940       (78 )     (47 )
    Subordinated notes:                                        
    Principal amount     50,000       50,000       50,000              
    Unamortized debt issuance costs     (389 )     (406 )     (456 )     (4 )     (15 )
    Total subordinated notes less unamortized debt issuance costs     49,611       49,594       49,544              
    Operating lease liability     5,149       5,556       6,410       (7 )     (20 )
    Other liabilities     28,522       31,036       40,582       (8 )     (30 )
    Total liabilities     2,767,238       2,733,410       2,691,773       1       3  
    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                                        
    STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                        
    Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding                              
    Common stock, $.01 par value; 45,000,000 shares authorized; 7,742,907 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025, 7,833,014 at December 31, 2024, and 7,805,795 at March 31, 2024     77       78       78       (1 )     (1 )
    Additional paid-in capital     52,806       55,716       57,552       (5 )     (8 )
    Retained earnings     262,945       257,113       236,720       2       11  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax     (16,988 )     (17,140 )     (16,418 )     (1 )     3  
    Total stockholders’ equity     298,840       295,767       277,932       1       8  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 3,066,078     $ 3,029,177     $ 2,969,705       1       3  
                                             
    FS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) (Unaudited)
                       
        Three Months Ended     Linked     Prior Year  
        Mar 31,     Dec 31,     Mar 31,     Quarter     Quarter  
        2025     2024     2024     % Change     % Change  
    INTEREST INCOME                                        
    Loans receivable, including fees   $ 43,303     $ 43,654     $ 40,997       (1 )     6  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities, cash and cash equivalents, and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     3,485       3,320       3,883       5       (10 )
    Total interest and dividend income     46,788       46,974       44,880             4  
    INTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Deposits     13,058       13,543       12,882       (4 )     1  
    Borrowings     2,263       1,831       1,167       24       94  
    Subordinated notes     485       486       485              
    Total interest expense     15,806       15,860       14,534             9  
    NET INTEREST INCOME     30,982       31,114       30,346             2  
    PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     1,592       1,522       1,399       5       14  
    NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES     29,390       29,592       28,947       (1 )     2  
    NONINTEREST INCOME                                        
    Service charges and fee income     2,244       2,513       2,552       (11 )     (12 )
    Gain on sale of loans     1,700       1,733       1,838       (2 )     (8 )
    Gain on sale of MSRs                 8,215             NM  
    Loss on sale of investment securities, net                 (7,998 )           NM  
    Earnings on cash surrender value of BOLI     250       256       240       (2 )     4  
    Other noninterest income     932       108       264       763       253  
    Total noninterest income     5,126       4,610       5,111       11        
    NONINTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Salaries and benefits     14,533       14,172       13,557       3       7  
    Operations     3,445       3,175       3,008       9       15  
    Occupancy     1,717       1,821       1,705       (6 )     1  
    Data processing     2,045       2,252       1,958       (9 )     4  
    Loan costs     548       781       585       (30 )     (6 )
    Professional and board fees     1,186       1,038       923       14       28  
    FDIC insurance     538       490       532       10       1  
    Marketing and advertising     221       329       227       (33 )     (3 )
    Amortization of core deposit intangible     831       876       941       (5 )     (12 )
    (Recovery) impairment of servicing rights     (9 )     (583 )     93       (98 )     (110 )
    Total noninterest expense     25,055       24,351       23,529       3       6  
    INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     9,461       9,851       10,529       (4 )     (10 )
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES     1,440       2,469       2,132       (42 )     (32 )
    NET INCOME   $ 8,021     $ 7,382     $ 8,397       9       (4 )
    Basic earnings per share   $ 1.02     $ 0.94     $ 1.07       9       (5 )
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.01     $ 0.92     $ 1.06       10       (5 )
                                             

    KEY FINANCIAL RATIOS AND DATA (Unaudited)

        At or For the Three Months Ended  
        March 31,     December 31,     March 31,  
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS:   2025     2024     2024  
    Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets) (1)     1.07 %     0.98 %     1.14 %
    Return on equity (ratio of net income to average total stockholders’ equity) (1)     10.80       9.88       12.29  
    Yield on average interest-earning assets (1)     6.53       6.51       6.30  
    Average total cost of funds (1)     2.38       2.38       2.21  
    Interest rate spread information – average during period     4.15       4.13       4.09  
    Net interest margin (1)     4.32       4.31       4.26  
    Operating expense to average total assets (1)     3.35       3.24       3.20  
    Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities (1)     142.94       143.27       144.51  
    Efficiency ratio (2)     69.39       68.16       66.36  
    Common equity ratio (ratio of stockholders’ equity to total assets)     9.75       9.76       9.36  
    Tangible common equity ratio (3)     9.26       9.25       8.74  
                             
        March 31,     December 31,     March 31,  
    ASSET QUALITY RATIOS AND DATA:   2025     2024     2024  
    Nonperforming assets to total assets at end of period (4)     0.47 %     0.45 %     0.41 %
    Nonperforming loans to total gross loans (excluding loans HFS) (5)     0.57       0.54       0.49  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to nonperforming loans (5)     219.08       234.55       260.24  
    Allowance for credit losses – loans to total gross loans (excluding loans HFS)     1.25       1.26       1.29  
                             
        At or For the Three Months Ended    
        March 31,       December 31,       March 31,    
    PER COMMON SHARE DATA:   2025       2024       2024    
    Basic earnings per share   $ 1.02       $ 0.94       $ 1.07    
    Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.01       $ 0.92       $ 1.06    
    Weighted average basic shares outstanding     7,695,320         7,723,250         7,703,789    
    Weighted average diluted shares outstanding     7,805,728         7,897,099         7,824,460    
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     7,639,844   (6)     7,729,951   (7)     7,707,651   (8)
    Book value per share using common shares outstanding   $ 39.12       $ 38.26       $ 36.06    
    Tangible book value per share using common shares outstanding (9)   $ 36.96       $ 36.02       $ 33.47    
                                   

    __________________________________

    (1 ) Annualized.
    (2 ) Total noninterest expense as a percentage of net interest income and total noninterest income.
    (3 ) Represents a non-GAAP financial measure.  For a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP financial measure, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
    (4 ) Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans (which include nonaccruing loans and accruing loans more than 90 days past due), foreclosed real estate and other repossessed assets.
    (5 ) Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccruing loans and accruing loans 90 days or more past due.
    (6 ) Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,742,907 at March 31, 2025, less 103,063 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (7 ) Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,833,014 at December 31, 2024, less 103,063 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (8 ) Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,805,795 at March 31, 2024, less 98,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (9 ) Tangible book value per share using outstanding common shares excludes intangible assets. This ratio represents a non-GAAP financial measure. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below.
         
    (Dollars in thousands)   For the Three Months Ended Mar 31,     Qtr. Over Qtr.  
    Average Balances   2025     2024     $ Change  
    Assets                        
    Loans receivable, net (1)   $ 2,559,944     $ 2,464,602     $ 95,342  
    Securities available-for-sale, at amortized cost     310,417       331,413       (20,996 )
    Securities held-to-maturity     8,656       8,500       156  
    Interest-bearing deposits and certificates of deposit at other financial institutions     16,161       59,514       (43,353 )
    FHLB stock, at cost     11,948       2,174       9,774  
    Total interest-earning assets     2,907,126       2,866,203       40,923  
    Noninterest-earning assets     125,386       92,344       33,042  
    Total assets   $ 3,032,512     $ 2,958,547     $ 73,965  
    Liabilities                        
    Interest-bearing deposit accounts   $ 1,765,605     $ 1,832,767     $ (67,162 )
    Borrowings     218,639       101,150       117,489  
    Subordinated notes     49,600       49,533       67  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities     2,033,844       1,983,450       50,394  
    Noninterest-bearing deposit accounts     663,824       657,083       6,741  
    Other noninterest-bearing liabilities     33,739       43,246       (9,507 )
    Total liabilities   $ 2,731,407     $ 2,683,779     $ 47,628  
                             

    __________________________________

    (1 ) Includes loans HFS.
         

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

    In addition to financial results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles utilized in the United States (“GAAP”), this earnings release presents non-GAAP financial measures that include tangible book value per share, and tangible common equity ratio. Management believes that providing the Company’s tangible book value per share and tangible common equity ratio is consistent with the capital treatment utilized by the investment community, which excludes intangible assets from the calculation of risk-based capital ratios and facilitates comparison of the quality and composition of the Company’s capital over time and to its competitors. Where applicable, the Company has also presented comparable GAAP information.

    These non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited. They should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for total stockholders’ equity or operating results determined in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

    Reconciliation of the GAAP book value per share and common equity ratio and the non-GAAP tangible book value per share and tangible common equity ratio is presented below.

    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   March 31,   December 31,   March 31,  
    Tangible Book Value Per Share:   2025   2024   2024  
    Stockholders’ equity (GAAP)   $ 298,840     $ 295,767     $ 277,932    
    Less: goodwill and core deposit intangible, net     (16,471 )     (17,302 )     (19,994 )  
    Tangible common stockholders’ equity (non-GAAP)   $ 282,369     $ 278,465     $ 257,938    
                         
    Common shares outstanding at end of period     7,639,844   (1)   7,729,951   (2)   7,707,651   (3)
                         
    Book value per share (GAAP)   $ 39.12     $ 38.26     $ 36.06    
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)   $ 36.96     $ 36.02     $ 33.47    
                         
    Tangible Common Equity Ratio:                    
    Total assets (GAAP)   $ 3,066,078     $ 3,029,177     $ 2,969,705    
    Less: goodwill and core deposit intangible assets     (16,471 )     (17,302 )     (19,994 )  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP)   $ 3,049,607     $ 3,011,875     $ 2,949,711    
                         
    Common equity ratio (GAAP)     9.75     9.76     9.36  
    Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP)     9.26       9.25       8.74    
                               

    __________________________________

    (1 ) Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,742,907 at March 31, 2025, less 103,063 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (2 ) Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,833,014 at December 31, 2024, less 103,063 unvested restricted stock shares.
    (3 ) Common shares were calculated using shares outstanding of 7,805,795 at March 31, 2024, less 98,144 unvested restricted stock shares.
         

    Contacts:
    Joseph C. Adams,
    Chief Executive Officer

    Matthew D. Mullet,
    President/Chief Financial Officer

    (425) 771-5299
    www.FSBWA.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Renasant Corporation Announces Earnings for the First Quarter of 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TUPELO, Miss., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Renasant Corporation (NYSE: RNST) (the “Company”) today announced earnings results for the first quarter of 2025.

    (Dollars in thousands, except earnings per share) Three Months Ended
      Mar 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Mar 31, 2024
    Net income and earnings per share:      
    Net income $41,518 $44,747 $39,409
    Basic EPS   0.65   0.70   0.70
    Diluted EPS   0.65   0.70   0.70
    Adjusted diluted EPS (Non-GAAP)(1)   0.66   0.73   0.65
                 

    “Results for the quarter represent a good start to the year with solid profitability and growth in loans and deposits,” remarked C. Mitchell Waycaster, Chief Executive Officer of the Company. “On April 1st, we completed the merger with The First Bancshares, Inc. and welcome their team to Renasant. Together, we are positioned to accelerate profit performance and operate in some of the country’s most attractive banking markets.”

    Quarterly Highlights

    Acquisition of The First Bancshares, Inc.

    • On April 1, 2025, the Company completed its merger with The First Bancshares, Inc. (“The First”). As of the acquisition date, The First operated 116 locations throughout Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, Georgia and Florida and, prior to any purchase accounting adjustments, had approximately $8.0 billion in assets, which included approximately $5.4 billion in loans, and approximately $6.5 billion in deposits.

    Earnings

    • Net income for the first quarter of 2025 was $41.5 million; diluted EPS and adjusted diluted EPS (non-GAAP)(1) were $0.65 and $0.66, respectively
    • Net interest income (fully tax equivalent) for the first quarter of 2025 was $137.4 million, up $1.9 million linked quarter
    • For the first quarter of 2025, net interest margin was 3.45%, up 9 basis points linked quarter
    • Cost of total deposits was 2.22% for the first quarter of 2025, down 13 basis points linked quarter
    • Noninterest income increased $2.2 million linked quarter, driven in part by an increase in mortgage banking income and gains on the sale of SBA loans
    • Mortgage banking income increased $1.3 million linked quarter. The mortgage division generated $632.1 million in interest rate lock volume in the first quarter of 2025, up $149.8 million linked quarter. Gain on sale margin was 1.42% for the first quarter of 2025, down 59 basis points linked quarter
    • Noninterest expense decreased $0.9 million linked quarter. Merger and conversion expenses decreased $1.3 million linked quarter

    Balance Sheet

    • Loans increased $170.6 million linked quarter, representing 5.4% annualized net loan growth
    • Securities increased $146.8 million linked quarter. The Company purchased $175.7 million in securities during the first quarter, which was offset by cash flows related to principal payments, calls and maturities of $58.6 million and a positive fair market value adjustment in the Company’s available-for-sale portfolio of $29.7 million
    • Deposits at March 31, 2025 increased $199.5 million on a linked quarter basis. Noninterest bearing deposits increased $137.4 million linked quarter and represented 24.0% of total deposits at March 31, 2025

    Capital and Stock Repurchase Program

    • Book value per share and tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)(1) increased 1.6% and 2.7%, respectively, linked quarter
    • The Company has a $100.0 million stock repurchase program in effect through October 2025 under which the Company is authorized to repurchase outstanding shares of its common stock either in open market purchases or privately-negotiated transactions. There was no buyback activity during the first quarter of 2025

    Credit Quality

    • The Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $4.8 million for the first quarter of 2025, up $2.6 million linked quarter
    • The ratio of the allowance for credit losses on loans to total loans was 1.56% at March 31, 2025, down one basis point linked quarter
    • The coverage ratio, or the allowance for credit losses on loans to nonperforming loans, was 206.55% at March 31, 2025, compared to 178.11% at December 31, 2024
    • Net loan recoveries for the first quarter of 2025 were $0.1 million
    • Nonperforming loans to total loans decreased to 0.76% at March 31, 2025 compared to 0.88% at December 31, 2024, and criticized loans (which include classified and Special Mention loans) to total loans decreased to 2.45% at March 31, 2025, compared to 2.89% at December 31, 2024

    (1) This is a non-GAAP financial measure. A reconciliation of all non-GAAP financial measures disclosed in this release from GAAP to non-GAAP is included in the tables at the end of this release. The information below under the heading “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” explains why the Company believes the non-GAAP financial measures in this release provide useful information and describes the other purposes for which the Company uses non-GAAP financial measures.


    Income Statement

    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Three Months Ended
      Mar 31,
    2025
    Dec 31,
    2024
    Sep 30,
    2024
    Jun 30,
    2024
    Mar 31,
    2024
    Interest income          
    Loans held for investment $ 196,566 $ 199,240   $ 202,655   $ 198,397   $ 192,390  
    Loans held for sale   3,008   3,564     4,212     3,530     2,308  
    Securities   12,117   10,510     10,304     10,410     10,700  
    Other   8,639   12,030     11,872     7,874     7,781  
    Total interest income   220,330   225,344     229,043     220,211     213,179  
    Interest expense          
    Deposits   79,386   85,571     90,787     87,621     82,613  
    Borrowings   6,747   6,891     7,258     7,564     7,276  
    Total interest expense   86,133   92,462     98,045     95,185     89,889  
    Net interest income   134,197   132,882     130,998     125,026     123,290  
    Provision for credit losses          
    Provision for loan losses   2,050   3,100     1,210     4,300     2,638  
    Provision for (Recovery of) unfunded commitments   2,700   (500 )   (275 )   (1,000 )   (200 )
    Total provision for credit losses   4,750   2,600     935     3,300     2,438  
    Net interest income after provision for credit losses   129,447   130,282     130,063     121,726     120,852  
    Noninterest income   36,395   34,218     89,299     38,762     41,381  
    Noninterest expense   113,876   114,747     121,983     111,976     112,912  
    Income before income taxes   51,966   49,753     97,379     48,512     49,321  
    Income taxes   10,448   5,006     24,924     9,666     9,912  
    Net income $ 41,518 $ 44,747   $ 72,455   $ 38,846   $ 39,409  
               
    Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)(1) $ 42,111 $ 46,458   $ 42,960   $ 38,846   $ 36,572  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (“PPNR”) (non-GAAP)(1) $ 57,507 $ 54,177   $ 56,238   $ 51,812   $ 48,231  
               
    Basic earnings per share $ 0.65 $ 0.70   $ 1.18   $ 0.69   $ 0.70  
    Diluted earnings per share   0.65   0.70     1.18     0.69     0.70  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per share (non-GAAP)(1)   0.66   0.73     0.70     0.69     0.65  
    Average basic shares outstanding   63,666,419   63,565,437     61,217,094     56,342,909     56,208,348  
    Average diluted shares outstanding   64,028,025   64,056,303     61,632,448     56,684,626     56,531,078  
    Cash dividends per common share $ 0.22 $ 0.22   $ 0.22   $ 0.22   $ 0.22  

    (1) This is a non-GAAP financial measure. A reconciliation of all non-GAAP financial measures disclosed in this release from GAAP to non-GAAP is included in the tables at the end of this release. The information below under the heading “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” explains why the Company believes the non-GAAP financial measures in this release provide useful information and describes the other purposes for which the Company uses non-GAAP financial measures.


    Performance Ratios

      Three Months Ended
      Mar 31,
    2025
    Dec 31,
    2024
    Sep 30,
    2024
    Jun 30,
    2024
    Mar 31,
    2024
    Return on average assets 0.94 % 0.99 % 1.63 % 0.90 % 0.92 %
    Adjusted return on average assets (non-GAAP)(1) 0.95   1.03   0.97   0.90   0.86  
    Return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)(1) 1.01   1.07   1.75   0.98   1.00  
    Adjusted return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)(1) 1.02   1.11   1.05   0.98   0.93  
    Return on average equity 6.25   6.70   11.29   6.68   6.85  
    Adjusted return on average equity (non-GAAP)(1) 6.34   6.96   6.69   6.68   6.36  
    Return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)(1) 10.16   10.97   18.83   12.04   12.45  
    Adjusted return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)(1) 10.30   11.38   11.26   12.04   11.58  
    Efficiency ratio (fully taxable equivalent) 65.51   67.61   54.73   67.31   67.52  
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)(1) 64.43   65.82   64.62   66.60   68.23  
    Dividend payout ratio 33.85   31.43   18.64   31.88   31.43  

    Capital and Balance Sheet Ratios

      As of
      Mar 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024
    Shares outstanding   63,739,467     63,565,690     63,564,028     56,367,924     56,304,860  
    Market value per share $ 33.93   $ 35.75   $ 32.50   $ 30.54   $ 31.32  
    Book value per share   42.79     42.13     41.82     41.77     41.25  
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP)(1)   27.07     26.36     26.02     23.89     23.32  
    Shareholders’ equity to assets   14.93 %   14.85 %   14.80 %   13.45 %   13.39 %
    Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP)(1)   9.99     9.84     9.76     8.16     8.04  
    Leverage ratio   11.39     11.34     11.32     9.81     9.75  
    Common equity tier 1 capital ratio   12.59     12.73     12.88     10.75     10.59  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio   13.34     13.50     13.67     11.53     11.37  
    Total risk-based capital ratio   16.88     17.08     17.32     15.15     15.00  

    (1) This is a non-GAAP financial measure. A reconciliation of all non-GAAP financial measures disclosed in this release from GAAP to non-GAAP is included in the tables at the end of this release. The information below under the heading “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” explains why the Company believes the non-GAAP financial measures in this release provide useful information and describes the other purposes for which the Company uses non-GAAP financial measures.


    Noninterest Income and Noninterest Expense

    (Dollars in thousands) Three Months Ended
      Mar 31,
    2025
    Dec 31,
    2024
    Sep 30,
    2024
    Jun 30,
    2024
    Mar 31,
    2024
    Noninterest income          
    Service charges on deposit accounts $ 10,364 $ 10,549 $ 10,438 $ 10,286 $ 10,506  
    Fees and commissions   3,787   4,181   4,116   3,944   3,949  
    Insurance commissions         2,758   2,716  
    Wealth management revenue   7,067   6,371   5,835   5,684   5,669  
    Mortgage banking income   8,147   6,861   8,447   9,698   11,370  
    Gain on sale of insurance agency       53,349      
    Gain on extinguishment of debt           56  
    BOLI income   2,929   3,317   2,858   2,701   2,691  
    Other   4,101   2,939   4,256   3,691   4,424  
    Total noninterest income $ 36,395 $ 34,218 $ 89,299 $ 38,762 $ 41,381  
    Noninterest expense          
    Salaries and employee benefits $ 71,957 $ 70,260 $ 71,307 $ 70,731 $ 71,470  
    Data processing   4,089   4,145   4,133   3,945   3,807  
    Net occupancy and equipment   11,754   11,312   11,415   11,844   11,389  
    Other real estate owned   685   590   56   105   107  
    Professional fees   2,884   2,686   3,189   3,195   3,348  
    Advertising and public relations   4,297   3,840   3,677   3,807   4,886  
    Intangible amortization   1,080   1,133   1,160   1,186   1,212  
    Communications   2,033   2,067   2,176   2,112   2,024  
    Merger and conversion related expenses   791   2,076   11,273      
    Other   14,306   16,638   13,597   15,051   14,669  
    Total noninterest expense $ 113,876 $ 114,747 $ 121,983 $ 111,976 $ 112,912  

    Mortgage Banking Income

    (Dollars in thousands) Three Months Ended
      Mar 31,
    2025
    Dec 31,
    2024
    Sep 30,
    2024
    Jun 30,
    2024
    Mar 31,
    2024
    Gain on sales of loans, net $ 4,500 $ 2,379 $ 4,499 $ 5,199 $ 4,535  
    Fees, net   2,317   2,850   2,646   2,866   1,854  
    Mortgage servicing income, net   1,330   1,632   1,302   1,633   4,981  
    Total mortgage banking income $ 8,147 $ 6,861 $ 8,447 $ 9,698 $ 11,370  

    Balance Sheet

    (Dollars in thousands) As of
      Mar 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024
    Assets          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,091,339   $ 1,092,032   $ 1,275,620   $ 851,906   $ 844,400  
    Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost   1,101,901     1,126,112     1,150,531     1,174,663     1,199,111  
    Securities available for sale, at fair value   1,002,056     831,013     764,844     749,685     764,486  
    Loans held for sale, at fair value   226,003     246,171     291,735     266,406     191,440  
    Loans held for investment   13,055,593     12,885,020     12,627,648     12,604,755     12,500,525  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans   (203,931 )   (201,756 )   (200,378 )   (199,871 )   (201,052 )
    Loans, net   12,851,662     12,683,264     12,427,270     12,404,884     12,299,473  
    Premises and equipment, net   279,011     279,796     280,550     280,966     282,193  
    Other real estate owned   8,654     8,673     9,136     7,366     9,142  
    Goodwill and other intangibles   1,001,923     1,003,003     1,004,136     1,008,062     1,009,248  
    Bank-owned life insurance   337,502     391,810     389,138     387,791     385,186  
    Mortgage servicing rights   72,902     72,991     71,990     72,092     71,596  
    Other assets   298,428     300,003     293,890     306,570     289,466  
    Total assets $ 18,271,381   $ 18,034,868   $ 17,958,840   $ 17,510,391   $ 17,345,741  
               
    Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity          
    Liabilities          
    Deposits:          
    Noninterest-bearing $ 3,541,375   $ 3,403,981   $ 3,529,801   $ 3,539,453   $ 3,516,164  
    Interest-bearing   11,230,720     11,168,631     10,979,950     10,715,760     10,720,999  
    Total deposits   14,772,095     14,572,612     14,509,751     14,255,213     14,237,163  
    Short-term borrowings   108,015     108,018     108,732     232,741     108,121  
    Long-term debt   433,309     430,614     433,177     428,677     428,047  
    Other liabilities   230,857     245,306     249,102     239,059     250,060  
    Total liabilities   15,544,276     15,356,550     15,300,762     15,155,690     15,023,391  
               
    Shareholders’ equity:          
    Common stock   332,421     332,421     332,421     296,483     296,483  
    Treasury stock   (91,646 )   (97,196 )   (97,251 )   (97,534 )   (99,683 )
    Additional paid-in capital   1,486,849     1,491,847     1,488,678     1,304,782     1,303,613  
    Retained earnings   1,121,102     1,093,854     1,063,324     1,005,086     978,880  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (121,621 )   (142,608 )   (129,094 )   (154,116 )   (156,943 )
    Total shareholders’ equity   2,727,105     2,678,318     2,658,078     2,354,701     2,322,350  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 18,271,381   $ 18,034,868   $ 17,958,840   $ 17,510,391   $ 17,345,741  

    Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

    (Dollars in thousands) Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2024
      Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Income/
    Expense
    Yield/  
     Rate
    Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Income/
    Expense
    Yield/  
     Rate
    Average
    Balance
    Interest
    Income/
    Expense
    Yield/  
     Rate
    Interest-earning assets:                  
    Loans held for investment $ 12,966,869 $ 199,504 6.24 % $ 12,746,941 $ 201,562 6.29 % $ 12,407,976 $ 194,640 6.30 %
    Loans held for sale   200,917   3,008 5.99 %   250,812   3,564 5.69 %   155,382   2,308 5.94 %
    Taxable securities   1,883,535   10,971 2.33 %   1,784,167   9,408 2.11 %   1,891,817   9,505 2.01 %
    Tax-exempt securities(1)   259,800   1,443 2.22 %   261,679   1,400 2.14 %   270,279   1,505 2.23 %
    Total securities   2,143,335   12,414 2.32 %   2,045,846   10,808 2.11 %   2,162,096   11,010 2.04 %
    Interest-bearing balances with banks   824,743   8,639 4.25 %   1,025,294   12,030 4.67 %   570,336   7,781 5.49 %
    Total interest-earning assets   16,135,864   223,565 5.61 %   16,068,893   227,964 5.65 %   15,295,790   215,739 5.66 %
    Cash and due from banks   181,869       188,493       188,503    
    Intangible assets   1,002,511       1,003,551       1,009,825    
    Other assets   669,392       682,211       708,895    
    Total assets $ 17,989,636     $ 17,943,148     $ 17,203,013    
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                  
    Interest-bearing demand(2) $ 7,835,617 $ 54,710 2.83 % $ 7,629,685 $ 57,605 3.00 % $ 6,955,989 $ 52,500 3.03 %
    Savings deposits   813,451   711 0.35 %   804,132   706 0.35 %   860,397   730 0.34 %
    Brokered deposits     %   60,298   1,013 6.68 %   445,608   5,987 5.39 %
    Time deposits   2,474,218   23,965 3.93 %   2,512,097   26,247 4.16 %   2,319,420   23,396 4.06 %
    Total interest-bearing deposits   11,123,286   79,386 2.89 %   11,006,212   85,571 3.09 %   10,581,414   82,613 3.13 %
    Borrowed funds   556,734   6,747 4.88 %   556,966   6,891 4.94 %   562,398   7,276 5.35 %
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   11,680,020   86,133 2.99 %   11,563,178   92,462 3.18 %   11,143,812   89,889 3.24 %
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   3,408,830       3,502,931       3,518,612    
    Other liabilities   208,105       220,154       226,308    
    Shareholders’ equity   2,692,681       2,656,885       2,314,281    
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 17,989,636     $ 17,943,148     $ 17,203,013    
    Net interest income/ net interest margin   $ 137,432 3.45 %   $ 135,502 3.36 %   $ 125,850 3.30 %
    Cost of funding     2.31 %     2.44 %     2.46 %
    Cost of total deposits     2.22 %     2.35 %     2.35 %

    (1) U.S. Government and some U.S. Government Agency securities are tax-exempt in the states in which the Company operates.
    (2) Interest-bearing demand deposits include interest-bearing transactional accounts and money market deposits.


    Loan Portfolio

    (Dollars in thousands) As of
      Mar 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024
    Loan Portfolio:          
    Commercial, financial, agricultural $ 1,888,580 $ 1,885,817 $ 1,804,961 $ 1,847,762 $ 1,869,408  
    Lease financing   85,412   90,591   98,159   102,996   107,474  
    Real estate – construction   1,090,862   1,093,653   1,198,838   1,355,425   1,243,535  
    Real estate – 1-4 family mortgages   3,583,080   3,488,877   3,440,038   3,435,818   3,429,286  
    Real estate – commercial mortgages   6,320,120   6,236,068   5,995,152   5,766,478   5,753,230  
    Installment loans to individuals   87,539   90,014   90,500   96,276   97,592  
    Total loans $ 13,055,593 $ 12,885,020 $ 12,627,648 $ 12,604,755 $ 12,500,525  

    Credit Quality and Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans

    (Dollars in thousands) As of
      Mar 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 Sep 30, 2024 Jun 30, 2024 Mar 31, 2024
    Nonperforming Assets:          
    Nonaccruing loans $ 98,638   $ 110,811   $ 113,872   $ 97,795   $ 73,774  
    Loans 90 days or more past due   95     2,464     5,351     240     451  
    Total nonperforming loans   98,733     113,275     119,223     98,035     74,225  
    Other real estate owned   8,654     8,673     9,136     7,366     9,142  
    Total nonperforming assets $ 107,387   $ 121,948   $ 128,359   $ 105,401   $ 83,367  
               
    Criticized Loans          
    Classified loans $ 224,654   $ 241,708   $ 218,135   $ 191,595   $ 206,502  
    Special Mention loans   95,778     130,882     163,804     138,343     138,366  
    Criticized loans(1) $ 320,432   $ 372,590   $ 381,939   $ 329,938   $ 344,868  
               
    Allowance for credit losses on loans $ 203,931   $ 201,756   $ 200,378   $ 199,871   $ 201,052  
    Net loan (recoveries) charge-offs $ (125 ) $ 1,722   $ 703   $ 5,481   $ 164  
    Annualized net loan charge-offs / average loans   %   0.05 %   0.02 %   0.18 %   0.01 %
    Nonperforming loans / total loans   0.76     0.88     0.94     0.78     0.59  
    Nonperforming assets / total assets   0.59     0.68     0.71     0.60     0.48  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans / total loans   1.56     1.57     1.59     1.59     1.61  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans / nonperforming loans   206.55     178.11     168.07     203.88     270.87  
    Criticized loans / total loans   2.45     2.89     3.02     2.62     2.76  

    (1) Criticized loans include classified and Special Mention loans.

    CONFERENCE CALL INFORMATION:
    A live audio webcast of a conference call with analysts will be available beginning at 10:00 AM Eastern Time (9:00 AM Central Time) on Wednesday, April 23, 2025.

    The webcast is accessible through Renasant’s investor relations website at www.renasant.com or https://event.choruscall.com/mediaframe/webcast.html?webcastid=3wLevlin. To access the conference via telephone, dial 1-877-513-1143 in the United States and request the Renasant Corporation 2025 First Quarter Earnings Webcast and Conference Call. International participants should dial 1-412-902-4145 to access the conference call.

    The webcast will be archived on www.renasant.com after the call and will remain accessible for one year. A replay can be accessed via telephone by dialing 1-877-344-7529 in the United States and entering conference number 6525571 or by dialing 1-412-317-0088 internationally and entering the same conference number. Telephone replay access is available until May 7, 2025.

    ABOUT RENASANT CORPORATION:
    Renasant Corporation is the parent of Renasant Bank, a 121-year-old financial services institution. As of April 1, 2025, Renasant has assets of approximately $26.0 billion and operates 280 banking, lending, mortgage and wealth management offices throughout the Southeast and also offers factoring and asset-based lending on a nationwide basis.

    CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS:
    This press release may contain, or incorporate by reference, statements about Renasant Corporation that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “believes,” “expects,” “projects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “estimates,” “plans,” “potential,” “focus,” “possible,” “may increase,” “may fluctuate,” “will likely result,” and similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would” and “could,” are generally forward-looking in nature and not historical facts. Forward-looking statements include information about the Company’s future financial performance, business strategy, projected plans and objectives and are based on the current beliefs and expectations of management. The Company’s management believes these forward-looking statements are reasonable, but they are all inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. Actual results may differ from those indicated or implied in the forward-looking statements, and such differences may be material. Prospective investors are cautioned that any forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties and, accordingly, investors should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made.

    Important factors currently known to management that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include the following: (i) the Company’s ability to efficiently integrate acquisitions (including its recently-completed merger with The First Bancshares, Inc.) (“The First”) into its operations, retain the customers of these businesses, grow the acquired operations and realize the cost savings expected from an acquisition to the extent and in the timeframe anticipated by management (including the possibility that such cost savings will not be realized when expected, or at all, as a result of the impact of, or challenges arising from, the integration of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities into the Company, potential adverse reactions or changes to business or employee relationships, or as a result of other unexpected factors or events); (ii) potential exposure to unknown or contingent risks and liabilities the Company has acquired, or may acquire, or target for acquisition, including in connection with its merger with The First; (iii) the effect of economic conditions and interest rates on a national, regional or international basis; (iv) timing and success of the implementation of changes in operations to achieve enhanced earnings or effect cost savings; (v) competitive pressures in the consumer finance, commercial finance, financial services, asset management, retail banking, factoring and mortgage lending and auto lending industries; (vi) the financial resources of, and products available from, competitors; (vii) changes in laws and regulations as well as changes in accounting standards; (viii) changes in governmental and regulatory policy, whether applicable specifically to financial institutions or impacting the United States generally (such as, for example, changes in trade policy); (ix) increased scrutiny by, and/or additional regulatory requirements of, regulatory agencies as a result of the Company’s merger with The First; (x) changes in the securities and foreign exchange markets; (xi) the Company’s potential growth, including its entrance or expansion into new markets, and the need for sufficient capital to support that growth; (xii) changes in the quality or composition of the Company’s loan or investment portfolios, including adverse developments in borrower industries or in the repayment ability of individual borrowers or issuers of investment securities, or the impact of interest rates on the value of the Company’s investment securities portfolio; (xiii) an insufficient allowance for credit losses as a result of inaccurate assumptions; (xiv) changes in the sources and costs of the capital the Company uses to make loans and otherwise fund the Company’s operations, due to deposit outflows, changes in the mix of deposits and the cost and availability of borrowings; (xv) general economic, market or business conditions, including the impact of inflation; (xvi) changes in demand for loan and deposit products and other financial services; (xvii) concentrations of credit or deposit exposure; (xviii) changes or the lack of changes in interest rates, yield curves and interest rate spread relationships; (xix) increased cybersecurity risk, including potential network breaches, business disruptions or financial losses; (xx) civil unrest, natural disasters, epidemics and other catastrophic events in the Company’s geographic area; (xxi) geopolitical conditions, including acts or threats of terrorism and actions taken by the United States or other governments in response to acts or threats of terrorism and/or military conflicts, which could impact business and economic conditions in the United States and abroad; (xxii) the impact, extent and timing of technological changes; and (xxiii) other circumstances, many of which are beyond management’s control.

    Management believes that the assumptions underlying the Company’s forward-looking statements are reasonable, but any of the assumptions could prove to be inaccurate. Investors are urged to carefully consider the risks described in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) from time to time, including its most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, which are available at www.renasant.com and the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

    The Company undertakes no obligation, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to update or revise forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes to future operating results over time, except as required by federal securities laws.

    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES:
    In addition to results presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”), this press release and the presentation slides furnished to the SEC on the same Form 8-K as this release contain non-GAAP financial measures, namely, (i) adjusted loan yield, (ii) adjusted net interest income and margin, (iii) pre-provision net revenue (including on an as-adjusted basis), (iv) adjusted net income, (v) adjusted diluted earnings per share, (vi) tangible book value per share, (vii) the tangible common equity ratio, (viii) the adjusted return on average assets and on average equity and certain other performance ratios (namely, the ratio of pre-provision net revenue to average assets and the return on average tangible assets and on average tangible common equity (including each of the foregoing on an as-adjusted basis)), and (ix) the adjusted efficiency ratio.

    These non-GAAP financial measures adjust GAAP financial measures to exclude intangible assets, including related amortization, and/or certain gains or charges (such as, for the first quarter of 2025, merger and conversion expenses), with respect to which the Company is unable to accurately predict when these charges will be incurred or, when incurred, the amount thereof. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy. In addition, the Company believes that these non-GAAP financial measures facilitate the making of period-to-period comparisons and are meaningful indicators of its operating performance, particularly because these measures are widely used by industry analysts for companies with merger and acquisition activities. Also, because intangible assets such as goodwill and the core deposit intangible can vary extensively from company to company and, as to intangible assets, are excluded from the calculation of a financial institution’s regulatory capital, the Company believes that the presentation of this non-GAAP financial information allows readers to more easily compare the Company’s results to information provided in other regulatory reports and the results of other companies. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are included in the tables below under the caption “Non-GAAP Reconciliations”.

    None of the non-GAAP financial information that the Company has included in this release or the accompanying presentation slides are intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for any measure prepared in accordance with GAAP. Investors should note that, because there are no standardized definitions for the calculations as well as the results, the Company’s calculations may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. Also, there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors. As a result, the Company encourages readers to consider its consolidated financial statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

    Non-GAAP Reconciliations

    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Three Months Ended
      Mar 31,
    2025
    Dec 31,
    2024
    Sep 30,
    2024
    Jun 30,
    2024
    Mar 31,
    2024
    Adjusted Pre-Provision Net Revenue (“PPNR”)      
    Net income (GAAP) $ 41,518   $ 44,747   $ 72,455   $ 38,846   $ 39,409  
    Income taxes   10,448     5,006     24,924     9,666     9,912  
    Provision for credit losses (including unfunded commitments)   4,750     2,600     935     3,300     2,438  
    Pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP) $ 56,716   $ 52,353   $ 98,314   $ 51,812   $ 51,759  
    Merger and conversion expense   791     2,076     11,273          
    Gain on extinguishment of debt                   (56 )
    Gain on sales of MSR       (252 )           (3,472 )
    Gain on sale of insurance agency           (53,349 )        
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue (non-GAAP) $ 57,507   $ 54,177   $ 56,238   $ 51,812   $ 48,231  
               
    Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Tangible Net Income      
    Net income (GAAP) $ 41,518   $ 44,747   $ 72,455   $ 38,846   $ 39,409  
    Amortization of intangibles   1,080     1,133     1,160     1,186     1,212  
    Tax effect of adjustments noted above(1)   (270 )   (283 )   (296 )   (233 )   (237 )
    Tangible net income (non-GAAP) $ 42,328   $ 45,597   $ 73,319   $ 39,799   $ 40,384  
               
    Net income (GAAP) $ 41,518   $ 44,747   $ 72,455   $ 38,846   $ 39,409  
    Merger and conversion expense   791     2,076     11,273          
    Gain on extinguishment of debt                   (56 )
    Gain on sales of MSR       (252 )           (3,472 )
    Gain on sale of insurance agency           (53,349 )        
    Tax effect of adjustments noted above(1)   (198 )   (113 )   12,581         691  
    Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) $ 42,111   $ 46,458   $ 42,960   $ 38,846   $ 36,572  
    Amortization of intangibles   1,080     1,133     1,160     1,186     1,212  
    Tax effect of adjustments noted above(1)   (270 )   (283 )   (296 )   (233 )   (237 )
    Adjusted tangible net income (non-GAAP) $ 42,921   $ 47,308   $ 43,824   $ 39,799   $ 37,547  
    Tangible Assets and Tangible Shareholders’ Equity      
    Average shareholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 2,692,681   $ 2,656,885   $ 2,553,586   $ 2,337,731   $ 2,314,281  
    Average intangible assets   (1,002,511 )   (1,003,551 )   (1,004,701 )   (1,008,638 )   (1,009,825 )
    Average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 1,690,170   $ 1,653,334   $ 1,548,885   $ 1,329,093   $ 1,304,456  
               
    Average assets (GAAP) $ 17,989,636   $ 17,943,148   $ 17,681,664   $ 17,371,369   $ 17,203,013  
    Average intangible assets   (1,002,511 )   (1,003,551 )   (1,004,701 )   (1,008,638 )   (1,009,825 )
    Average tangible assets (non-GAAP) $ 16,987,125   $ 16,939,597   $ 16,676,963   $ 16,362,731   $ 16,193,188  
               
    Shareholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 2,727,105   $ 2,678,318   $ 2,658,078   $ 2,354,701   $ 2,322,350  
    Intangible assets   (1,001,923 )   (1,003,003 )   (1,004,136 )   (1,008,062 )   (1,009,248 )
    Tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 1,725,182   $ 1,675,315   $ 1,653,942   $ 1,346,639   $ 1,313,102  
               
    Total assets (GAAP) $ 18,271,381   $ 18,034,868   $ 17,958,840   $ 17,510,391   $ 17,345,741  
    Intangible assets   (1,001,923 )   (1,003,003 )   (1,004,136 )   (1,008,062 )   (1,009,248 )
    Total tangible assets (non-GAAP) $ 17,269,458   $ 17,031,865   $ 16,954,704   $ 16,502,329   $ 16,336,493  
               
    Adjusted Performance Ratios          
    Return on average assets (GAAP)   0.94 %   0.99 %   1.63 %   0.90 %   0.92 %
    Adjusted return on average assets (non-GAAP)   0.95     1.03     0.97     0.90     0.86  
    Return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)   1.01     1.07     1.75     0.98     1.00  
    Pre-provision net revenue to average assets (non-GAAP)   1.28     1.16     2.21     1.20     1.21  
    Adjusted pre-provision net revenue to average assets (non-GAAP)   1.30     1.20     1.27     1.20     1.13  
    Adjusted return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)   1.02     1.11     1.05     0.98     0.93  
    Return on average equity (GAAP)   6.25     6.70     11.29     6.68     6.85  
    Adjusted return on average equity (non-GAAP)   6.34     6.96     6.69     6.68     6.36  
    Return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)   10.16     10.97     18.83     12.04     12.45  
    Adjusted return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP)   10.30     11.38     11.26     12.04     11.58  
               
    Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share      
    Average diluted shares outstanding   64,028,025     64,056,303     61,632,448     56,684,626     56,531,078  
               
    Diluted earnings per share (GAAP) $ 0.65   $ 0.70   $ 1.18   $ 0.69   $ 0.70  
    Adjusted diluted earnings per share (non-GAAP) $ 0.66   $ 0.73   $ 0.70   $ 0.69   $ 0.65  
               
    Tangible Book Value Per Share          
    Shares outstanding   63,739,467     63,565,690     63,564,028     56,367,924     56,304,860  
               
    Book value per share (GAAP) $ 42.79   $ 42.13   $ 41.82   $ 41.77   $ 41.25  
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) $ 27.07   $ 26.36   $ 26.02   $ 23.89   $ 23.32  
               
    Tangible Common Equity Ratio          
    Shareholders’ equity to assets (GAAP)   14.93 %   14.85 %   14.80 %   13.45 %   13.39 %
    Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP)   9.99 %   9.84 %   9.76 %   8.16 %   8.04 %
    Adjusted Efficiency Ratio          
    Net interest income (FTE) (GAAP) $ 137,432   $ 135,502   $ 133,576   $ 127,598   $ 125,850  
               
    Total noninterest income (GAAP) $ 36,395   $ 34,218   $ 89,299   $ 38,762   $ 41,381  
    Gain on sales of MSR       (252 )           (3,472 )
    Gain on extinguishment of debt                   (56 )
    Gain on sale of insurance agency           (53,349 )        
    Total adjusted noninterest income (non-GAAP) $ 36,395   $ 33,966   $ 35,950   $ 38,762   $ 37,853  
               
    Noninterest expense (GAAP) $ 113,876   $ 114,747   $ 121,983   $ 111,976   $ 112,912  
    Amortization of intangibles   (1,080 )   (1,133 )   (1,160 )   (1,186 )   (1,212 )
    Merger and conversion expense   (791 )   (2,076 )   (11,273 )        
    Total adjusted noninterest expense (non-GAAP) $ 112,005   $ 111,538   $ 109,550   $ 110,790   $ 111,700  
               
    Efficiency ratio (GAAP)   65.51 %   67.61 %   54.73 %   67.31 %   67.52 %
    Adjusted efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   64.43 %   65.82 %   64.62 %   66.60 %   68.23 %
               
    Adjusted Net Interest Income and Adjusted Net Interest Margin      
    Net interest income (FTE) (GAAP) $ 137,432   $ 135,502   $ 133,576   $ 127,598   $ 125,850  
    Net interest income collected on problem loans   (1,026 )   (151 )   (642 )   146     (123 )
    Accretion recognized on purchased loans   (558 )   (616 )   (1,089 )   (897 )   (800 )
    Adjustments to net interest income $ (1,584 ) $ (767 ) $ (1,731 ) $ (751 ) $ (923 )
    Adjusted net interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP) $ 135,848   $ 134,735   $ 131,845   $ 126,847   $ 124,927  
               
    Net interest margin (GAAP)   3.45 %   3.36 %   3.36 %   3.31 %   3.30 %
    Adjusted net interest margin (non-GAAP)   3.42 %   3.34 %   3.32 %   3.29 %   3.28 %
               
    Adjusted Loan Yield          
    Loan interest income (FTE) (GAAP) $ 199,504   $ 201,562   $ 204,935   $ 200,670   $ 194,640  
    Net interest income collected on problem loans   (1,026 )   (151 )   (642 )   146     (123 )
    Accretion recognized on purchased loans   (558 )   (616 )   (1,089 )   (897 )   (800 )
    Adjusted loan interest income (FTE) (non-GAAP) $ 197,920   $ 200,795   $ 203,204   $ 199,919   $ 193,717  
               
    Loan yield (GAAP)   6.24 %   6.29 %   6.47 %   6.41 %   6.30 %
    Adjusted loan yield (non-GAAP)   6.19 %   6.27 %   6.41 %   6.38 %   6.27 %

    (1) Tax effect is calculated based on the respective legal entity’s appropriate federal and state tax rates (as applicable) for the period, and includes the estimated impact of both current and deferred tax expense. The tax effect of the discrete gain on sale of insurance agency was calculated based on an estimated tax rate of 27.0%.

    Contacts: For Media:   For Financials:
      John S. Oxford   James C. Mabry IV
      Senior Vice President   Executive Vice President
      Chief Marketing Officer   Chief Financial Officer
      (662) 680-1219   (662) 680-1281

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: First Bank Announces First Quarter 2025 Net Income of $9.4 Million

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    HAMILTON, N.J., April 22, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — First Bank (Nasdaq Global Market: FRBA) (“the Bank”) today announced results for the first quarter of 2025. Net income for the first quarter of 2025 was $9.4 million, or $0.37 per diluted share, compared to $12.5 million, or $0.50 per diluted share, for the first quarter of 2024. Return on average assets, return on average equity and return on average tangible equityi for the first quarter of 2025 were 1.00%, 9.20% and 10.54%, respectively, compared to 1.41%, 13.36% and 15.64%, respectively, for the first quarter of 2024. 

    First Quarter 2025 Performance Highlights:

    • Total loans of $3.24 billion at March 31, 2025 grew $91.8 million, or 11.8%, annualized, from the linked quarter ended December 31, 2024.
    • Total deposits were $3.12 billion at March 31, 2025, increasing $63.9 million, or 8.5% annualized from the linked quarter ended December 31, 2024.
    • Net interest margin measured 3.65% for the first quarter of 2025, increasing 11 basis points from 3.54% for the linked quarter ended December 31, 2024.
    • Tangible book value per shareii grew to $14.47 at March 31, 2025, increasing 8.0%, annualized, from $14.19 at December 31, 2024.
    • Strong asset quality continued, with nonperforming assets decreasing to 0.42% of total assets at March 31, 2025, compared to 0.46% at December 31, 2024 and 0.64% at March 31, 2024.

    “We are pleased to report high-quality loan and deposit growth in the first quarter of 2025,” Patrick L. Ryan, President and CEO of First Bank, reflecting on the Bank’s performance. “Our team produced excellent Commercial and Industrial (“C&I”) loan growth during the quarter with an improved net interest margin and sustained asset quality. We are especially pleased to have achieved this with an efficiency ratio that remained below 60% for the 23rd consecutive quarter, and with continued growth in our primary areas of focus. Our recent and ongoing investments in technology and new C&I lending and deposit-focused business units are building scale and bearing fruit, as reflected in our 10.8% year-over-year increase in tangible book value per share.”

    Mr. Ryan continued, “Our success demonstrates a deep commitment to continuing our evolution from a traditional community bank into a full-service, middle market commercial bank. We are executing with a clear vision for our future success, growing our balance sheet and earnings power through strategic initiatives focused on diversification and profitability. Our goal is to achieve top-quartile performance among our peers in any economic environment. We expect our strong underwriting and diversification strategies will support quality growth in 2025 and beyond. As our new business units continue to scale up, we expect to see even better efficiency and profitability moving forward. Additionally, we are pleased to continue driving returns for shareholders through successful share buybacks and meaningful dividends.”

    Income Statement

    In the first quarter of 2025, the Bank’s net interest income increased to $32.1 million, growing $1.8 million, or 5.9%, compared to the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $2.2 million in interest income which outpaced the $450,000 increase in interest expense in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the same quarter in 2024. Net interest income increased $498,000, or 1.6%, over the linked fourth quarter of 2024. This increase was primarily driven by a decrease of $1.6 million in interest expense on deposits, resulting from lower average rates in the first quarter, partially offset by a $1.1 million decrease in interest income from interest bearing deposits with banks, due to lower average balances and yields.

    The Bank’s tax equivalent net interest margin measured 3.65% for the first quarter of 2025, increasing by one basis point from 3.64% for the prior year quarter, and increasing by 11 basis points from 3.54% for the fourth quarter of 2024. The relatively flat margin from the prior year quarter was primarily driven by similar decreases in the average rate on interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. The Bank’s net interest margin increased compared to the linked fourth quarter primarily due to declines in average rates on deposits and borrowings outpacing the slight reduction in average rates on earning assets. The Bank’s tax equivalent net interest margin includes the impact of amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts from fair value measurements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions. The net impact of amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts from fair value measurements of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions was a $2.8 million increase in net interest income during the first quarter of 2025, compared to $3.1 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2024 and $4.2 million for the first quarter of 2024.

    The Bank recorded a credit loss expense totaling $1.5 million during the first quarter of 2025, compared to a credit loss expense totaling $234,000 for the fourth quarter of 2024 and a $698,000 credit loss benefit for the first quarter of 2024. The increased credit loss expense for the first quarter of 2025 is primarily due to the Bank’s loan growth during the quarter. The Bank’s credit loss benefit for the first quarter of 2024 reflected the Bank’s strong and stable asset quality and lack of loan growth during the quarter.

    In the first quarter of 2025, the Bank recorded non-interest income totaling $2.0 million, compared to non-interest income measuring $2.0 million during the same period in 2024 and $2.2 million in non-interest income during the fourth quarter of 2024. Non-interest income declined from the linked quarter primarily due to lower loan fee income.

    Non-interest expense for the first quarter of 2025 was $20.4 million, an increase of $2.6 million, or 14.5%, compared to $17.8 million for the prior year quarter. Higher non-interest expense was largely due to increases of $1.1 million in salaries and employee benefits primarily due to a larger employee base, $832,000 in other real estate owned (“OREO”) expense due to an $815,000 impairment of an OREO asset recorded during the quarter, and $438,000 in occupancy and equipment primarily due to new branch locations added at the end of 2024.

    On a linked quarter basis, non-interest expense increased $1.3 million from $19.1 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. The linked quarter increase primarily reflects increases of $781,000 in OREO expense due to the $815,000 impairment of an OREO asset recorded during the quarter, $606,000 in salaries and employee benefits costs due to year-end salary increases and higher payroll taxes due to bonus payments made in the first quarter of 2025, $202,000 in occupancy and equipment costs due to the new branch locations added at the end of 2024 and higher maintenance and repair costs. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $425,000 in other professional fees compared to the linked quarter primarily due to lower consulting services and personnel placement fees.

    Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $2.8 million with an effective tax rate of 22.7%, compared to $2.7 million with an effective tax rate of 17.5% for the first quarter of 2024. The effective tax rate for the first quarter of 2025 included the impact of certain discrete items related to stock compensation activity as well as the impact of additional tax credit investments made by the Bank during the quarter. The effective tax rate for the first quarter of 2024 was lower due to certain one-time adjustments primarily related to the finalization of certain tax items related to our acquisition of Malvern Bancorp, Inc. and Malvern Bank, National Association (“Malvern”). Income tax expense for the three months ended December 31, 2024 was $3.9 million with an effective tax rate of 27.2%, which included additional tax related to the Bank’s bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) restructuring completed in the second half of 2024. We anticipate our future effective tax rate will be in the range of 23% to 24%.

    Balance Sheet

    Total assets increased $100.4 million, or 2.7%, from December 31, 2024 to March 31, 2025. Total loans as of March 31, 2025 increased $91.8 million, or 2.9%, from $3.14 billion at December 31, 2024. The Bank’s cash and cash equivalents increased by $16.2 million, or 5.9%, compared to December 31, 2024, as management continued to ensure adequate on-balance sheet liquidity. 

    The Bank reported total assets of $3.88 billion at March 31, 2025, an increase of $289.4 million, or 8.1%, from $3.59 billion at March 31, 2024. Total loans increased $243.6 million, or 8.1%, to $3.24 billion at March 31, 2025 compared to $2.99 billion at March 31, 2024. The increase primarily reflects strong organic loan growth, particularly in the C&I and owner-occupied commercial real estate portfolios. 

    Total deposits increased by $63.9 million or 2.1% from $3.06 billion at December 31, 2024 to $3.12 billion at March 31, 2025, due to a combination of in-market and brokered deposits which were utilized to support significant loan growth during the first quarter of 2025. The Bank’s total deposits increased $149.5 million, or 5.0%, from $2.97 billion at March 31, 2024. Organic deposit growth was primarily due to our team’s success in attracting new deposit relationships while also maintaining existing balances amid heightened industry-wide pricing competition.

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, stockholders’ equity increased by $5.8 million, or 1.4%, primarily due to net income, partially offset by dividends and share repurchases.

    As of March 31, 2025, the Bank continued to exceed all regulatory capital requirements to be considered well-capitalized, with a Tier 1 Leverage ratio of 9.63%, a Tier 1 Risk-Based capital ratio of 9.59%, a Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio of 9.59%, and a Total Risk-Based capital ratio of 11.46%. The tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets ratioiii measured 9.47% as of March 31, 2025 compared to 9.56% at December 31, 2024. The decline from December 31, 2024, was primarily due to the asset growth during the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Asset Quality

    First Bank’s asset quality metrics remained favorable during the first quarter of 2025. Total nonperforming loans declined from $11.7 million at December 31, 2024 to $11.6 million at March 31, 2025. Total nonperforming assets declined from $17.3 million to $16.4 million during the same period primarily due to the $815,000 impairment of an OREO asset recorded during the quarter.

    The Bank recorded net recoveries of $15,000 during the first quarter of 2025 compared to net recoveries of $155,000 in the fourth quarter of 2024 and net charge-offs of $5.3 million in the first quarter of 2024. Net charge-offs for the first quarter of 2024 reflected the charge-off of a $5.5 million purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loan acquired from Malvern, partially offset by $201,000 in net recoveries. The allowance for credit losses on loans as a percentage of total loans measured 1.21% at March 31, 2025, compared to 1.20% at December 31, 2024 and 1.22% at March 31, 2024.

    Liquidity and Borrowings

    Management believes the Bank’s current liquidity position, coupled with our various contingent funding sources, provides the Bank with a strong liquidity base and a diverse source of funding options. The Bank’s cash and cash equivalents increased by $16.2 million, or 5.9%, compared to December 31, 2024, ensuring adequate on-balance sheet liquidity. Borrowings increased by $34.9 million compared to December 31, 2024, as the Bank utilized Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances to support loan growth, while continuing to maintain adequate available borrowing capacity at the FHLB.

    Cash Dividend Declared

    On February 21, 2025, the Bank paid $0.06 per share in cash dividends to common stockholders totaling $1.5 million that was declared by the Bank’s Board of Directors on January 21, 2025.

    On April 15, 2025, the Bank’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.06 per share to common stockholders of record at the close of business on May 9, 2025, payable on May 23, 2025.

    Share Repurchase Program

    During the first quarter of 2025 the Bank repurchased 256,454 shares of common stock at an average price of $15.06 per share, under the share repurchase program authorized in October 2024. Through March 31, 2025, 350,000 shares have been repurchased from the current share repurchase plan with a total cost of $5.2 million or $14.74 per share on average. The share repurchase program provides for the repurchase of up to 1.0 million shares of First Bank common stock with an aggregate repurchase amount of up to $16.0 million. The share repurchase program will expire on September 30, 2025.

    Conference Call and Earnings Release Supplement

    Additional details on the quarterly results and the Bank are included in the attached earnings release supplement.  http://ml.globenewswire.com/Resource/Download/b39afd8e-20bb-4429-bcd7-61a0762ab19e

    First Bank will host its earnings call on Wednesday, April 23, 2025 at 9:00 AM Eastern Time. The direct dial toll free number for the live call is 1-800-715-9871 and the access code is 3909613. For those unable to participate in the call, a replay will be available by dialing 1-800-770-2030 (access code 3909613) from one hour after the end of the conference call until July 22, 2025. Replay information will also be available on First Bank’s website at www.firstbanknj.com under the “About Us” tab. Click on “Investor Relations” to access the replay of the conference call.

    About First Bank

    First Bank is a New Jersey state-chartered bank with 26 full-service branches in Cinnaminson, Delanco, Denville, Ewing, Fairfield, Flemington, Hamilton, Lawrence, Monroe, Morristown, Pennington, Randolph, Somerset, Trenton and Williamstown, New Jersey; and Coventry, Devon, Doylestown, Lionville, Malvern, Media, Paoli, Trevose, Warminster and West Chester, Pennsylvania; and Palm Beach, Florida. With $3.88 billion in assets as of March 31, 2025, First Bank offers a full range of deposit and loan products to individuals and businesses throughout the New York City to Philadelphia corridor. First Bank’s common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “FRBA.”

    Forward Looking Statements

    This press release contains certain forward-looking statements, either express or implied, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include information regarding First Bank’s future financial performance, business and growth strategy, projected plans and objectives, and related transactions, integration of acquired businesses, ability to recognize anticipated operational efficiencies, and other projections based on macroeconomic and industry trends, which are inherently unreliable due to the multiple factors that impact economic trends, and any such variations may be material. Such forward-looking statements are based on various facts and derived utilizing important assumptions, current expectations, estimates and projections about First Bank, any of which may change over time and some of which may be beyond First Bank’s control. Statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “projects,” “estimates,” “plans” and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,” “may” and “could” are generally forward-looking in nature and not historical facts, although not all forward-looking statements include the foregoing. Further, certain factors that could affect our future results and cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: whether First Bank can: successfully implement its growth strategy, including identifying acquisition targets and consummating suitable acquisitions, integrate acquired entities and realize anticipated efficiencies, sustain its internal growth rate, and provide competitive products and services that appeal to its customers and target markets; difficult market conditions and unfavorable economic trends in the United States generally, and particularly in the market areas in which First Bank operates and in which its loans are concentrated, including the effects of declines in housing market values; the impact of public health emergencies, on First Bank, its operations and its customers and employees; an increase in unemployment levels and slowdowns in economic growth; First Bank’s level of nonperforming assets and the costs associated with resolving any problem loans including litigation and other costs; changes in market interest rates may increase funding costs and reduce earning asset yields thus reducing margin; the impact of changes in interest rates and the credit quality and strength of underlying collateral and the effect of such changes on the market value of First Bank’s investment securities portfolio; the extensive federal and state regulation, supervision and examination governing almost every aspect of First Bank’s operations, including changes in regulations affecting financial institutions and expenses associated with complying with such regulations; uncertainties in tax estimates and valuations, including due to changes in state and federal tax law; First Bank’s ability to comply with applicable capital and liquidity requirements, including First Bank’s ability to generate liquidity internally or raise capital on favorable terms, including continued access to the debt and equity capital markets; and possible changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies, laws and regulations and other activities of governments, agencies, and similar organizations. For discussion of these and other risks that may cause actual results to differ from expectations, please refer to “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in First Bank’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and any updates to those risk factors set forth in First Bank’s proxy statement, subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q or Current Reports on Form 8-K. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if First Bank’s underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what First Bank anticipates. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and First Bank does not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. All forward-looking statements expressed or implied, included in this communication are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. This cautionary statement should also be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that First Bank or persons acting on First Bank’s behalf may issue.

    ______________________

    This press release contains “non-GAAP” financial measures, which management uses in its analysis of First Bank’s performance. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures allow for better comparability of period to period operating performance. Additionally, First Bank believes this information is utilized by regulators and market analysts to evaluate a company’s financial condition and therefore, such information is useful to investors. These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP measures used in this presentation to the most directly comparable GAAP measures is provided in the accompanying financial tables.

    i Return on average tangible equity is a non-GAAP financial measure and is calculated by dividing net income by average tangible equity (average equity minus average goodwill and other intangible assets). For a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure, along with the other non-GAAP financial measures in this press release, to their comparable GAAP measures, see the financial reconciliations at the end of this press release

    ii Tangible book value per share is a non-GAAP financial measure and is calculated by dividing common shares outstanding by tangible equity (equity minus goodwill and other intangible assets).  For a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure, along with the other non-GAAP financial measures in this press release, to their comparable GAAP measures, see the financial reconciliations at the end of this press release.

    iii Tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure and is calculated by dividing tangible equity (equity minus goodwill and other intangible assets) by tangible assets (total assets minus goodwill and other intangible assets). For a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure, along with the other non-GAAP financial measures in this press release, to their comparable GAAP measures, see the financial reconciliations at the end of this press release.

    FIRST BANK
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
    (in thousands, except for share data, unaudited)
     
        March 31, 2025
      December 31, 2024
    Assets                
    Cash and due from banks   $ 32,396       $ 18,252    
    Restricted cash     11,910         14,270    
    Interest bearing deposits with banks     243,778         239,392    
    Cash and cash equivalents     288,084         271,914    
    Interest bearing time deposits with banks     743         743    
    Investment securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $90,393 and $84,083, respectively)     85,059         77,413    
    Equity securities, at fair value     1,860         1,870    
    Investment securities held to maturity, net of allowance for credit losses of $209 and $206, respectively (fair value of $42,565 and $42,770, respectively)     46,387         47,123    
    Restricted investment in bank stocks     15,933         14,333    
    Other investments     13,388         11,612    
    Loans held for sale     618            
    Loans, net of deferred fees and costs     3,236,039         3,144,266    
    Less: Allowance for credit losses     (39,223)         (37,773)    
    Net loans     3,196,816         3,106,493    
    Premises and equipment, net     21,267         21,351    
    Other real estate owned, net     4,822         5,637    
    Accrued interest receivable     14,889         14,267    
    Bank-owned life insurance     86,258         85,553    
    Goodwill     44,166         44,166    
    Other intangible assets, net     8,341         8,827    
    Deferred income taxes, net     25,178         25,528    
    Other assets     26,950         43,516    
    Total assets   $ 3,880,759       $ 3,780,346    
                     
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                
    Liabilities:                
    Non-interest bearing deposits   $ 535,584       $ 519,320    
    Interest bearing deposits     2,584,210         2,536,576    
    Total deposits     3,119,794         3,055,896    
    Borrowings     281,867         246,933    
    Subordinated debentures     29,981         29,954    
    Accrued interest payable     4,887         3,820    
    Other liabilities     29,315         34,587    
    Total liabilities     3,465,844         3,371,190    
    Stockholders’ Equity:                
    Preferred stock, par value $2 per share; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding                
    Common stock, par value $5 per share; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 27,576,676 shares issued and 25,045,612 shares outstanding and 27,375,439 shares issued and 25,100,829 shares outstanding, respectively     136,220         135,495    
    Additional paid-in capital     124,555         124,524    
    Retained earnings     184,657         176,779    
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (3,938)         (4,925)    
    Treasury stock, 2,531,064 and 2,274,610 shares, respectively     (26,579)         (22,717)    
    Total stockholders’ equity     414,915         409,156    
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 3,880,759       $ 3,780,346    
     
    FIRST BANK
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    (in thousands, except for share data, unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended  
        March 31,  
        2025
      2024
    Interest and Dividend Income                
    Investment securities—taxable   $ 1,188     $ 1,182    
    Investment securities—tax-exempt     51       38    
    Interest bearing deposits with banks, Federal funds sold and other     2,997       3,025    
    Loans, including fees     51,552       49,319    
    Total interest and dividend income     55,788       53,564    
                     
    Interest Expense                
    Deposits     20,844       20,786    
    Borrowings     2,412       2,116    
    Subordinated debentures     440       344    
    Total interest expense     23,696       23,246    
    Net interest income     32,092       30,318    
    Credit loss expense (benefit)     1,544       (698)    
    Net interest income after credit loss expense     30,548       31,016    
                     
    Non-Interest Income                
    Service fees on deposit accounts     356       344    
    Loan fees     326       102    
    Income from bank-owned life insurance     793       785    
    Gains on sale of loans, net     29       229    
    Gains on recovery of acquired loans     24       118    
    Other non-interest income     443       386    
    Total non-interest income     1,971       1,964    
                     
    Non-Interest Expense                
    Salaries and employee benefits     11,118       10,038    
    Occupancy and equipment     2,464       2,026    
    Legal fees     368       316    
    Other professional fees     726       756    
    Regulatory fees     684       602    
    Directors’ fees     282       242    
    Data processing     805       806    
    Marketing and advertising     399       296    
    Travel and entertainment     236       244    
    Insurance     214       244    
    Other real estate owned expense, net     920       88    
    Other expense     2,168       2,152    
    Total non-interest expense     20,384       17,810    
    Income Before Income Taxes     12,135       15,170    
    Income tax expense     2,754       2,658    
    Net Income   $ 9,381     $ 12,512    
                     
    Basic earnings per common share   $ 0.37     $ 0.50    
    Diluted earnings per common share   $ 0.37     $ 0.50    
                     
    Basic weighted average common shares outstanding     25,118,062       25,039,949    
    Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding     25,269,002       25,199,381    
                       
    FIRST BANK
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS WITH INTEREST AND AVERAGE RATES
    (dollars in thousands, unaudited)
     
        Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025   2024
        Average           Average   Average           Average
        Balance   Interest   Rate (5)   Balance   Interest   Rate (5)
    Interest earning assets                                              
    Investment securities (1) (2)   $ 134,274       $ 1,250         3.78%       $ 147,147       $ 1,228         3.36%  
    Loans (3)     3,170,772         51,552         6.59%         2,979,522         49,319         6.66%  
    Interest bearing deposits with banks,                                              
    Federal funds sold and other     234,032         2,575         4.46%         203,158         2,710         5.37%  
    Restricted investment in bank stocks     14,137         300         8.61%         10,421         199         7.68%  
    Other investments     14,054         122         3.52%         11,870         116         3.93%  
    Total interest earning assets (2)     3,567,269         55,799         6.34%         3,352,118         53,572         6.43%  
    Allowance for credit losses     (38,181)                         (37,607)                  
    Non-interest earning assets     261,101                         261,237                  
    Total assets   $ 3,790,189                       $ 3,575,748                  
                                                   
    Interest bearing liabilities                                              
    Interest bearing demand deposits   $ 644,736       $ 4,027         2.53%       $ 618,941       $ 3,666         2.38%  
    Money market deposits     1,045,013         8,631         3.35%         1,014,906         9,789         3.88%  
    Savings deposits     142,502         650         1.85%         162,113         574         1.42%  
    Time deposits     717,881         7,536         4.26%         671,546         6,757         4.05%  
    Total interest bearing deposits     2,550,132         20,844         3.31%         2,467,506         20,786         3.39%  
    Borrowings     234,526         2,412         4.17%         167,141         2,116         5.09%  
    Subordinated debentures     29,963         440         5.87%         42,470         344         3.24%  
    Total interest bearing liabilities     2,814,621         23,696         3.41%         2,677,117         23,246         3.49%  
    Non-interest bearing deposits     521,326                         481,503                  
    Other liabilities     40,570                         40,586                  
    Stockholders’ equity     413,672                         376,542                  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 3,790,189                       $ 3,575,748                  
    Net interest income/interest rate spread (2)             32,103         2.93%                 30,326         2.92%  
    Net interest margin (2) (4)                     3.65%                         3.64%  
    Tax equivalent adjustment (2)             (11)                         (8)          
    Net interest income           $ 32,092                       $ 30,318          
    (1) Average balance of investment securities available for sale is based on amortized cost.
    (2) Interest and average rates are presented on a tax equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 21%.
    (3) Average balances of loans include loans on nonaccrual status.
    (4) Net interest income divided by average total interest earning assets.
    (5) Annualized.
     
    FIRST BANK
    QUARTERLY FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
    (in thousands, except for share and employee data, unaudited)
     
        As of or For the Quarter Ended
        3/31/2025
      12/31/2024
      9/30/2024
      6/30/2024
      3/31/2024
    EARNINGS                                        
    Net interest income   $ 32,092       $ 31,594       $ 30,094       $ 30,540       $ 30,318    
    Credit loss expense (benefit)     1,544         234         1,579         63         (698)    
    Non-interest income     1,971         2,176         2,479         689         1,964    
    Non-interest expense     20,384         19,124         18,644         17,953         17,810    
    Income tax expense     2,754         3,915         4,188         2,140         2,658    
    Net income     9,381         10,497         8,162         11,073         12,512    
                                             
    PERFORMANCE RATIOS                                        
    Return on average assets (1)     1.00%         1.10%         0.88%         1.23%         1.41%    
    Return on average equity (1)     9.20%         10.27%         8.15%         11.52%         13.36%    
    Return on average tangible equity (1) (2)     10.54%         11.82%         9.42%         13.40%         15.64%    
    Net interest margin (1) (3)     3.65%         3.54%         3.48%         3.62%         3.64%    
    Yield on loans (1)     6.59%         6.62%         6.73%         6.81%         6.66%    
    Total cost of deposits (1)     2.75%         2.89%         3.06%         3.01%         2.83%    
    Efficiency ratio (2)     57.65%         56.98%         58.49%         55.88%         55.56%    
                                             
    SHARE DATA                                        
    Common shares outstanding     25,045,612         25,100,829         25,186,920         25,144,983         25,096,449    
    Basic earnings per share   $ 0.37       $ 0.42       $ 0.32       $ 0.44       $ 0.50    
    Diluted earnings per share     0.37         0.41         0.32         0.44         0.50    
    Book value per share     16.57         16.30         15.96         15.61         15.23    
    Tangible book value per share (2)     14.47         14.19         13.84         13.46         13.06    
                                             
    MARKET DATA                                        
    Market value per share   $ 14.81       $ 14.07       $ 15.20       $ 12.74       $ 13.74    
    Market value / Tangible book value     102.35%         99.16%         109.83%         94.65%         105.20%    
    Market capitalization   $ 370,926       $ 353,169       $ 382,841       $ 320,347       $ 344,825    
                                             
    CAPITAL & LIQUIDITY                                        
    Stockholders’ equity / assets     10.69%         10.82%         10.70%         10.86%         10.64%    
    Tangible stockholders’ equity / tangible assets (2)     9.47%         9.56%         9.41%         9.50%         9.27%    
    Loans / deposits     103.73%         102.89%         101.23%         101.02%         100.75%    
                                             
    ASSET QUALITY                                        
    Net charge-offs   $ (15)       $ (155)       $ 386       $ 175       $ 5,293    
    Net charge-offs (recoveries), excluding PCD loan charge-off (4)     (15)         (155)         386         175         (201)    
    Nonperforming loans     11,584         11,677         12,014         14,227         17,054    
    Nonperforming assets     16,406         17,314         17,651         20,226         23,053    
    Net charge offs / average loans (1)     0.00%         (0.02%)         0.05%         0.02%         0.72%    
    Net charge offs (recoveries), excluding PCD loan charge-off / average loans (1) (4)     (0.00%)         (0.02%)         0.05%         0.02%         (0.03%)    
    Nonperforming loans / total loans     0.36%         0.37%         0.39%         0.47%         0.57%    
    Nonperforming assets / total assets     0.42%         0.46%         0.47%         0.56%         0.64%    
    Allowance for credit losses on loans / total loans     1.21%         1.20%         1.21%         1.21%         1.22%    
    Allowance for credit losses on loans / nonperforming loans     338.60%         323.48%         311.59%         254.81%         213.42%    
                                             
    OTHER DATA                                        
    Total assets   $ 3,880,759       $ 3,780,346       $ 3,757,653       $ 3,615,731       $ 3,591,398    
    Total loans     3,236,039         3,144,266         3,087,488         2,998,029         2,992,423    
    Total deposits     3,119,794         3,055,896         3,050,070         2,967,634         2,970,262    
    Total stockholders’ equity     414,915         409,156         402,070         392,489         382,254    
    Number of full-time equivalent employees     315         318         313         294         288    
    (1) Annualized.
    (2) Non-GAAP financial measure that we believe provides management and investors with information that is useful in understanding our financial performance and condition.  See the accompanying table, “Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” for calculation and reconciliation.
    (3) Tax equivalent using a federal income tax rate of 21%.
    (4) Excludes $5.5 million in a PCD loan charge-off in first quarter of 2024, which was reserved for through purchase accounting marks at the time of the Malvern acquisition.
     
    FIRST BANK
    QUARTERLY FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
    (dollars in thousands, unaudited)
     
        As of the Quarter Ended
        3/31/2025   12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024
    LOAN COMPOSITION                                        
    Commercial and industrial   $ 651,690       $ 576,625       $ 546,541     $ 530,996       $ 508,911      
    Commercial real estate:                                        
    Owner-occupied     694,113         671,357         688,988       647,625         625,643      
    Investor     1,160,549         1,181,684         1,170,508       1,143,954         1,172,311      
    Construction and development     200,262         205,096         193,460       190,108         184,816      
    Multi-family     308,217         287,843         267,861       270,238         279,668      
    Total commercial real estate     2,363,141         2,345,980         2,320,817       2,251,925         2,262,438      
    Residential real estate:                                        
    Residential mortgage and first lien home equity loans     142,298         142,769         144,081       144,978         154,704      
    Home equity–second lien loans and revolving lines of credit     52,438         51,020         49,763       46,882         45,869      
    Total residential real estate     194,736         193,789         193,844       191,860         200,573      
    Consumer and other     29,760         31,324         29,518       26,321         23,702      
    Total loans prior to deferred loan fees and costs     3,239,327         3,147,718         3,090,720       3,001,102         2,995,624      
    Net deferred loan fees and costs     (3,288)         (3,452)         (3,232)       (3,073)         (3,201)      
    Total loans   $ 3,236,039       $ 3,144,266       $ 3,087,488     $ 2,998,029       $ 2,992,423      
                                             
    LOAN MIX                                        
    Commercial and industrial     20.1%         18.3%         17.7%       17.7%         17.0%      
    Commercial real estate:                                        
    Owner-occupied     21.5%         21.4%         22.3%       22.3%         20.9%      
    Investor     35.9%         37.6%         37.9%       37.9%         39.2%      
    Construction and development     6.2%         6.5%         6.3%       6.3%         6.2%      
    Multi-family     9.5%         9.1%         8.7%       8.7%         9.3%      
    Total commercial real estate     73.1%         74.6%         75.2%       75.2%         75.6%      
    Residential real estate:                                        
    Residential mortgage and first lien home equity loans     4.4%         4.6%         4.7%       4.7%         5.2%      
    Home equity–second lien loans and revolving lines of credit     1.6%         1.6%         1.6%       1.6%         1.5%      
    Total residential real estate     6.0%         6.2%         6.3%       6.3%         6.7%      
    Consumer and other     0.9%         1.0%         0.9%       0.9%         0.8%      
    Net deferred loan fees and costs     (0.1%)         (0.1%)         (0.1%)       (0.1%)         (0.1%)      
    Total loans     100.0%         100.0%         100.0%       100.0%         100.0%      
     
    FIRST BANK
    QUARTERLY FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
    (dollars in thousands, unaudited)
     
        As of the Quarter Ended
        3/31/2025   12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024
    DEPOSIT COMPOSITION                                        
    Non-interest bearing demand deposits   $ 535,584       $ 519,320       $ 519,079       $ 499,765       $ 470,749    
    Interest bearing demand deposits     629,974         629,099         597,802         574,515         580,864    
    Money market and savings deposits     1,197,517         1,198,039         1,235,637         1,199,382         1,219,634    
    Time deposits     756,719         709,438         697,552         693,972         699,015    
    Total Deposits   $ 3,119,794       $ 3,055,896       $ 3,050,070       $ 2,967,634       $ 2,970,262    
                                             
    DEPOSIT MIX                                        
    Non-interest bearing demand deposits     17.2%         17.0%         17.0%         16.8%         15.8%    
    Interest bearing demand deposits     20.2%         20.6%         19.6%         19.4%         19.6%    
    Money market and savings deposits     38.4%         39.2%         40.5%         40.4%         41.1%    
    Time deposits     24.2%         23.2%         22.9%         23.4%         23.5%    
    Total Deposits     100.0%         100.0%         100.0%         100.0%         100.0%    
     
    FIRST BANK
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
    (in thousands, except for share data, unaudited)
     
        As of or For the Quarter Ended
        3/31/2025   12/31/2024   9/30/2024   6/30/2024   3/31/2024
    Return on Average Tangible Equity                                        
    Net income (numerator)   $ 9,381       $ 10,497       $ 8,162       $ 11,073       $ 12,512    
                                             
    Average stockholders’ equity   $ 413,672       $ 406,579       $ 398,535       $ 386,644       $ 376,542    
    Less: Average Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     52,805         53,278         53,823         54,347         54,790    
    Average Tangible stockholders’ equity (denominator)   $ 360,867       $ 353,301       $ 344,712       $ 332,297       $ 321,752    
                                             
    Return on average tangible equity (1)     10.54%         11.82%         9.42%         13.40%         15.64%    
                                             
    Tangible Book Value Per Share                                        
    Stockholders’ equity   $ 414,915       $ 409,156       $ 402,070       $ 392,489       $ 382,254    
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     52,507         52,993         53,484         54,026         54,483    
    Tangible stockholders’ equity (numerator)   $ 362,408       $ 356,163       $ 348,586       $ 338,463       $ 327,771    
                                             
    Common shares outstanding (denominator)     25,045,612         25,100,829         25,186,920         25,144,983         25,096,449    
                                             
    Tangible book value per share   $ 14.47       $ 14.19       $ 13.84       $ 13.46       $ 13.06    
                                       
    Tangible Equity / Tangible Assets                                        
    Stockholders’ equity   $ 414,915       $ 409,156       $ 402,070       $ 392,489       $ 382,254    
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     52,507         52,993         53,484         54,026         54,483    
    Tangible stockholders’ equity (numerator)   $ 362,408       $ 356,163       $ 348,586       $ 338,463       $ 327,771    
                                             
    Total assets   $ 3,880,759       $ 3,780,346       $ 3,757,653       $ 3,615,731       $ 3,591,398    
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets, net     52,507         52,993         53,484         54,026         54,483    
    Tangible total assets (denominator)   $ 3,828,252       $ 3,727,353       $ 3,704,169       $ 3,561,705       $ 3,536,915    
                                             
    Tangible stockholders’ equity / tangible assets     9.47%         9.56%         9.41%         9.50%         9.27%    
                                             
    Efficiency Ratio                                        
    Non-interest expense   $ 20,384       $ 19,124       $ 18,644       $ 17,953       $ 17,810    
    Less: Other real estate owned write-down     815                 362                    
    Adjusted non-interest expense (numerator)   $ 19,569       $ 19,124       $ 18,282       $ 17,953       $ 17,810    
                                             
    Net interest income   $ 32,092       $ 31,594       $ 30,094       $ 30,540       $ 30,318    
    Non-interest income     1,971         2,176         2,479         689         1,964    
    Total revenue     34,063         33,770         32,573         31,229         32,282    
    Add: Losses on sale of investment securities, net                     555                    
    (Subtract) Add: (Gains) losses on sale of loans, net     (29)         (38)         (135)         900         (229)    
    Less: Bank Owned Life Insurance Incentive     (88)         (168)         (1,116)                    
    Adjusted total revenue (denominator)   $ 33,946       $ 33,564       $ 31,877       $ 32,129       $ 32,053    
                                             
    Efficiency ratio     57.65%         56.98%         57.35%         55.88%         55.56%    
                                             
    (1) Annualized.

    The MIL Network